You are on page 1of 186

TM

Gear Motors & Controllers

A Global Standard for Compact Gear Motors


from Sumitomo Heavy Industries
FEATURES AND BENEFITS
Involute gear, Parallel shaft type
Grease lubricated units
Maintenance free and universal mounting
Clear silver metallic color
High quality materials are used throughout.
Sealed ball bearing, Steel gears, Aluminum housing
CE Markingwith Thermal protect
UL Standard115V Single phase motor
Motor and Gearhead come apart for easy use.
Motor and Gearhead are sold separately

CAUTION
General
The gear head and motor should be operated only within its name plate and catalogue; otherwise, electric
shock, injury or damage to a system may occur.
Keep hands and all foreign objects from the internal moving part of the gear unit and motor; otherwise, electric
shock, injury, fire or damage to a system may occur.
Damaged units should be taken off-line; otherwise injury or fire may occur.
Do not remove the name plate.
Any modifications or alterations of any kind, to the unit, will void the warranty and all subsequent claims.

Transport
Exercise ample care not to drop the unit and fall during transport.

Installation
Do not place any inflammables around the gear head and motor; otherwise , fire may result.
Do not place any objects that will hinder ventilation around motor; otherwise, cooling effect is reduced, and
may lead to a possible fire hazard and burn due to excessive heat built-up.
Do not touch the key way at the shaft end or on the inside of the gear unit and motor; otherwise, injury may
result.
When the unit is used in food processing applications vulnerable to oil contamination, install an oil pan or
other such device to cope with rate oil leaking. Otherwise, oil leakage may damage products.

Coupling with other machines


Install appropriate guard devices around rotation parts; otherwise, injury may result.
Confirm the direction of rotation before coupling the unit with its driven machine. Defference in the direction of
rotation may cause injury or damage to the system.

Wiring
Do not touch lead wire when measuring the insulation resistance. Electric shock may result.

DANGER
Wiring
Connect a power cable to the motor according to the connection diagram or maintenance manual;
otherwise, electric shock or fire may result. (Without terminal box, exercise insulation in the
connecting part.
Do not forcibly curve, pull or clamp the power cable and lead wires otherwise, electric shock may
result.
Correctly ground the grounding bolt; otherwise, electric shock may result.
Use power source stated in the nameplate; otherwise, motor's burning or fire may result.
Operation
Never approach or touch any rotating parts (shaft, etc.) during operation; otherwise, loose clothing
caught in these rotation parts may result in severe injury.
When the power supply is interrupted, be sure to turn off the power switch. Unexpected resumption
of power may cause injury or damage to the equipment.
Daily inspection and maintenance
Never approach or touch any rotating parts (shaft, etc.) during maintenance; otherwise, loose
clothing caugth in these rotating parts may result in severe injury.
Inspection upon delivery
Verity that the unit received is in fact the one ordered. When a different product is installed, injury or
damage to the system may result.

TM

Contents
The Sumitomo Heavy Industries Power
Transmission & Control (PTC) Group has been a
leader in the gear box and gear motor market for
over 60 years.

Overview

Page

Variable-speed Constant-speed
types
types

Our mission in to work with custmers worldwide


to devise power transmission equipment
solusions that provide the optimum technology
and reliability.
We listen to the needs of our customers to
develop cutting-edge techonology and products,
and manufacture the products that best meet the
needs of world markets.

The Available Solution,Worldwide


A Global Presence
The PTC Group's 8 manufacturing plants, 35
assnmble plants and 226 sales offices are
located in over 50 countries worldwide. In each of
the countries we do business in, our goal is to
create the optimum partnership with our
customers and their end users.

Sumitomo Heavy Industries gear boxes and motors


Products in this catalog
Nomenclature
Products line up
Astero line up
Overview
Gear motor Types
10
Induction models
Reversible models
28
with Electromagnetic brakes
48
64
with Terminal boxes
96
Unit-typeInduction
113
Socket-typeInduction
113
Socket-typeReversible
Socket-typewith Electromagnetic brakes 113

2
3
4
6
8

6W

15W 25W 40W 60W 90W

14
34
50
66
100
130
144
154

16
36
52
70
102
132
146
156

18
38
54
74
104
134
148
158

20 22 24
40 42 44
56 58 60
78 82 86
106 108 110
136 138 140
150
160

Brake packs

Page

Brake packs

163

Options

Options

Technical Information

Sumitomo Heavy Industries, Ltd


Headquaters : Sumitomo Jukikai Bldg., 5-9-11 KitaShinagawa, shinagawa-ku, Tokyo, Japan
141-8686
Founded
: November 20, 1888
Established : November 1, 1934
Capital
: 30,871,6500,000yen (as at March 31,
2001) Number of employees
For all consolidated
: 12,411 (as at March 31, 2001)
For Sumitomo Heavy Industries alone
: 4,699 (as at March 31, 2001)

Power Transmission and Controls Group


Headquarters and manufacturing
: U.S.A., Canada, England,
Germany, Singapore, China,
Korea, Taiwan, Japan
Office
: Over 50 countries worldwide

Mounting plate for motors & gear heads


Extension cords
CR circuits for surge voltage absorption
External speed control switch
External resistor for braking
Techunical Information
Techunical Information : Motor
1Ratings(Continuous & short-time ratings)
2Torque and motor speed
3Ambient temperatures
4Measuring the motor temperatures rise
5Overhearting protectors
6Making ground connections
7Compliance of Sumitomo products with standard in each country
8Power requirements in defferent countries
Techunical Information : Gear heads
9Gear head size
10Reduction ratio
11Maximum allowable torque
12Service factor
13Gear head efficiency
14Shaft radial load and thrust load
15Combining motors and gear heads
16Combining motors and intermediate gear heads
17Gear head shaft speed and direction
18Attaching a motor and gear head
19Affixing a load transmission mechanism

Page

170
172
172
173
173
Page

175
176
176
177
177
178
178
178
179
180
180
180
180
180
180
181
181
181
182
182
182

Overview

Overview

Induction

Reversible

Electromagnetic
brakes

Sumitomo Heavy Industries gear boxes and gear motors


Since the release of our first Cyclo speed reducer in 1939, Sumitomo Heavy
Industries has been a leader in the gear box and gear motors market,
continually working with customers to devise applications and solutions that
incorporate the latest technology.
In addition to our gear motors and speed variators, we also make a wide
range of electric motors, AC inverters and AC servo motors. Our extensive
lineup of products ranges from ultra-compact models with capacities of a few
watts, to large gear boxes with several hundred kW capacities.
The unique configurations and technology used in all our products are the
result of our commitment to the ultimate performance and reliability, and of our
expertise in speed reducers, motors and controllers.

Cydo disk used in


the center of the
Cyclo speed
readucers.
The unique tooth
shape creates
powerful torque.

Terminal
boxes
Speed
controller
(Overview)

Parallel shaft

Caps PTC products item


Unit type

TM

Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)

90
W

Right-angle shaft

Astero gear motors


6W90W

Hyponic gear motors


15W90W

Standard

High-efficiency,

parallel
shaft helical gear
motors

Compact gear motors

catalog products

Speed
controller
(Reversible)
Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Brake Packs

0.1

2.2
kW

Altax gear motors


90W2.2kW

Hyponic gear motor


0.15.5kW

Hypoid

compact gear
motors using a
powerful Cyclo
speed reducer's
mechanism

Small gear motors

Options

Technical
Information

Overview

TM

6W

15W
TM

25W

Astero
Gear motors
Gear heads

A-motor
Motors
Speed controllers
Brake Packs

40W

60W

90W

highstrength gear
motors using hypoid
gears
Water-resistant
model (IP65) also
available.

gears
combining high
efficiency and low
noise

TM

Products in this catalog


TM

The Astero Series is a lineup of compact gear motors with the lowest capacity range (6 to 90 W) of any of
Sumitomo's products. The Series features highly reliable Astero gear heads (combining helical gears and
spur gears), A-motors (special Astero motors), and a variety of options and control equipment (such as
speed controllers).
A wide range of motors is available for several applications and operating environments. Gear heads and
motors for all models are sold separately, and can be used in any combination.

TM

Constant speed

ASTERO Motors
A-motor

3ph

Induction motors

Reversible motors

Motors with
Electromagnetic brakes

Induction motors
with Trminal boxes

Reversible motor
with Trminal boxes

TM

ASTERO Motors
A-motor

Page
Time Other
Page
ratings
Overview Ratings

No

Lead
wire

Continuous

10

14

Constant
speed

Immediate Simple
stop
buit-in
&
brake
start

No

Lead
wire

30mim

28

34

Constant
speed

Immediate Electrostop
magnetic
&
brake
start

Yes

Lead
wire

1ph
30min
3ph
Continuous

48

50

After Natural
Constant stopping stop
speed motor

No

W/
Terminal Continuous
box

64

66

Immediate Simple
stop
buit-in
&
brake
start

No

W/
Terminal 30mim
box

64

66

Constant
speed

3ph

Speed
Stored
Speed Change over Brake
Torque
tining

Variable After Immediate


speed stopping stop
2
motor

No

Socket type
Reversible motors

Variable
speed

Immediate
stop Immediate
stop
and
2
start

No

Socket type
Electromagnetic brakes

Variable
speed

Immediate Electrostop magnetic


and
brake
start

Yes

Socket type
Induction motors

Lead
wire
tipe

After Natural
Constant stopping stop
speed motor

Power
1ph

Speed
Stored
Speed Change over Brake
Torque
tining

After
Variable stopping Natural
stop
speed motor

Unit type
Induction motors

Variable speed

Power
1ph

Lead
wire
tipe

Page
Page
Time Other
Overview Ratings
ratings

Lead wire
300mm
Easy
with Continuous connection
special
connector
Lead wire
Soft
300mm Continuous Start
Soft
Stop
Soft
Lead wire
Start
300mm
30mim
Soft
Stop
Lead wire
Soft
300mm
Start
30mim
Soft
Stop

No

115

100

129

115

143

115

153

2External resistor for braking should be installed outside

TM

Gear heads

60mm 6W
70mm 15W
80mm 25W
90mm 40W
90mm 60W, 90W

Output shaft Lubrication


D-cut type
Key type

Intermediate Gear heads

Brg

Reduction ratio
3, 3.6, 5, 6, 7.5, 9, 10
12.5, 15, 18, 20
Grease Ball Brg 25, 30, 36, 40
50, 60, 75, 90, 100
120, 150, 180, 200

Lubrication

Page
specs

Unit type
96

1Immediate stop is possible with brake packs.

ASTERO Gear Heads

Speed Controller

Brg

Grease Ball Brg

Reduction ratio

10

overview
wiring diagram

96

Socket type
Induction motors
120
overview
wiring diagram
Socket type
Reversible motors
122
overview
wiring diagram
Socket type
Electromagnetic brakes 124
overview
wiring diagram

Overview

Overview
Nomenclature

Astero gear motors(Output shaft is helical gear type)


Induction

15

Reversible

Series
Electromagnetic
brakes
Terminal
boxes

Frame size
60mm
6
70mm
7
80mm
8
90mm
9

Output power
6
6
15
15
25
25
40
40
60
60
90
90

Shaft type

640W
60,90W
Option
Lead wires
Electromagnetic brake
Terminal box

Speed
controller
(Overview)

Models with electromagnetic brakes have option


symbol 'B' at the end of the nomenclature.

Motor type
Unit type

Type
Induction
Reversible
Electro1ph
magnetic
3ph
brake

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Voltage symbol

Speed Constant

Socket type

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

R
M

Variable
Unit-type Socket-type
U
HM

HR

HR

CAU

A
B
C
D
J

Phase
1ph
1ph
1ph
1ph
3ph

3ph

Voltage(Frequency
100V (50/60Hz)
115V (60Hz)
200V (50/60Hz)
220V (50Hz)
200V (50/60Hz)
400V (50/60Hz)
380V (50/60Hz)

15
Output
6
15
25
40
60
90

Technical
Information

A
C
D

Phase
Voltage(Frequency)
1ph 100V (50/60Hz) 110V (60Hz)
1ph 200V (50/60Hz) 220V (60Hz)
240V (50Hz)
1ph 220V (50Hz)

The CAH type has an output of 90 W


regardless of the motor output.

Unit-type speed controllers


Simple wiring and speed control switch built into
panel enable use right away.
For use with type 'U' induction motors.
Controller dimensions: 60 x 100 x 98.5 mm
(W x H x D)

Socket-type speed controllers


Unit-type
Socket-type

CAU
CAH

Multi-functional speed controllers


Built-in soft start, soft stop functions
Built-in electronic brake
Can be used with induction motors, reversible
motors, or motors with electromagnetic brakes
Controller dimensions (main unit): 50 x 80 x 92
mm (W x H x D)

6W

15W

Brake packs

Brake packs

Used to stop single-phase motors instantly.


Non contact type
Can be used with type 'M' induction motors and
type 'R' reversible motors.
Unlike electromagnetic brakes, brake packs
don't store and hold braking torque (brake packs
are electronic brakes).

BAS

40W

A
Voltage symbol
Phase

60W
Type

90W

BAS

Can control the motor speed over a wide range.


Each controller type must be used with its own
motor type (with speed detector).

Voltage symbol

6
15
25
40
60
90

Type

25W

220V (60Hz)
240V (50Hz)
220V (50/60Hz)
440V (50/60Hz)
415V (50/60Hz)

Speed controllers

Options

110V (60Hz)

The applicable voltage depends on the motor output and


motor type. See the rating table for more information.

Speed controllers

Brake Packs

Overview

Voltage(Frequency)
1ph 100V (50/60Hz) 110V (60Hz)
1ph 200V (50/60Hz) 220V (60Hz)
1ph 220V (50Hz)
240V (50Hz)

Brake packs

TM

TM

Astero gear heads

20
Reduction Ratio

Series

Refer to the
following

Frame size
6
7
8
9A
9B

Frame size
60mm
70mm
80mm
90mm
90mm

Motor size
6W
15W
25W
40W
60W90W

K
Output shaft type
-cut type

Key type

(6 W model is D-cut type,


other models are key type.)

Shaft type

640W
60,90W

Intermediate gear heads

XH

Series

Int.gear head
symbol

Intermediate gear heads

10

Can be added to gear heads when a motor


speed with a reduction ratio of bigger than
200 is needed.
When an intermediate gear head is used,
the speed reduction ratio is 10 times the
gear head reduction ratio.

Reduction Ratio
10 : 1
10

Flame size
6
7
8
9A
9B

Flame size
60mm
70mm
80mm
90mm
90mm

Motor size
6W
15W
25W
40W
60W90W

Shart type

640W
60,90W

Mounting plate

G
Series

FM
Mounting plate
symbol
Flame size

6
7
8
9A
9B

Flame size
60mm
70mm
80mm
90mm
90mm

Reduction ratio

Gear head output speed = motor output speed / reduction ratio


The Astero gear head reduction ratios are listed below.

Reduction ratio
3
15
60

3.6
18
75

5
6 7.5
9 10 12.5
20 25 30 36 40 50
90 100 120 150 180 200

Motor size
6W
15W
25W
40W
60W90W

Overview

Overview
Products line up

Astero gear motors(Output shaft is helical gear type)


Induction
Flame Output Phase
size power
(mm)

Constant speed

Voltage(Frequency)
Induction

Reversible

60

6W

1ph

Terminal
boxes
Speed
controller
(Overview)

70

15W

1ph

Unit type
1ph

Socket type

25W

Speed
controller
(Induction)

3ph

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

1ph
Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

40W
3ph

Brake Packs

Options
1ph

A6R06CB

A6M06CT

A6R06CT

220V(50Hz)

240V(50Hz)

A6M06D

A6R06D

A6R06DB

A6M06DT

A6R06DT

100V(50/60Hz)

110V(60Hz)

A7M15A

115V(60Hz)

90

60W
3ph

Overview

6W

1ph

15W

90W
3ph

A6R06B

34

A7R15A
16

A6R06BB

50

A7R15AB

A7R15B

36

A7R15BB

A6M06BT

66

A7M15AT
52

A6R06BT

A7R15BT

A7M15C

A7R15C

A7R15CB

A7M15CT

A7R15CT

220V(50Hz)

240V(50Hz)

A7M15D

A7R15D

A7R15DB

A7M15DT

A7R15DT

100V(50/60Hz)

110V(60Hz)

A8M25A

A8R25A

A8R25AB

A8M25AT

A8R25AT

A8M25B

A8R25B

A8R25BB

A8M25C

A8R25C

220V(60Hz)

18

38

A8R25CB

A8R25BT
54

A8M25CT

74

A8R25CT

220V(50Hz)

240V(50Hz)

A8M25D

200V(50/60Hz)

220V(50/60Hz)

A8M25J

A8M25JB

A8M25JT

400V(50/60Hz)

440V(50/60Hz)

A8M25K

A8M25KB

A8M25KT

380V(50/60Hz)

415V(50/60Hz)

100V(50/60Hz)

110V(60Hz)

A9M40AT

A9R40AT

A9M40CT

A9R40CT

115V(60Hz)
220V(60Hz)

A8R25D

A8R25DB

A9M40A

A9R40A

A9R40AB

A9M40B

A9R40B

A9R40BB

A9M40C

A9R40C

40

A8M25DT

56

78

240V(50Hz)

A9M40D

220V(50/60Hz)

A9M40J

A9M40JB

A9M40JT

400V(50/60Hz)

440V(50/60Hz)

A9M40K

A9M40KB

A9M40KT

380V(50/60Hz)

415V(50/60Hz)

100V(50/60Hz)

110V(60Hz)

A9M60AHT

A9R60AHT

A9M60CHT

A9R60CHT

A9M60AH

A9R60AH

A9R60AHB

A9M60BH

A9R60BH

A9R60BHB

A9M60CH

A9R60CH

115V(60Hz)
220V(60Hz)

A9R40DB

42

A9M40DT

A9R60BHT

A9R60CHB
58

82

240V(50Hz)

A9M60DH

200V(50/60Hz)

220V(50/60Hz)

A9M60JH

A9M60JHB

A9M60JHT

A9M60KH

A9M60KHB

A9M60KHT

A9R90AHB

A9M90AHT

A9R90AHT

A9M90CHT

A9R90CHT

400V(50/60Hz)

440V(50/60Hz)

380V(50/60Hz)

415V(50/60Hz)

100V(50/60Hz)

110V(60Hz)

A9R60DH

A9R60DHB

A9M60DHT

A9M90AH

A9R90AH

A9M90BH

A9R90BH

220V(60Hz)

A9M90CH

A9R90CH

A9R90CHB

220V(50Hz)

240V(50Hz)

A9M90DH

A9R90DH

A9R90DHB

A9M90DHT

200V(50/60Hz)

220V(50/60Hz)

A9M90JH

A9M90JHB

A9M90JHT

400V(50/60Hz)

440V(50/60Hz)

A9M90KH

A9M90KHB

A9M90KHT

380V(50/60Hz)

415V(50/60Hz)

115V(60Hz)

24

44

A9R90BHB

A9R90BHT
60

86

A9R90DHT

TM

40W

Astero gear heads

90W

Ratio

3
3.6
5
6
7.5
9
10
12.5
15
18
20
25
30

6W

15W

25W

40W

60W,90W

60mm

70mm

80mm

90mm

90mm

G63D
G63.6D
G65D
G66D
G67.5D
G69D
G610D
G612.5D
G615D
G618D
G620D
G625D
G630D

G73K
G73.6K
G75K
G76K
G77.5K
G79K
G710K
G712.5K
G715K
G718K
G720K
G725K
G730K

G83K
G83.6K
G85K
G86K
G87.5K
G89K
G810K
G812.5K
G815K
G818K
G820K
G825K
G830K

G9A3K
G9A3.6K
G9A5K
G9A6K
G9A7.5K
G9A9K
G9A10K
G9A12.5K
G9A15K
G9A18K
G9A20K
G9A25K
G9A30K

G9B3KH
G9B3.6KH
G9B5KH
G9B6KH
G9B7.5KH
G9B9KH
G9B10KH
G9B12.5KH
G9B15KH
G9B18KH
G9B20KH
G9B25KH
G9B30KH

6W

15W

25W

40W

60mm

70mm

80mm

90mm

G736K
G636D
G740K
G640D
G750K
G650D
G760K
G660D
G775K
G675D
G790K
G690D
G7100K
G6100D
G7120K
G6120D
G7150K
G6150D
G7180K
G6180D
G7200K
G6200D
Intermediate gear heads

G836K
G840K
G850K
G860K
G875K
G890K
G8100K
G8120K
G8150K
G8180K
G8200K

G9A36K
G9A40K
G9A50K
G9A60K
G9A75K
G9A90K
G9A100K
G9A120K
G9A150K
G9A180K
G9A200K

Ratio

36
40
50
60
75
90
100
120
150
180
200
10

G6XH10

82

A9R60DHT

25W

60W

78

A9R40DT

220V(50Hz)

22

74

A9R40BT

A9R40CB

200V(50/60Hz)

A9R40D

70

A8R25DT

220V(50Hz)

20

66

A7R15AT
70

220V(60Hz)

115V(60Hz)

A6R06AT

200V(50/60Hz)

200V(50/60Hz)
90

A7M15B

14

A6M06AT

Reversible
W/Terminal box

A6R06C

A6M06B

A6R06AB

A6M06C

200V(50/60Hz)

Technical
Information

Induction
W/Terminal box

220V(60Hz)

200V(50/60Hz)
90

200V(50/60Hz)

115V(60Hz)

A6R06A

Electromagnetic
brake

A6M06A

200V(50/60Hz)
80

110V(60Hz)

100V(50/60Hz)

Electromagnetic
brakes

Reversible

60W,90W
90mm
G9B36KH
G9B40KH
G9B50KH
G9B60KH
G9B75KH
G9B90KH
G9B100KH
G9B120KH
G9B150KH
G9B180KH
G9B200KH

G7XH10 G8XH10 G9AXH10 G9BXH10H

86

TM

Astero gear motors(Output shaft is helical gear type)

Voriable speedMotor+Speed controllers


Unit-type
Induction motors
A6U06A

+CAU06A

Socket-type
Induction motors
A6HM06A

+CAH90A

100

Socket-type
Reversible motors
A6HR 06A

+CAH90A

130

Socket-type
Reversible motor w/electromagnetic brake
A6HR06AB

+CAH90A

144

+CAU06C

A6HM06C

+CAH90C

A6HR 06C

+CAH90C

A6HR06CB

+CAH90C

A6U06D

+CAU06D

A6HM06D

+CAH90D

A6HR 06D

+CAH90D

A6HR06DB

+CAH90D

A7U15A

+CAU15A

A7HM15A

+CAH90A

A7HR 15A

+CAH90A

A7HR15AB

+CAH90A

132

G6D
154

A6U06C

102

Applicable gear heads


P

146

: Reduction ratio
Output shaft type: D-cut type
Intermediate gear head: G6XH10

G7K
156

: Reduction ratio
Output shaft type: D-cut type
Intermediate gear head: G7XH10

A7U15C

+CAU15C

A7HM15C

+CAH90C

A7HR 15C

+CAH90C

A7HR15CB

+CAH90C

A7U15D

+CAU15D

A7HM15D

+CAH90D

A7HR 15D

+CAH90D

A7HR15DB

+CAH90D

A8U25A

+CAU25A

A8HM25A

+CAH90A

A8HR 25A

+CAH90A

A8HR25AB

+CAH90A

G8K
: Reduction ratio
Output shaft type: D-cut type
Intermediate gear head: G8XH10

104

134

148

158

A8U25C

+CAU25C

A8HM25C

+CAH90C

A8HR 25C

+CAH90C

A8HR25CB

+CAH90C

A8U25D

+CAU25D

A8HM25D

+CAH90D

A8HR 25D

+CAH90D

A8HR25DB

+CAH90D

A9U40A

+CAU40A

A9HM40A

+CAH90A

A9HR 40A

+CAH90A

A9HR40AB

+CAH90A

A9U40C

+CAU40C

A9HM40C

+CAH90C

A9HR 40C

+CAH90C

A9HR40CB

+CAH90C

A9U40D

+CAU40D

A9HM40D

+CAH90D

A9HR 40D

+CAH90D

A9HR40DB

+CAH90D

A9U60AH

+CAU60A

106

A9HM60AH

160

G9BKH
: Reduction ratio
Output shaft type: Key type
Intermediate gear head:
G9BXH10
Note: Gear heads for use with 60
or 90 W motors only. Can't be
used with 40 W motors.

138

A9U60CH

+CAU60C

A9HM60CH

+CAH 90C

A9U60DH

+CAU60D

A9HM60DH

+CAH 90D

A9U90AH

+CAU90A

A9HM90AH

+CAH 90A

110

G9BKH
: Reduction ratio
Output shaft type: Key type
Intermediate gear head:
G9BXH10
Note: Gear heads for use with 60
or 90 W motors only. Can't be
used with 40 W motors.

140

A9U90CH

+CAU90C

A9HM90CH

+CAH 90C

A9U90DH

+CAU90D

A9HM90DH

+CAH 90D

Brake packs
Voltage(Frequency)

Type

1ph 100V (50/60Hz) 110V(60Hz)


1ph 200V (50/60Hz) 220V(60Hz)
1ph 220V (50Hz)
240V(50Hz)

BASA
BASC
BASD

Mounting plate
Size
60mm
70mm
80mm
90mm
90mm

150

+CAH 90A

108

Capacity
6W
15W
25W
40W
60,90W

136

Type

G6FM
G7FM
G8FM
G9AFM
G9BFM

G9AK
: Reduction ratio
Output shaft type: Key type
Intermediate gear head:
G9AXH10
Note: Gear heads for use with 40
W motor only. Can't be used
with 60 or 90 W motors.

External speed control switchs


Resistor()
Type
20k
EAVR20
Used with Socket-type speed
controllers.

Extension cables
Length(m)
Type
0.5
EAWE05
1.0
EAWE10
1.5
EAWE15
2.0
EAWE20

CR circuits for surge voltage absorber Used with unit-type speed controllers.
Voltage symbol Type
250
EACR25
500
EACR50
Used with Socket-type speed controllers.

External resistors for braking


Type
Resistor()
Rating power
EABR10H10
10k
10W
Used with Socket-type speed controllers.

Note: Motor and gear head are


sold separately.
(Customers assemble them
by themselves).

Astero line up

TM

Induction motors
Induction motors

Most widely-used gear motors


Used for constant-speed operation.
Stop naturally using load torque (can be
stopped quickly using separately-sold brake
packs).
Motor must be completely stopped before
motor operation direction can be switched.
Lead wires type.
Time rating: Continuous

Gear head and induction motor are sold separately.

TM

6W

P.14

15W

P.16

25W

P.18

40W

P.20

60W

P.22

90W

P.24

Induction

Overview

Overview

Induction motors

Overview of induction motors (Standard specifications)

Table 1. Induction motor standard specifications


Item
Capacity range
Protection method

Reversible

Electromagnetic
brakes

Enclosure

Terminal
boxes

Induction motor standard specifications


Single-phase motor
3-phase motor
6 ~ 90 W 4 poles
25 ~ 90 W 4 poles
6 ~ 40 W: IP23
25 ~ 40 W: IP23
Totally enclosed non ventilated type
Totally enclosed non ventilated type
60 W~: IP23
60 W~: IP23
Totally enclosed fun cooled type
Totally enclosed fun cooled type
100V 50/60Hz110V 60Hz

200V 50/60Hz220V 50/60Hz

115V 60Hz

Speed
controller
(Overview)

Power source

Unit type

200V 50/60Hz220V 60Hz

380V 50/60Hz400V 50/60Hz

220240V 50Hz

415V 50/60Hz440V 50/60Hz

Insulation

CE Marking, Class E (120C)


UL Standard, Class A (105C)

CE Marking, Class E (120C)


UL Standard, Class A (105C)

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Time rating

Continuous

Continuous

Starting method

Condenser running

Direct start

Lead wires
(Number of lead wire)

6W4wires(220~240V/50Hz 3wires)
15~90W5wires(220~240V/50Hz 3wires)
UL Style 3266 20AWG

3wires
UL Style 3271 20 AWG

Standards

CE Mark (Low Voltage Directive), UL Standard

Insulation resistance

At least 100 M when measured with a 500 VDC megger between the motor coil and case at
normal temperature and humidity after motor has reached rated operation.

Insulation withstand
voltage

No malfunction when a 1500 V, 50/60 Hz current is applied between the motor coil and case
for 1 minute at normal temperature and humidity after the motor has reached rated operation.

Temperature rise

The temperature rise value (T) should be no more than 60C (no more than 45C for motors
with fans) when measured by the prescribed method after the motor has reached the rated
operation.

Overheating protector (TP)

Built-in thermal protector (auto-restore type) Release: 120 5C, Restore: 77 5C

Lubrication method

Grease lubrication. Grease is loaded at shipment.

Color

Astero silver

Locations

Indoors (Minimal dust and humidity)

Temperature

-10 to 40C

Humidity

Under 85%

Elevation

Under 1,000 m

Atmosphere

Well ventilated location, free of corrosive gases, explosive gases, vapors and dust.

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

Motor

Socket type

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Brake Packs

Options

Technical
Information

Overview

25W

40W

60W

90W

Ambient conditions

15W

Paint Gear

6W

10

TM

Single
phase

Three
phase

Lead
wire

Overview

Terminal
box

Overview of induction motors (Selection procedure)

Determine equivalent transmitted torque (Te)

Determine service factor (SF)

Actual torque transmitted by gear


motor's output shaft (N m)

See service factor table (p. 12)

Te : Equivalent transmitted

Determine equivalent transmitted torque

torque (N m)

Make initial model selection.

Determine reduction ratio

Check gear head allowable torque on relevant page


Make initial gear head selection
Make initial motor selection

Power frequency30
Output motor speed

iReduction ratio

P.14~P.24
Select model for which TeTout.

Tout: Allowable torque of gear head (N m)

Select motor with same gear head size

Select the motor one size larger

Check motor's starting torque


: Gear head efficiency. See Table 5 on p. 180

Convert equivalent transmitted torque to motor shaft torque

Check motor starting torque

TMTe/(i/100)
TMSTM/0.8

TM : Te converted to motor shaft torque (N m)


TMS : Motor starting torque (N m)

TMS must be no more than the starting


torque value in the rating table

0.8 :

Safety coefficient for ensuring starting torque

Check load inertia

Calculate load's moment of inertia

See p. 13 for how to make the calculation

Convert it to motor shaft's moment of inertia

JM = J/i2 (when reduction ratio is less


than 50)
JM = J/502 (when reduction ratio is 50 or
more)

Check allowable load inertia

J : Load's moment of inertia (kg m2)


JM : Converted motor shaft's moment of
inertia (kg m2)

JM must be no more than the allowable


load's moment of inertia given on p. 12

Check radial load.

Calculate radial load

Check radial load

Pr must be no more than the output


shaft's allowable radial load given in Table
7 on p. 181

Select model, dimensions.

Select model
Check dimensions in diagram

Model specifications are given in the


'Model' column on the relevant page
Dimensions are shown in the diagram on
the relevant page

11

Pr
Cf
SF
R

:
:
:
:

Shaft radial load (N)


Coupling factor
Service factor
Pitch (radius of circle) of sprocket, gear,
pulley or other drive component (m)
Pro : Output shaft's allowable radial load
(N)

Induction

Overview

Overview

Induction motors

Overview of induction motors (Service factor)

Service factor (S. F. )


Reversible

Service factors are designed for 8 hours of per day with a uniform load.
Table 2. Service factor (S. F. )

Electromagnetic
brakes
Terminal
boxes

Load
condition
Uniform load

Operation
time

Up to 8 hours/day
1

Continuous load in one direction

1.5

Moderate shock load


Speed
controller
(Overview)

Frequent changes of motor direction

Shock load

Applications

Instant changes of motor direction/stops

Unit type

Shaft radial load and thrust load


Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)
Speed
controller
(Reversible)
Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Brake Packs

Calculate the shaft radial load when attaching a chain sprocket or pulley.
The shaft radial load is calculated by the formula below. It must be smaller than the
allowable radial load of the output shaft given table 7 on p.181.
Shaft radial load (Pr) =

P Cf S.F.
R

[N]

P : Actual torque transmitted by slow speed shaft (N m)


Cf : Load connection factor (see Table 3)
R : Pitch (radius of circle) of sprocket, gear, pulley or other drive component (m)
Table 3. Load connection factor (Cf)

Options

Technical
Information

Overview

Type of connection
Chain
Gear
Pulley

Cf
1
1.25
1.5

Load moment of inertia

6W

15W

The converted motor shaft load moment of inertia is calculated by the following formula.
i : Reduction ratio
J : Load moment of inertia (kg m2)
JM = J/i2 (when reduction ratio is less than 50)
JM = J/502 (when reduction ratio is 50 or more) JM : Converted motor shaft load moment of inertia (kg m2)

25W

Note that if the motor is used with a load moment of inertia exceeding the corresponding
allowable valbe(given table4.), gears and bearings will quickly become damaged.
40W

Table 4. Allowable values for converted motor shaft load moment of inertia (10-4 kg m2)
60W

90W

Motor size
A6M06
A7M15
A8M25
A9M40
A9M60
A9M90

Motor power(W)
6
15
25
40
60
90

12

1ph
0.05
0.15
0.30
0.75
1.00
1.00

3ph

0.30
0.75
1.00
1.00

TM

Single
phase

Three
phase

Lead
wire

Overview

Terminal
box

Overview of induction motors (Moment of inertia)


Calculation of moment of inertia J
(1) Moment of inertia of rotating motion
Rotating center meets gravity center

Rotating center dosen't meets gravity center


Rm
Dm

1
J= 8 MD2kgm2

Dm
Mkg

bm

( 12 D +4R ) kgm

J=

M
4

( a +b
3 +4R )kgm

Rm

J=

1
MD2+d2
kgm2
8

am
Mkg

bm

am
Mkg

M
4

Mkg

Dm
dm
Mkg

J=

J=

cm

1
Ma2+b2
kgm2
12

J=

1
M4L2+C2
kgm2
12

Mkg
Lm

(2) Moment of inertia of rectilinear motion


Vm/min

Dm

General motion

J= M
4

( VNs ) = M4 D

J= M
4

( M +M
2

kgm2

Nsr/min
M3kg

Horizontal motion
by conveyor

Dm

Vm/min

M1kg

M2kg
Nsr/min

Dm

+M3+M4 D2

kgm2

M4kg
Vm/min

Horizontal motion
by screw

Mkg

V
J= M
Ns
4

Nsr/min

) = M4 ( P )

kgm2

ReadP(m/rev)
Nsr/min
M2kg

Vertical motion
by winch

Dm

2
1
J=M1D + M2D2
4
8

Vm/min

M1kg

(3) Calculation of moment of inertia at defferent rotating speeds


J

Ns1(r/min)
Ns2(r/min)

J =
Load moment of inertia

13

Ns2

(N )J
s1

kgm2

60mm

6W

Overview

Induction motors

Induction

Motor specification table

Frame
size
mm sq

Reversible

Electromagnetic
brakes

Motor Type

Poles

Output
(W)

A6M06A

(V)

A6M06B

A6M06C

1ph110
1ph115

60

A6M06D

1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

Time
ratiang

(Hz)

1ph100

Terminal
boxes
Speed
controller
(Overview)

Voltage Frequency

50
60
60
60
50
60
60
50

Rating torque
Starting torque
Output speed
Torque
(r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm)

Current
(A)

Cont.
Cont.
Cont.
Cont.

0.21
0.19
0.20
0.19

1200
1500
1550
1500
1200
1500
1550

0.10
0.10
0.08
0.09

1200

0.050
0.042
0.040
0.042
0.050
0.042
0.040
0.050
0.053

0.50
0.42
0.40
0.42
0.50
0.42
0.40
0.50
0.53

0.045

0.45

0.055
0.055

0.55
0.55

0.045

0.45

0.055
0.050
0.055

0.55
0.50
0.55

Overheating Standard Condenser


protection
(F)
ZP

CE

2. 5

ZP UL/CE

2.0

ZP

CE

0. 7

ZP

CE

0.6

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and impedance-protected (ZP) types.

Unit type

Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Gear head type:


Frequency

Brake Packs

50Hz
Options

Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

Rating torque

Gear head type:


Frequency

6W

50Hz

15W

60Hz

40W

60W

90W

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

417
0.15
1.5
500
0.13
1.3

300
0.21
2.1
360
0.17
1.7

250
0.26
2.6
300
0.21
2.1

200
0.31
3.2
240
0.26
2.6

166
0.38
3.9
200
0.30
3.1

150
0.42
4.3
180
0.34
3.5

120
0.53
5.4
144
0.43
4.4

100
0.63
6.4
120
0.51
5.2

83
0.76
7.7
100
0.62
6.3

75
0.76
7.7
90
0.62
6.3

60
0.95
9.7
72
0.76
7.8

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
1.14
11.6
60
0.92
9.4

41
1.36
13.9
50
1.11
11.3

37
1.52
15.5
45
1.24
12.6

30
1.72
17.5
36
1.39
14.2

25
2.06
21.0
30
1.67
17.0

20
2.57
26.2
24
2.09
21.3

16
2.94
30.0
20
2.50
25.5

G6D

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

25W

3
500
0.13
1.3
600
0.10
1.0

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

100 120 150 180 200


15
2.94
30.0
18
2.78
28.4

12
2.94
30.0
15
2.94
30.0

10
2.94
30.0
12
2.94
30.0

8
2.94
30.0
10
2.94
30.0

7.5
2.94
30.0
9
2.94
30.0

in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 30 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 1.96 Nm (20 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 30 and 40, and 2.94 Nm (30 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

Condenser
W

(8)

Overview

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

Motor type

(4.5)

Technical
Information

G6D

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed

A6M06A
#187

A6M06B
10

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Gear head rating torque table

A6M06C
MARKING

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

A6M06D

Voltage Capacity
(V)
(F)
1ph100
2.5
1ph110
1ph115
2.0
1ph200
0.7
1ph220
1ph220
0.6
1ph240

14

Condenser type

(mm) (mm) (mm)

DMF-25255

36

16

25

DMF-25205

36

16

25

DMF-45704

36

16

25

DMF-45604

36

16

25

TM

Three
phase

Single
phase

Lead
wire

60mm

Terminal
box

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A6M06
Gear head type G6 D

Gear head output shaft detail

137(147)
32

60

32
.D
P.C

12

10

59.5

24

+
70

8h7

0.5

0
0.1

6.5

30(40)
Table1

0
0.015

75

4- 4.5
,
22 30

Motor

Table1. Gear head length


Gear head size

Length (mm)

G63D G618D
G620D G6200D

30
40

TypeA6M06
87.7
60

12.7

75

0.5

.D
P.C

+
70

59.5

54h7

0
0.030

6.5

Lead wires length 300mm


UL3266 AWG NO.20

4- 4.5

,
22 30

Intermediate gear head

Table2. Weight

Type: G6XH10

Weight(kg)
Motor

(38.7)
12.7

60

Gear head

26

2
0.5

+
70

54h7

0
0.030

P.C.D

G63D
G618D
G620D
G640D
G650D
G6200D

Intermediate gear head

0.70
0.24
0.30
0.33
0.18

4- 4.5

Related information

Wiring diagram

Selection procedure: p.11


A6M06A A6M06B A6M06C

CW

CCW

Black
CW

M
Cap.

CCW

CW

White
Brown

Standard specifications: p.10

Black

Gray

White

Options: p.169

CW,CCW

Black

Brown

Gray

A6M06D

Cap.

Technical information: p.175

White

CCW

Brown

CW
Cap.
CCW

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
The motor must be completely stopped before its operation direction can be switched.
If you try to switch the rotation direction while the motor is operating, the attempt may
be unsuccessful, or may take some time

15

6W

70mm

15W

Overview

Induction motors

Induction

Motor specification table

Frame
size
mm sq
Reversible

Electromagnetic
brakes
Terminal
boxes
Speed
controller
(Overview)

Unit type

Motor Type

Poles

Output

Voltage Frequency

(W)

A7M15A

(V)

1ph100

15

A7M15B

15

A7M15C

15

1ph110
1ph115

70

A7M15D

1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

15

(Hz)
50
60
60
60
50
60
60
50

Time
ratiang

Cont.
Cont.
Cont.
Cont.

Rating torque
Starting torque
Output speed
Torque
(r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm)

Current
(A)
0.35
0.34
0.34
0.30
0.19
0.18
0.19
0.16
0.18

1250
1550
1600
1600
1200
1500
1550
1200

0.120
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.125
0.120
0.110
0.125
0.135

1.20
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.25
1.20
1.10
1.25
1.35

0.090

0.90

0.110
0.090

1.10
0.90

0.090

0.90

0.110
0.075
0.090

1.10
0.75
0.90

Overheating Standard Condenser


protection
(F)
TP

CE

5.0

TP UL/CE

4.0

TP

CE

1. 2

TP

CE

0.9

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Gear head type:


Frequency

Brake Packs

50Hz

G7K

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque

Options

Ouput speed

60Hz

Rating torque

Gear head type:

6W

15W

25W

40W

60W

90W

Frequency

50Hz

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

417
0.38
3.9
500
0.35
3.6

300
0.53
5.4
360
0.50
5.1

250
0.64
6.5
300
0.60
6.1

200
0.79
8.1
240
0.75
7.6

166
0.95
9.7
200
0.89
9.1

150
1.06
10.8
180
0.99
10.1

120
1.32
13.5
144
1.25
12.7

100
1.59
16.2
120
1.49
15.2

83
1.90
19.4
100
1.79
18.2

75
1.90
19.4
90
1.79
18.2

60
2.37
24.2
72
2.24
22.8

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
2.85
29.1
60
2.68
27.3

41
3.42
34.9
50
3.22
32.8

37
3.81
38.8
45
3.58
36.5

30
4.28
43.6
36
4.02
41.0

25
4.90
50.0
30
4.83
49.2

20
4.90
50.0
24
4.90
50.0

16
4.90
50.0
20
4.90
50.0

G7K

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

Kgfcm

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

100 120 150 180 200


15
4.90
50.0
18
4.90
50.0

12
4.90
50.0
15
4.90
50.0

10
4.90
50.0
12
4.90
50.0

8
4.90
50.0
10
4.90
50.0

7.5
4.90
50.0
9
4.90
50.0

in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 25 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 3.92 Nm (40 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 25 and 40, and 4.90 Nm (50 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

Condenser
W

(8)

Overview

Nm

3
500
0.31
3.2
600
0.29
3.0

(4.5)

Motor type Voltage Capacity Condenser type

Technical
Information

r/min

A7M15A
#187

A7M15B
10

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Gear head rating torque table

MARKING

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

A7M15C
A7M15D

(V)
(F)
1ph100
5.0
1ph110
1ph115
4.0
1ph200
1.2
1ph220
1ph220
0.9
1ph240

16

(mm) (mm) (mm)

DMF-25505

38

19

29

DMF-25405

38

19

29

DMF-45125

36

16

25

DMF-45904

36

16

25

TM

Single
phase

Lead
wire

Three
phase

70mm

Terminal
box

15W

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A7M15
Gear head type G7 K
144(154)

Gear head output shaft detail

0
0.015

70

.D
P.C

0.1
0

23

key size

,
22 30

4- 5.5

2.5

0.03
0

25

15

69

30

10

32
0.5

+
82

10h7

32

25 + 0.2

0
0.03

Motor

0
0.03

32(42)
Table1

80

TypeA7M15
93.4
80

70

13.4
7

2
0.5

+
82

Table1. Gear head length

69

64h7

0
0.030

.D
P.C

Length(mm)

32
42

,
22 30

4- 5.5

Lead wires length 300mm


UL3266 AWG NO.20

Gear head size

G73K G718K
G720K G7200K

Table2. Weight
Intermediate gear head

Weight(kg)
Motor

Type: G7XH10
13.4

30

Gear head

(43.4)
70

+ 0.5

82

64h7 00.030

D
P.C.

G73K
G718K
G720K
G740K
G750K
G7200K

Intermediate gear head

1.04
0.38
0.47
0.52
0.32

5.5

Related information

Wiring diagram

Selection procedure: p.11


A7M15A A7M15B A7M15C

CW
TP

CCW

Black

TP

Orange
CW

Options: p.169

CW,CCW

Black

TP

Orange

Standard specifications: p.10

Black

CW

Brown

Technical information: p.175

Gray

White
Gray

A7M15D

M
Cap.

CCW

M
White
Brown

CCW

Cap.

White
Brown

CW
Cap.
CCW

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
The motor must be completely stopped before its operation direction can be switched.
If you try to switch the rotation direction while the motor is operating, the attempt may be unsuccessful,
or may take some time

17

80mm

25W

Overview

Induction motors

Induction

Motor specification table


Frame
size
mm sq

Electromagnetic
brakes

Output

Voltage Frequency
(V)

1ph100

25

A8M25B

25

A8M25C

25

A8M25D
80

Poles

(W)

A8M25A

Reversible

Terminal
boxes

Motor Type

1ph110
1ph115
1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

25

3ph200

A8M25J

25

3ph220

Speed
controller
(Overview)

3ph380
3ph400

Unit type

A8M25K

25

3ph415

Socket type

3ph440

Gear head type:


Frequency

50Hz
Options

Overview

60Hz

Rating torque

50Hz
60Hz

40W

60W

90W

Cont.

Cont.

Cont.
Cont.
Cont.
Cont.

TP

CE

6.0

TP UL/CE

4.5

TP

CE

1.5

TP

CE

1.3

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

500
0.52
5.3
600
0.43
4.4

417
0.63
6.4
500
0.51
5.2

300
0.87
8.9
360
0.72
7.3

250
1.05
10.7
300
0.85
8.7

200
1.31
13.4
240
1.07
10.9

166
1.57
16.0
200
1.28
13.1

150
1.74
17.8
180
1.43
14.6

120
2.19
22.3
144
1.78
18.2

100
2.62
26.7
120
2.15
21.9

83
3.15
32.1
100
2.57
26.2

75
3.15
32.1
90
2.58
26.3

60
3.94
40.2
72
3.22
32.9

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
4.72
48.2
60
3.86
39.4

41
5.66
57.8
50
4.64
47.3

37
6.29
64.2
45
5.16
52.6

30
7.12
72.6
36
5.82
59.4

25
7.84
80.0
30
6.99
71.3

20
7.84
80.0
24
7.84
80.0

16
7.84
80.0
20
7.84
80.0

G8K

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

15W

25W

Rating torque

Gear head type:


Frequency

6W

Cont.

Overheating Standard Condenser


protection
(F)

G8K

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed

Ouput speed
Technical
Information

Cont.

Rating torque
Starting torque
Output speed
Torque
(r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm)
1250
0.200
2.00
1.45
0.145
1550
0.165
1.65
1600
0.160
1.60
0.180
1.80
1500
0.170
1.70
0.120
1.20
1250
0.200
2.00
0.145
1.45
1500
0.170
1.70
1550
0.165
1.65
0.180
1.80
0.210
2.10
0.110
1.10
1200
0.220
2.20
0.130
1.30
1300
0.195
1.95
0.340
3.40
1550
0.165
1.65
0.270
2.70
1350
0.190
1.90
0.410
4.10
1600
0.160
1.60
0.320
3.20
1250
0.200
2.00
0.315
3.15
1500
0.170
1.70
0.250
2.50
1250
0.210
2.10
0.350
3.50
1500
0.180
1.80
0.275
2.75
1300
0.195
1.95
0.375
3.75
1550
0.165
1.65
0.300
3.00
1300
0.210
2.10
0.440
4.40
1550
0.180
1.80
0.340
3.40

Gear head rating torque table

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

100 120 150 180 200


15
7.84
80.0
18
7.84
80.0

12
7.84
80.0
15
7.84
80.0

10
7.84
80.0
12
7.84
80.0

8
7.84
80.0
10
7.84
80.0

7.5
7.84
80.0
9
7.84
80.0

in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 25 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 5.88 Nm (60 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 25 and 40, and 7.84 Nm (80 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

Condenser
W

(8)

Brake Packs

Cont.

Current
(A)
0.57
0.52
0.51
0.59
0.30
0.29
0.23
0.23
0.25
0.25
0.22
0.26
0.23
0.14
0.12
0.14
0.12
0.15
0.13
0.15
0.13

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Motor type

(4.5)

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60

A8M25A
#187

A8M25B
10

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

50

A8M25C
MARKING

Speed
controller
(Induction)

(Hz)
50
60
60
60
50
60
60

Time
ratiang

A8M25D

Voltage Capacity
(V)
1ph100
1ph110
1ph115
1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

Condenser type

(V)

18

(mm) (mm) (mm)

6.0

DMF-25605

38

19

29

4.5

DMF-25455

38

19

29

1.5

DMF-45155

36

16

25

1.3

DMF-45135

36

16

25

TM

Single
phase

Lead
wire

Three
phase

80mm

Terminal
box

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A8M25
Gear head type G8 K
149(159.5)
32

0.03
0

2.5

0.1
0

25

15

79.5

.D
P.C

+0.5

10

32
94

34

23

,
22 30

4- 5.5

key size

Motor

25 + 0.2

0
0.03

10h7

Gear head output shaft detail

80
0
0.015

Table1

32(42.5)

85

0
0.03

TypeA8M25
98.6
13.6

85

80

Table1. Gear head length

73h7

79.5

0
0.030

94

.D
P.C

Lead wires length 300mm


1ph:UL3266 AWG NO.20
3ph:UL3271 AWG NO.20

+0.5

Gear head size

Length (mm)

G83K G818K
G820K G8200K

32
42.5

,
22 30

4- 5.5

Intermediate gear head

Table2. Weight

Type: G8XH10

Weight(kg)
Motor

(45.6)
80

13.6

Gear head

32
2

.5

+0
94

73h7

0
0.030

P.C.D

G83K
G818K
G820K
G840K
G850K
G8200K

Intermediate gear head

1.46
0.43
0.57
0.61
0.43

4- 5.5

Wiring diagram

Related information

A8M25A A8M25B A8M25C

CW
TP

CCW

Black

TP

CW

Gray

TP

Orange

M
Cap.

CCW

White

CCW

Brown

Standard specifications: p.10

Black

CW

Gray

White

Options: p.169

CW,CCW

Black

Orange
Brown

Selection procedure: p.11

A8M25D

Technical information: p.175


White
Brown

Cap.

CW
Cap.
CCW

A8M25J

CW
Black(U)

A8M25K

CCW
Black(U)

CW
S

CW

CCW

Black(U)

Red(V)

Black(U)

Red(V)

CW

White(V)

TP
Gray(W)
TP

White(V)

TP

CCW

Gray(W)
TP

TP
Brown(W)
TP

TP

CCW

Brown(W) T
TP

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
The motor must be completely stopped before its operation direction can be switched.
If you try to switch the rotation direction while the motor is operating, the attempt may be unsuccessful,
or may take some time

19

25W

90mm

40W

Overview

Induction motors

Induction

Motor specification table


Frame
size
mm sq

Motor Type

Electromagnetic
brakes
Terminal
boxes

90

Output

Voltage Frequency

(W)

A9M40A

Reversible

Poles

(V)

1ph100

40

A9M40B

40

A9M40C

40

A9M40D

40

A9M40J

40

1ph110
1ph115
1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240
3ph200
3ph220

Speed
controller
(Overview)

3ph380
3ph400

Unit type

A9M40K

40

3ph415

Socket type

3ph440
Speed
controller
(Induction)
Speed
controller
(Reversible)

(Hz)
50
60
60
60
50
60
60
50
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60

Time
ratiang

Cont.
Cont.
Cont.

Cont.

Cont.

Cont.
Cont.
Cont.
Cont.

Current
(A)
0.80
0.85
0.82
0.91
0.41
0.43
0.41
0.34
0.37
0.30
0.28
0.30
0.28
0.21
0.19
0.21
0.19
0.21
0.19
0.21
0.19

Rating torque
Starting torque
Output speed
Torque
(r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm)
1300
0.310
3.10
0.240
2.40
1550
0.260
2.60
1600
0.250
2.50
0.290
2.90
1550
0.260
2.60
0.240
2.40
1300
0.310
3.10
0.240
2.40
1550
0.260
2.60
1600
0.250
2.50
0.290
2.90
0.315
3.15
0.180
1.80
1250
0.335
3.35
0.210
2.10
1300
0.310
3.10
0.490
4.90
1550
0.260
2.60
0.370
3.70
1350
0.300
3.00
0.590
5.90
1600
0.250
2.50
0.450
4.50
1300
0.320
3.20
0.630
6.30
1550
0.270
2.70
0.485
4.85
1300
0.330
3.30
0.690
6.90
1550
0.280
2.80
0.525
5.25
1350
0.310
3.10
0.730
7.30
1600
0.260
2.60
0.570
5.70
1350
0.320
3.20
0.820
8.20
1600
0.270
2.70
0.630
6.30

Overheating Standard Condenser


protection
(F)
TP

CE

10.0

TP UL/CE

8.0

TP

CE

2.5

TP

CE

2.0

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Gear head rating torque table

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Gear head type:

Brake Packs

Frequency

50Hz

Options

G9AK

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

Technical
Information

60Hz

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

500
0.81
8.3
600
0.67
6.8

417
0.97
9.9
500
0.80
8.2

300
1.35
13.8
360
1.11
11.3

250
1.62
16.5
300
1.33
13.6

200
2.03
20.7
240
1.67
17.0

166
2.43
24.8
200
2.00
20.4

150
2.70
27.5
180
2.23
22.7

120
3.37
34.4
144
2.78
28.4

100
4.05
41.3
120
3.33
34.0

83
4.86
49.6
100
4.00
40.8

75
4.86
49.6
90
4.01
40.9

60
6.09
62.1
72
5.01
51.1

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
7.30
74.5
60
6.01
61.3

41
8.76
89.4
50
7.21
73.6

37
9.73
99.3
45
8.02
81.8

Overview

Gear head type:


Frequency

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed

50Hz

Rating torque

15W
Ouput speed

60Hz
25W

(8)

90W

Condenser

Motor type

(4.5)

60W

100 120 150 180 200

30
25
20
16
15
12
10
8
7.5
9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80
100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
36
30
24
20
18
15
12
10
9
9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80
100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0

=in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 9.80Nm(100kgfcm).
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

A9M40A
#187

A9M40B
10

40W

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

MARKING

6W

G9AK

A9M40C
A9M40D

Voltage Capacity
(V)
(F)
1ph100
10.0
1ph110
1ph115
8.0
1ph200
2.5
1ph220
1ph220
2.0
1ph240

20

Condenser type

(mm) (mm) (mm)

DMF-251006

47

19

28

DMF-25805

48

21

33

DMF-45255

47

19

28

DMF-45205

38

19

29

TM

90mm

Terminal
box

Lead
wire

Three
phase

40W

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A9M40
Gear head type G9A K

Gear head output shaft detail

179(197)
0
0.018

90

.D
P.C

25

2.5

0.1
0

18

87.5

36

+0.5

12

32
104

0.03
0

12h7

32

42(60)1
table1

105

23

,
22 30

TypeA9M40

25 + 0.2

0
0.03

key size
4

4- 6.5

Motor

0
0.03

123.5
18.5

105

90

0
0.035

83h7

87.5

Table1. Gear head lenght


0.5

.D
P.C

+
104

,
22 30

4- 6.5

Lead wires length 300mm


1ph:UL3266 AWG NO.20
3ph:UL3271 AWG NO.20

Intermediate gear head

Gear head size

Length(mm)

G9A3KG9A18K
G9A20KG9A200K

42
60

Table2. Weight

Type: G9AXH10

Weight(kg)
Motor

(55.5)
90

18.5

Gear head

37
2

.5

0
0.035

+0
104
P.C.D

83h7

Single
phase

G9A3K
G9A18K
G9A20K
G9A40K
G9A50K
G9A200K

Intermediate gear head

2.30
0.73
1.03
1.13
0.60

4- 6.5

Related information

Wiring diagram
A9M40A A9M40B A9M40C

CW

CCW

TP Black

TP

Orange

Brown

Options: p.169

M
Cap.

CCW

Technical information: p.175

White

CCW

Brown

Standard specifications: p.28

Black

CW

Gray

White
Gray

CW,CCW

TP Black

Orange
CW

Selection procedure: p.31

A9M40D

White
Brown

Cap.

CW
Cap.
CCW

A9M40J

CW
Black(U)

A9M40K

CCW
R

Black(U)

White(V)

CW
S

CW

CCW

Black(U) R

Black(U)

Red(V)

CW

White(V)
TP
Gray(W)
TP

M
CCW

TP
Gray(W)
TP

Red(V)

TP
Brown(W) T
TP

TP

CCW

Brown(W) T
TP

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
The motor must be completely stopped before its operation direction can be switched.
If you try to switch the rotation direction while the motor is operating, the attempt may be unsuccessful,
or may take some time

21

90mm

60W

Overview

Induction motors

Induction

Motor specification table


Frame
size
mm sq

Motor Type

Electromagnetic
brakes

90

Terminal
boxes

Output
(W)

A9M60AH

Reversible

Poles

(V)

1ph100

60

A9M60BH

60

A9M60CH

60

A9M60DH

60

A9M60JH

60

Voltage Frequency

1ph110
1ph115
1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240
3ph200
3ph220

Speed
controller
(Overview)

3ph380
3ph400

Unit type

A9M60KH

60

3ph415

Socket type

3ph440
Speed
controller
(Induction)
Speed
controller
(Reversible)

Gear head type:


Frequency

50Hz

Options

Cont.

Cont.
Cont.
Cont.
Cont.
Cont.
Cont.
Cont.

Overheating Standard Condenser


protection
(F)
TP

CE

15.0

TP UL/CE

12.0

TP

CE

4. 0

TP

CE

3.5

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

Technical
Information

60Hz

Rating torque

Gear head type:


Frequency

6W

50Hz

Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz
25W

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

500
1.20
12.2
600
0.95
9.7

417
1.43
14.6
500
1.15
11.7

300
1.99
20.3
360
1.59
16.2

250
2.38
24.3
300
1.90
19.4

200
2.99
30.4
240
2.38
24.3

166
3.58
36.5
200
2.86
29.2

150
3.97
40.5
180
3.18
32.4

120
4.47
45.6
144
3.58
36.5

100
5.37
54.8
120
4.29
43.8

83
6.44
65.7
100
5.16
52.6

75
7.15
73.0
90
5.72
58.4

60
8.09
82.5
72
6.47
66.0

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
9.70
99.0
60
7.76
79.2

41
11.66
119.0
50
9.31
95.0

37
12.94
132.0
45
10.39
106.0

30
16.17
165.0
36
12.94
132.0

25
19.40
198.0
30
15.48
158.0

20
19.60
200.0
24
17.35
177.0

16
19.60
200.0
20
19.60
200.0

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed

15W

60W

50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60

Cont.

Rating torque
Starting torque
Output speed
Torque
(r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm)
1300
0.460
4.60
0.340
3.40
1550
0.390
3.90
1600
0.380
3.80
0.480
4.80
1550
0.400
4.00
0.320
3.20
1300
0.470
4.70
3.85
0.385
1550
0.400
4.00
1600
0.390
3.90
0.480
4.80
0.460
4.60
0.320
3.20
1300
0.490
4.90
0.390
3.90
1300
0.460
4.60
0.710
7.10
1550
0.390
3.90
0.540
5.40
1350
0.440
4.40
0.860
8.60
1600
0.390
3.90
0.680
6.80
1300
0.460
4.60
0.825
8.25
1550
0.390
3.90
0.650
6.50
1300
0.470
4.70
0.930
9.30
1550
0.400
4.00
0.735
7.35
1350
0.460
4.60
0.995
9.95
1600
0.380
3.80
0.750
7.50
1350
0.470
4.70
1.075 10.75
1600
0.390
3.90
0.840
8.40

Gear head rating torque table

Brake Packs

40W

50

Cont.

Current
(A)
1.26
1.37
1.35
1.20
0.65
0.70
0.68
0.47
0.50
0.46
0.42
0.46
0.41
0.27
0.24
0.29
0.25
0.27
0.23
0.31
0.25

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Overview

(Hz)
50
60
60
60
50
60
60

Time
ratiang

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

100 120 150 180 200


15
19.60
200.0
18
19.60
200.0

12
19.60
200.0
15
19.60
200.0

10
19.60
200.0
12
19.60
200.0

= in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torgue is 19.60Nm(200kgfcm).
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

Condenser
(8)

90W

Motor type
T

(4.5)

10
H

MARKING

(V)

A9M60AH

#187

Voltage Capacity

A9M60BH
A9M60CH
A9M60DH

Condenser type

(F)

1ph100
1ph110
1ph115
1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

22

(mm) (mm) (mm)

15.0

DMF-251506

50

25

40

12.0

DMF-251206

48

21

33

4.0

DMF-45405

48

21

33

3.5

DMF-45355

48

21

33

8
19.60
200.0
10
19.60
200.0

7.5
19.60
200.0
9
19.60
200.0

TM

Single
phase

90mm

Terminal
box

Lead
wire

Three
phase

60W

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A9M60 H
Gear head type G9B KH
226.3

Gear head output shaft detail


90

38

.D
P.C

34

18

90

15

15h7

27.5

+ 0.5

104

0.1
0

Tap
M510 Depth

0.03
0

38
0
0.018

32

25

4- 6.5
,
22 30

key size
27.5 + 0.2

Motor

0
0.03

65.5

122.8

TypeA9M60 H

0
0.03

143.8
21

122.8
32

90

+ 0.5

.D
P.C

104

Table1. Weight

83h7

90

0
0.035

Weight(kg)

4- 6.5

Gear head

Motor

,
22 30

Lead wires length 300mm

1ph UL3266 AWG No.20


3ph UL3271 AWG No.20

Intermediate gear head


Type: G9BXH10H

2.44

G9B3KH
G9B10KH
G9B12.5KH
G9B20KH
G9B25KH
G9B60KH
G9B75KH
G9B200KH

Intermediate gear head

1.21
1.30
1.40
1.45
0.65

(61)
40

21
90

+ 0.5

104

83h7

0
0.035

.D
P.C

4- 6.5

Related information

Wiring diagram

Selection procedure: p.11


A9M60AH A9M60BH A9M60CH

CW
TP

CCW

Black

TP

M
Cap.

CCW

Technical information: p.175

M
White
Brown

CCW

White
Brown

CW
Cap.
CCW

Cap.

A9M60JH

CW

A9M60KH

CCW

Black(U) R

CW

Black(U) S

CW

Standard specifications: p.10

Black

CW

Gray

White
Gray

TP

Orange

Brown

Options: p.169

CW,CCW

Black

Orange
CW

A9M60DH

CCW
Black(U) S

Black(U) R
CW

White(V) S
TP
Gray(W)
TP

M
CCW

White(V) R
TP
Gray(W)
TP

Red(V)

TP
Brown(W) T
TP

M
CCW

Red(V) R
TP
Brown(W) T
TP

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
The motor must be completely stopped before its operation direction can be switched.
If you try to switch the rotation direction while the motor is operating, the attempt may be unsuccessful,
or may take some time

23

90mm

90W

Overview

Induction motors

Induction

Motor specification table


Frame
size
mm sq

Motor Type

90

Terminal
boxes

Voltage Frequency
(V)

90

A9M90CH

90

1ph110
1ph115
1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

90

(Hz)
50
60
60
60
50
60
60

1ph100

90

A9M90BH

A9M90DH

Electromagnetic
brakes

Output
(W)

A9M90AH

Reversible

Poles

50
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60

3ph200

A9M90JH

90

3ph220

Speed
controller
(Overview)

3ph380
3ph400

Unit type

A9M90KH

90

3ph415

Socket type

3ph440
Speed
controller
(Induction)

Time
ratiang

Cont.
Cont.
Cont.

Cont.
Cont.
Cont.
Cont.
Cont.
Cont.
Cont.

Current
(A)
1.80
2.00
2.00
1.80
0.90
1.00
1.00
0.68
0.72
0.63
0.60
0.63
0.60
0.32
0.30
0.35
0.32
0.33
0.29
0.35
0.31

Rating torque
Starting torque
Output speed
Torque
(r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm)
1300
0.690
6.90
0.500
5.00
1550
0.580
5.80
1600
0.560
5.60
0.570
5.70
1550
0.600
6.00
0.500
5.00
1300
0.690
6.90
0.500
5.00
1550
0.580
5.80
1600
0.560
5.60
0.570
5.70
0.690
6.90
0.480
4.80
1300
0.720
7.20
0.520
5.20
1300
0.690
6.90
1.010 10.10
1550
0.600
6.00
0.760
7.60
1350
0.680
6.80
1.250 12.50
1600
0.570
5.70
0.960
9.60
1300
0.680
6.80
1.055 10.55
1550
0.570
5.70
0.820
8.20
1300
0.690
6.90
1.170 11.70
1550
0.580
5.80
0.890
8.90
1350
0.680
6.80
1.200 12.00
1600
0.570
5.70
0.950
9.50
1350
0.690
6.90
1.330 13.30
1600
0.580
5.80
1.050 10.50

Overheating Standard Condenser


protection
(F)
TP

CE

25.0

TP UL/CE

20.0

TP

CE

6.0

TP

CE

5.0

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

Gear head rating torque table


Gear head type:
Frequency

50Hz
60Hz

Gear head type:


Frequency

6W

50Hz
15W

25W

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

500
1.78
18.2
600
1.43
14.6

417
2.15
21.9
500
1.72
17.5

300
2.98
30.4
360
2.38
24.3

250
3.58
36.5
300
2.86
29.2

200
4.47
45.6
240
3.58
36.5

166
5.36
54.7
200
4.68
43.7

150
5.96
60.8
180
4.76
48.6

120
6.70
68.4
144
5.37
54.8

100
8.05
82.1
120
6.44
65.7

83
9.66
98.6
100
7.72
78.8

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
14.60
149.0
60
11.66
119.0

41
17.44
178.0
50
14.01
143.0

37
19.40
198.0
45
15.48
158.0

30
19.60
200.0
36
19.40
198.0

25
19.60
200.0
30
19.60
200.0

20
19.60
200.0
24
19.60
200.0

16
19.60
200.0
20
19.60
200.0

20

25

75
60
10.78 12.15
110.0 124.0
90
72
8.59 9.70
87.6 99.0

G9BKH

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

90W

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

100 120 150 180 200


15
19.60
200.0
18
19.60
200.0

12
19.60
200.0
15
19.60
200.0

10
19.60
200.0
12
19.60
200.0

in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torgue is 19.60Nm(200kgfcm).
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

Condenser
W

(8)

Overview

60W

Rating torque
Ouput speed

Technical
Information

40W

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed

Motor type

(4.5)

Options

G9BKH

A9M90AH
#187

A9M90BH
10

Brake Packs

A9M90CH
MARKING

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

A9M90DH

Voltage Capacity
(V)
(F)
1ph100
25.0
1ph110
1ph115 20.0
1ph200
6.0
1ph220
1ph220
5.0
1ph240

24

Condenser type

(mm) (mm) (mm)

DMF-252506

58

36

39

DMF-252006

58

36

39

DMF-45605

50

25

40

DMF-45505

50

25

40

8
19.60
200.0
10
19.60
200.0

7.5
19.60
200.0
9
19.60
200.0

TM

Single
phase

90mm

Terminal
box

Lead
wire

Three
phase

90W

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A9M90 H
Gear head type G9B KH
241.3
38

.D
P.C

34

18

90

15

27.5

0.03
0

15h7

38
+ 0.5

104

0.1
0

Tap
M510 Depth

Gear head output shaft detail

90
0
0.018

32

25

4- 6.5

key size

,
22 30

Motor

27.5 +0.2

TypeA9M90

0
0.03

65.5

137.8

0
0.03

158.8
21

137.8
32

90

+ 0.5

104

Table1. Weight
Weight(kg)

83h7

90

0
0.035

.D
P.C

4- 6.5

Gear head

Motor

,
22 30

Lead wires length 300mm

1ph UL3266 AWG No.20


3ph UL3271 AWG No.20

Intermediate gear head


Type: G9BXH10H

Intermediate gear head

(61)
40

2.93

G9B3KH
G9B10KH
G9B12.5KH
G9B20KH
G9B25KH
G9B60KH
G9B75KH
G9B200KH

1.21
1.30
1.40
1.45
0.65

21
90

+ 0.5

104

83h7

0
0.035

.D
P.C

4- 6.5

Related information

Wiring diagram
A9M90AH A9M90BH A9M90CH

CW
TP

CCW

Black

TP

CW

TP

Orange

Brown

M
Cap.

CCW

Standard specifications: p.10

Black

CW

M
White
Brown

CCW

Brown

CW
Cap.
CCW

Cap.

A9M90KH

CCW

Black(U) R

Technical information: p.175

White

A9M90JH

CW

CW

Black(U) S

CW

Options: p.169

Gray

White
Gray

CW,CCW

Black

Orange

Selection procedure: p.11

A9M90DH

CCW
Black(U) S

Black(U) R
CW

White(V) S
TP
Gray(W)

TP

M
CCW

White(V) R
TP
Gray(W)
TP

Red(V)

TP
Brown(W) T
TP

M
CCW

Red(V) R
TP
Brown(W) T
TP

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
The motor must be completely stopped before its operation direction can be switched.
If you try to switch the rotation direction while the motor is operating, the attempt may be unsuccessful, or may take
some time

Related information

25

MEMO

26

TM

Reversible motors
Reversible motors
Rotating direction of reversible motors can be
changed immediately.
Used for constant-speed operation.
Simple built-in brake enables rapid stopping,
but when large stored torque is required,
model with electromagnetic brake should be
used.
Lead wires type.
Time rating: Short-time (30 minutes)

Gear head and reversible motor are sold separately.

TM

27

6W

P.34

15W

P.36

25W

P.38

40W

P.40

60W

P.42

90W

P.44

Overview

Overview

Reversible Motors

Induction

Reversible

Overview of reversible motors (Standard specifications)


Table 1. Reversible motors standard specifications
Reversible motors standard specifications

Item

Electromagnetic
brakes

Single-phase motor

Capacity range

6 ~ 90 W 4 poles

Protection method

6 ~ 40 W: IP23 Totallyenclosed non ventilated type

Enclosure

60 W ~: IP23 Totallyenclosed fan cooled type


100V 50/60Hz110V 60Hz

Terminal
boxes

115V 60Hz
Power source

Speed
controller
(Overview)

200V 50/60Hz220V 60Hz


220240V 50Hz

Motor

CE Marking, Class E120


Insulation
UL Standard, Class A 105
Time rating

Short-time(30minutes)

Starting method

Condenser running

Lead wires

3wires
UL Style 3266 20 AWG

Standards

CE Marking (Low Voltage Directive), UL Standard

Insulation
resistance

At least 100 M when measured with a 500 VDC megger between the motor coil and case at
normal temperature and humidity after motor has reached rated operation.

Insulation withstand
voltage

No malfunction when a 1500 V, 50/60 Hz current is applied between the motor coil and case for 1
minute at normal temperature and humidity after the motor has reached rated operation.

Temperature
rise
Overheating
protector (TP)

The temperature rise value (T) should be no more than 60C (no more than 45C for motors with
fans) when measured by the prescribed method after the motor has reached the rated operation.

Gear

Socket type

Lubrication
method

Grease lubrication. Grease is loaded at shipment.

Paint

Unit type

Color

Astero silver

Locations

Indoors (MInimal dust and humidity)

Temperature

-10 to 40

Humidity

Under 85%

Elevation

Under 1,000 m

Atmosphere

Well ventilated location, free of corrosive gases, explosive gases, vapors and dust.

Speed
controller
(Induction)
Speed
controller
(Reversible)
Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Brake Packs

Options

Technical
Information

Overview

6W

15W

40W

60W

90W

Ambient conditions

25W

Built-in thermal protector (auto-restore type)Release: 1205, Restore: 775

28

TM

Single
phase

Three
phase

Lead
wire

Overview

Terminal
box

Overview of reversible motors (Structure)


(1) Structure and operating principle
Reversible motors have a simple built-in braking into the rear of the
motor shaft, making them ideal for applications requiring rapid and
frequent changes in direction.
As shown in Fig1, the simple built-in braking structure uses a coil
spring to slide a brake shoe on a brake plate while applying
continual pressure. The simple built-in brakes of reversible motors
have the following features:

Coil spring
Cover

(1) Apply frictional load to improve instant reversibility characteristic.


(2) Enable small overruns.
(3) Can store torque to a limited degree (about 10% of rating torque).

Brake shoe
Brake plate

Table 2 lists the stored torque and overrun of simple built-in brakes.
These values vary according to the operation time and temperature,
so should be used as reference values.
Note that during initial use, stored torque may be lower than the
values in Table 2.

Fig1. Structure of reversible motor

Table 2. Stored torque and overrun


No. of
Phase

Single
-phase

Frame size Output power


mmsq)
60
6
70
15
80
25
40
90
60
90

Motor type
A6R06A
A7R15A
A8R25A
A9R40A
A9R60AH
A9R90AH

Stored torque
(Ncm) (kgfcm)

Over run
(Rev.)

0.5
1.3
1.5

0.05
0.13
0.15

4
5
5

4.0

0.40

Like induction motors, reversible motors are condenser runtype single-phase induction motors. Their motor
speed/torque characteristic is the same as for induction
motors.

Reversible motors

Torque(Nm)

However, as shown in Figure 2, reversible motors have a


higher starting torque setting than induction motors, to
improve their instant reversibility characteristic. As a result,
they have high input losses and higher temperature rises
than induction motors, so have a time rating of 30 minutes.

Induction motors

Motor speed(r/min)

Values for characteristic table items such as rating torque,


starting torque and current characteristic are valid when the
brake shoe has been attached to the motor.

Fig
2. Motor speed-Torque characteristics

29

Overview

Overview

Reversible Motors

Induction

Reversible

Overview of reversible motors

Electromagnetic
brakes

(2) Operation time and temperature rise


The temperature rise in a reversible motor depends on the operation cycle. Some operation
cycles allow the motor to be used longer than the time rating (30 minutes).
Figures 4 to 9 show the temperature rise characteristic corresponding to each of the six
operation cycles (A to F) shown in Fig 3. These characteristics are for no-load operation
(creating the most extreme temperature rise).
When using the motor, select the pattern in Fig 3 that most closely matches the
operation cycle you will use. Make sure the temperature doesn't rise to more than 60, as
shown in the corresponding temperature rise characteristic graph in Figures 4 to 9.

Terminal
boxes

Fig3. Running cycle of reversible motors

Speed
controller
(Overview)

Run

Stop

1S Run1S StopOne direction


1Sec

Unit type

Socket type

1Sec

1Sec

2S Run2S StopBoth direction

2S Run1S Stop

1S CW Run1S CCW Run1S Stop

2S CW Run1S CCW Run1S Stop

Continuous Run

Speed
controller
(Induction)
Speed
controller
(Reversible)
Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Fig 4

Fig 5

6W

15W

Brake Packs

80

Technical
Information

70

Temperature rise

Options

Temperature rise

80
F

60
50

E
D
C
A
B

40
30

60
E
50

D
A
C
B

40
30

20

20

10

10
0

Overview

70

60

120

180

60

240

120

Fig 6

25W

40W

80

80
F
E
C
D

70
60
50

A
B

40
30

120

180

A
50

40
30

60

240

120

180

240

Running timemin.

Running timemin.

Fig 8

Fig 9

60W

90W

80

80
70

70
F
60

Temperature rise

Temperature rise

D
C

60

0
60

90W

10

10

60W

70

20

20

40W

240

Fig 7

25W

Temperature rise

15W

Temperature rise

6W

180

Running timemin.

Running timemin.

E
D
C
A
B

50
40
30
20

60

F
E
C
D
A

50
40
B

30
20
10

10

0
60

120

180

60

240

120
Running timemin.

Running timemin.

30

180

240

TM

Single
phase

Three
phase

Lead
wire

Overview

Terminal
box

Overview of reversible motors (selection procedure)


Determine equivalent transmitted torque (Te)

Determine service factor (SF)


Determine equivalent transmitted torque (Te)

See service factor table (p. 32)

Actual torque transmitted by


gear motor's output shaftNm

Te S.F.

TeEquivalent transmitted torqu


Nm

Power frequency x 30
Gear head output shaft speed

Reduction ratio

Make initial model selection


Determine reduction ratio
Check gear head rating torque on relevant page

P.34~P.45
Select model for which TeTout

Tout: Allowable torque of gear head


Nm

Make initial motor selection

Select motor with same gear head size

Select the motor


one size larger.

Check operation time and


temperature rise

Check temperature rise determined by


motor size and operation cycle (see p. 30)

Make initial gear head selection

Check motor's starting torque


Convert equivalent transmitted
torque to motor shaft torque

Te / (/100)
MS / 0.8

Gear head efficiency. See Table 5 on p. 180.


Te converted to motor shaft torqueNm
MSMotor starting torqueNm

Check motor starting torque

TMS must be no more than the starting


torque in the rating table

0.8Safety coefficient for ensuring starting torque

Check load inertia


Calculate load's moment of inertia

See p. 32 for how to make the calculation

Convert it to motor shaft's moment of inertia

JM = J/i2 (when reduction ratio is less than 50)


JM = J/502 (when reduction ratio is 50 or more)

Check allowable load inertia

JM must be no more than the allowable value


of the load's moment of inertia given on p.12

J: Load's moment of inertiakgm


JM: Converted motor shaft's moment of inertia
2
kgm

Check radial load


Calculate radial load
Check radial load

r f.. /
Pr must be no more than the output shaft's
allowable radial load given in Table 7 on p. 181

Select model & dimensions


Select model
Check dimensions in diagram

Model specifications are given in the


'Model' column on the relevant page
Dimensions are shown in the diagram
on the relevant page

31

Pr: Shaft radial loadN


Cf: Load connection factor
S.F.: Service factor
R: Pitch (radius of circle) of sprocket, gear,
pulley or other drive componentm
Pro: Output shaft's allowable radial loadN

Overview

Overview

Reversible Motors

Induction

Reversible

Overview of reversible motorsService factor

Electromagnetic
brakes

Service factor (S. F. )


Service factors are designed for 8 hours of per day with a uniform load.
Table 3. Service factor (S. F. )
Load
condition
Uniform load

Operation
time

Up to 8 hours/day
1

Speed
controller
(Overview)

Unit type

Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)
Speed
controller
(Reversible)
Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Brake Packs

Options

Continuous load in one direction

1.5

Moderate shock load


Terminal
boxes

Frequent changes of motor direction

Shock load

Applications

Instant changes of motor direction/stops

Shaft radial load and thrust load


Calculate the shaft radial load when attaching a chain sprocket or pulley.
The shaft radial load is calculated by the formula below. It must be smaller than the
allowable radial load of the output shaft given table 7 on P.181.
Shaft radial load (Pr) =

P Cf S.F.
R

[N]

P : Actual torque transmitted by slow speed shaft (Nm)


Cf : Load connection factor (see Table 4)
R : Pitch (radius of circle) of sprocket, gear, pulley or other drive
Table 4. Load connection factor (Cf)
Type of connection
Chain
Gear
Pulley

Cf
1
1.25
1.5

Technical
Information

Load moment of inertia


Overview

6W

The converted motor shaft load moment of inertia is calculated by the following formula:
i : Reduction ratio
J : Load moment of inertia (kgm2)
JM = J/i2 (when reduction ratio is less than 50)
2
JM = J/50 (when reduction ratio is 50 or more) JM : Converted motor shaft load moment of inertia (kgm2)

15W

25W

40W

60W

90W

Note that if the motor is used with a load moment of inertia exceeding the corresponding
allowable valbe(given table5.)gears and bearings will quickly become damaged.

Table 5. Allowable values for converted motor shaft load moment of inertia (10-4 kgm2)
Motor size
A6M06
A7M15
A8M25
A9M40
A9M60
A9M90

Motor power (W)


6
15
25
40
60
90

1ph
0.05
0.15
0.30
0.75
1.00
1.00

32

3ph

0.30
0.75
1.00
1.00

TM

Single
phase

Three
phase

Lead
wire

Overview

Terminal
box

Overview of reversible motorsMoment of inertia


Calculation of moment of inertia J
(1) Moment of inertia of rotating motion
Rotating center meets gravity center

Rotating center dosen't meets gravity center


Rm
Dm

1
J= 8 MD2kgm2

Dm
Mkg

M
4

( 12 D +4R ) kgm

J=

M
4

( a +b
3 +4R )kgm

Mkg
Rm

Dm

J=

dm
Mkg

1
MD2+d2
kgm2
8

am
Mkg

bm

am
bm

J=

J=

Mkg

cm

1
Ma2+b2
kgm2
12

J=

1
M4L2+C2
kgm2
12

Mkg
Lm

(2) Moment of inertia of rectilinear motion


Vm/min

Dm

General motion

J= M
4

( VNs ) = M4 D

J= M
4

( M +M
2

kgm2

Nsr/min
M3kg

Horizontal motion
by conveyor

Dm

Vm/min

M1kg

M2kg
Nsr/min

Dm

+M3+M4 D2

kgm2

M4kg
Vm/min

Horizontal motion
by screw

Mkg

V
J= M
Ns
4

Nsr/min

) = M4 ( P )

kgm2

ReadP(m/rev)
Nsr/min
M2kg

Vertical motion
by winch

Dm

2
1
J=M1D + M2D2
4
8

Vm/min

M1kg

(3) Calculation of moment of inertia at defferent rotating speeds


J

Ns1(r/min)
Ns2(r/min)

J =
Load moment of inertia

33

Ns2

(N )J
s1

kgm2

Reversible

Induction

60mm

6W

Overview

Motor specification table

Frame
size
mm sq

Motor Type

Terminal
boxes
Speed
controller
(Overview)

Unit type

Poles

Output

Voltage Frequency

(W)

A6R06A
Electromagnetic
brakes

Reversible Motors

(V)

1ph100

A6R06B

A6R06C

1ph110
1ph115

60

A6R06D

1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

5.8
6

(Hz)
50
60
60
60
50
60
60
50

Time
ratiang

Current
(A)

30Min.
30Min.
30Min.
30Min.

0.21
0.22
0.18
0.10
0.11
0.09
0.10

Rating torque
Output speed
Torque
(r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm)
1200
0.050
0.50
1500
0.042
0.42
1550
0.040
0.40
1500
0.042
0.42
1200
0.045
0.45
1500
0.042
0.42
1550
0.040
0.40
0.047
0.47
1200
0.050
0.50

Overheating Standard Condenser


pro(Nm) (Kgfcm) tection
(F)
Starting torque

0.045

0.45

0.060
0.050

0.60
0.50

0.053

0.53

0.060
0.050
0.055

0.60
0.50
0.55

ZP

CE

3.0

ZP UL/CE

2.3

ZP

CE

0.8

ZP

CE

0.7

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and impedance-protected (ZP) types.

Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)
Speed
controller
(Reversible)
Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Brake Packs

Gear head rating torque table


Gear head type:
Frequency

G6D

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed

50Hz

Rating torque
Ouput speed

Options

60Hz

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

Technical
Information

Gear head type:


Frequency
Overview

Rating torque

6W
Ouput speed

60Hz
15W

25W

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

417
0.15
1.5
500
0.13
1.3

300
0.21
2.1
360
0.17
1.7

250
0.26
2.6
300
0.21
2.1

200
0.31
3.2
240
0.26
2.6

166
0.38
3.9
200
0.30
3.1

150
0.42
4.3
180
0.34
3.5

120
0.53
5.4
144
0.43
4.4

100
0.63
6.4
120
0.51
5.2

83
0.76
7.7
100
0.62
6.3

75
0.76
7.7
90
0.62
6.3

60
0.95
9.7
72
0.76
7.8

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
1.14
11.6
60
0.92
9.4

41
1.36
13.9
50
1.11
11.3

37
1.52
15.5
45
1.24
12.6

30
1.72
17.5
36
1.39
14.2

25
2.06
21.0
30
1.67
17.0

20
2.57
26.2
24
2.09
21.3

16
2.94
30.0
20
2.50
25.5

G6D

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed

50Hz

3
500
0.13
1.3
600
0.10
1.0

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

100 120 150 180 200


15
2.94
30.0
18
2.78
28.4

12
2.94
30.0
15
2.94
30.0

10
2.94
30.0
12
2.94
30.0

8
2.94
30.0
10
2.94
30.0

7.5
2.94
30.0
9
2.94
30.0

in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 30 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 1.96 Nm (20 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 30 and 40, and 2.94 Nm (30 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

40W

Condenser
60W
W

(8)

90W

Motor type
T

(4.5)

A6R06A
#187

10

A6R06B

A6R06C
MARKING

A6R06D

Voltage Capacity
(V)
()
1ph100
3.0
1ph110
1ph115
2.3
1ph200
0.8
1ph220
1ph220
0.7
1ph240

34

Condenser type

(mm) (mm) (mm)

DMF-25305

36

16

25

DMF-25235

36

16

25

DMF-45804

36

16

25

DMF-45704

36

16

25

TM

Three
phase

Lead
wire

60mm

Terminal
box

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A6R06
Gear head type G6 D

Gear head output shaft detail

141.8(151.8)

32

60

12

0.5

.D
P.C
10

59.5

24

+
70

0
0.1

Table1

6.5

0
0.015

4.8

32

8h7

30(40)

75

4- 4.5
,

Motor

Table1. Gear head length

22 30

Gear head size

Length (mm)

G63D G618D
G620D G6200D

30
40

TypeA6R06
(92.5)
75

4.8

12.7

60

6.5

+ 0.5

70

0
0.030

D
P.C.

54h7

5 9.5

Table2. Weight
Weight(kg)

4- 4.5

Lead wires length 300mm

Motor

,
22 30

UL3266 AWG NO. 20

Gear head

Intermediate gear head


Type: G6XH10
(38.7)
12.7

26

60

Intermediate gear head

+ 0.5

70

0.70
0.24
0.30
0.33
0.18

0
0.030

D
P.C.

G63D
G618D
G620D
G640D
G650D
G6200D

54h7

Single
phase

4.5

Wiring diagram

Related information
Selection procedure: p.31

A6R06A A6R06B A6R06C

A6R06D

CW,CCW

CW,CCW

Black

CCW

Standard specifications: p.28

Black
CW

CW

Options: p.169

White
CW

Cap.
Gray

CCW

M
CCW

Technical information: p.175

White
CW

Cap.
Brown

CCW

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.

35

6W

Reversible

Induction

Terminal
boxes
Speed
controller
(Overview)

Unit type

Reversible Motors

Motor specification table

Frame
size
mm sq

Motor Type

Poles

Output

(V)

1ph100

15

A7R15B

15

A7R15C

15

1ph110
1ph115

70

A7R15D

1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

15

Rating torque

Voltage Frequency

(W)

A7R15A
Electromagnetic
brakes

70mm

15W

Overview

(Hz)
50
60
60
60
50
60
60
50

Time
ratiang

30Min.
30Min.
30Min.
30Min.

Current Output speed


(A)
(r/min)
0.42
1200
0.42
1500
0.44
1550
0.35
1550
0.21
1200
0.21
1500
0.22
1550
0.17
1200
0.18

OverStarting torque
heating
Torque
pro(Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection
0.125
1.25
0.090
0.90
0.100
1.00
0.090
0.90
TP
0.100
1.00
0.110
1.10
TP
0.100
1.00
0.095
0.95
0.125
1.25
0.090
0.90
0.100
1.00
0.090
0.90
TP
0.100
1.00
0.110
1.10
0.125
1.25
0.090
0.90
TP
0.145
1.45
0.110
1.10

Standard

Condenser
(F)

CE

6.0

UL/CE

4.5

CE

1. 5

CE

1.2

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)
Speed
controller
(Reversible)
Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Gear head rating torque table


Gear head type:
Frequency

Brake Packs

50Hz
Options

Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz
Technical
Information

Rating torque

Gear head type:


Overview

6W

G7K

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed

Frequency

50Hz

25W

40W

60Hz

Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

500
0.31
3.2
600
0.29
3.0

417
0.38
3.9
500
0.35
3.6

300
0.53
5.4
360
0.50
5.1

250
0.64
6.5
300
0.60
6.1

200
0.79
8.1
240
0.75
7.6

166
0.95
9.7
200
0.89
9.1

150
1.06
10.8
180
0.99
10.1

120
1.32
13.5
144
1.25
12.7

100
1.59
16.2
120
1.49
15.2

83
1.90
19.4
100
1.79
18.2

75
1.90
19.4
90
1.79
18.2

60
2.37
24.2
72
2.24
22.8

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
2.85
29.1
60
2.68
27.3

41
3.42
34.9
50
3.22
32.8

37
3.81
38.8
45
3.58
36.5

30
4.28
43.6
36
4.02
41.0

25
4.90
50.0
30
4.83
49.2

20
4.90
50.0
24
4.90
50.0

16
4.90
50.0
20
4.90
50.0

G7K

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

15W

r/min

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

15
4.90
50.0
18
4.90
50.0

12
4.90
50.0
15
4.90
50.0

10
4.90
50.0
12
4.90
50.0

8
4.90
50.0
10
4.90
50.0

7.5
4.90
50.0
9
4.90
50.0

in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 25 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 3.92 Nm (40 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 25 and 40, and 4.90 Nm (50 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

Condenser
60W

(8)

Motor type
T

(4.5)

A7R15A
#187

10

A7R15B
A7R15C
MARKING

90W

100 120 150 180 200

A7R15D

Voltage Capacity

(V)
()
1ph100
6.0
1ph110
1ph115
4.5
1ph200
1.5
1ph220
1ph220
1.2
1ph240

36

Condenser type

(mm) (mm) (mm)


DMF-25605

38

19

29

DMF-25455

38

19

29

DMF-45155

36

16

25

DMF-45125

36

16

25

TM

Three
phase

Lead
wire

70mm

Terminal
box

15W

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A7R15
Gear head type G7 K
148.8(158.8)
70
.D
P. C

69

15

30

10

25

2.5

0.03
0

10h7

32
+ 0.5

82

0.1
0

32

Table1

Gear head output shaft detail

0
0.015

32(42)

80

4.8

23

5.5

TypeA7R15

25 +0.2

22 30

0
0.03

key size

Motor

0
0.03

(98.2)
80

4.8

13.4

70

P. C
.D

82 +0
.5

0
0.030

Table1. Gear head length

64h7

69

Gear head size

Length(mm)

G73K G718K
G720K G7200K

32
42

5.5

Lead wires length 300mm

,
22 30

UL3266 AWG NO. 20

Intermediate gear head

Table2. Weight

Type: G7XH10

Weight(kg)
Motor

(43.4)
13.4

70

Gear head

30

+ 0.5

D
P.C.

82

0
64h7 0.030

Single
phase

G73K
G718K
G720K
G740K
G750K
G7200K

Intermediate gear head


4

1.04
0.38
0.47
0.52
0.32

5.5

Related information

Wiring diagram

Selection procedure: p.31


A7R15A A7R15B A7R15C

A7R15D

CW,CCW

CW,CCW

Options: p.169
Standard specifications: p.28

TP Black

TP Black

CW

M
CCW

Technical information: p.175

CW

White
CW

Cap.
Gray

CCW

White
CW

CCW

Brown

Cap
CCW

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.

37

Reversible

Induction

80mm

25W

Overview

Motor specification table

Frame
size
mm sq

Motor Type

Electromagnetic
brakes

Poles

Output

(V)

1ph100

25

A8R25B

25

Terminal
boxes

A8R25C

25

Speed
controller
(Overview)

A8R25D

1ph110
1ph115

80

1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

25

Rating torque

Voltage Frequency

(W)

A8R25A

Unit type

Reversible Motors

(Hz)
50
60
60
60
50
60
60
50

Time
ratiang

30Min.
30Min.
30Min.
30Min.

Current Output speed


(A)
(r/min)
0.63
1250
0.70
1500
0.71
1550
0.63
1550
0.33
1250
0.33
1550
0.35
1600
0.26
1200
0.28

OverStarting torque
heating
Torque
pro(Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection
0.210
2.10
0.180
1.80
TP
0.170
1.70
0.170
1.70
0.230
2.30
TP
0.170
1.70
1.300
1.30
0.210
2.10
0.180
1.80
0.170
1.70
TP
0.165
1.65
0.230
2.30
0.200
2.00
1.700
1.70
TP
0.220
2.20
2.200
2.20

Standard

Condenser
(F)

CE

10. 0

UL/CE

7.0

CE

2. 5

CE

2. 0

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)
Speed
controller
(Reversible)
Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Gear head rating torque table

Gear head type:


Frequency

Brake Packs

50Hz
Options

Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz
Technical
Information

Rating torque

Gear head type:


Overview

6W

G8K

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed

Frequency

50Hz

25W

40W

60Hz

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

500
0.52
5.3
600
0.43
4.4

417
0.63
6.4
500
0.51
5.2

300
0.87
8.9
360
0.72
7.3

250
1.05
10.7
300
0.85
8.7

200
1.31
13.4
240
1.07
10.9

166
1.57
16.0
200
1.28
13.1

150
1.74
17.8
180
1.43
14.6

120
2.19
22.3
144
1.78
18.2

100
2.62
26.7
120
2.15
21.9

83
3.15
32.1
100
2.57
26.2

75
3.15
32.1
90
2.58
26.3

60
3.94
40.2
72
3.22
32.9

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
4.72
48.2
60
3.86
39.4

41
5.66
57.8
50
4.64
47.3

37
6.29
64.2
45
5.16
52.6

30
7.12
72.6
36
5.82
59.4

25
7.84
80.0
30
6.99
71.3

20
7.84
80.0
24
7.84
80.0

16
7.84
80.0
20
7.84
80.0

G8K

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

15W

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

100 120 150 180 200


15
7.84
80.0
18
7.84
80.0

12
7.84
80.0
15
7.84
80.0

10
7.84
80.0
12
7.84
80.0

8
7.84
80.0
10
7.84
80.0

7.5
7.84
80.0
9
7.84
80.0

in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 25 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 5.88 Nm (60 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 25 and 40, and 7.84 Nm (80 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

Condenser
60W
W

(8)

90W

Motor type
T

(4.5)

A8R25A
#187

10

A8R25B

MARKING

A8R25C
A8R25D

Voltage Capacity

(V)
()
1ph100
10.0
1ph110
1ph115
7.0
1ph200
2.5
1ph220
1ph220
2.0
1ph240

38

Condenser type

(mm) (mm) (mm)


DMF-251006

47

19

28

DMF-25705

48

21

33

DMF-45255

47

19

28

DMF-45205

38

19

29

TM

Three
phase

Lead
wire

80mm

Terminal
box

25W

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A8R25
Gear head type G8 K

Gear head output shaft detail


.D
P. C

34

79.5

94

25

10

32

+ 0.5

2.5

0.03
0

10h7

80

0.1
0

32

Table1

15

32(42.5)

85

4.8

0
0.015

153.8(164.3)

23

22 30

key size

Motor
TypeA8R25

25 +0.2

(103.4)
85

4.8

13.6

0
0.03

80

P. C
.D

94 +0.5

0
0.030

0
0.03

5.5

Table1. Gear head length

73h7

79.5

5.5

Gear head size

Length (mm)

G83K G818K
G820K G8200K

32
42.5

22 30

Lead wires length 300mm

UL3266 AWG NO. 20

Intermediate gear head

Table2. Weight
Weight(kg)

Type: G8XH10
(45.6)

Motor

32

80

13.6

Gear head

2
+0.5

0
0.030

D
P. C.

94

73h7

Single
phase

G83K
G818K
G820K
G840K
G850K
G8200K

Intermediate gear head


4

1.46
0.43
0.57
0.61
0.43

5.5

Wiring diagram

Related information
Selection procedure: p.31

A8R25A A8R25B A8R25C

A8R25D

CW,CCW

CW,CCW

CCW

Standard specifications: p.28

TP Black

TP Black
CW

Options: p.169

CW

White
CW

Cap.
Gray

CCW

Technical information: p.175


White

CCW

Brown

CW

Cap
CCW

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.

39

Induction

Reversible Motors

Reversible

Motor specification table

Frame
size
mm sq

Motor Type

Poles

Output

(V)

1ph100

40

A9R40B

40

A9R40C

40

1ph110
1ph115

90

Terminal
boxes
Speed
controller
(Overview)

A9R40D

1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

40

Rating torque

Voltage Frequency

(W)

A9R40A

Electromagnetic
brakes

Unit type

90mm

40W

Overview

(Hz)
50
60
60
60
50
60
60
50

Time
ratiang

30Min.
30Min.
30Min.
30Min.

Current Output speed


(A)
(r/min)
0.84
1300
1.00
1550
1.00
1600
1.00
1550
0.39
1300
0.47
1550
0.46
1600
0.40
1250
0.42

OverStarting torque
heating
Torque
pro(Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection
0.300
3.00
0.280
2.80
0.260
2.60
TP
0.250
2.50
0.350
3.50
0.270
2.70
0.290
2.90
TP
0.310
3.10
0.280
2.80
TP
0.260
2.60
0.250
2.50
0.350
3.50
0.320
3.20
0.300
3.00
TP
0.340
3.40
0.320
3.20

Standard

Condenser
(F)

CE

15. 0

UL/CE

12.0

CE

3. 5

CE

3. 0

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Gear head rating torque table

Speed
controller
(Reversible)
Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Gear head type:


Frequency

Brake Packs

50Hz
Options

G9AK

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

Technical
Information

Rating torque

Gear head type:


Overview

Frequency

6W

50Hz

15W

60Hz

40W

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

500
0.81
8.3
600
0.67
6.8

417
0.97
9.9
500
0.80
8.2

300
1.35
13.8
360
1.11
11.3

250
1.62
16.5
300
1.33
13.6

200
2.03
20.7
240
1.67
17.0

166
2.43
24.8
200
2.00
20.4

150
2.70
27.5
180
2.23
22.7

120
3.37
34.4
144
2.78
28.4

100
4.05
41.3
120
3.33
34.0

83
4.86
49.6
100
4.00
40.8

75
4.86
49.6
90
4.01
40.9

60
6.09
62.1
72
5.01
51.1

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
7.30
74.5
60
6.01
61.3

41
8.76
89.4
50
7.21
73.6

37
9.73
99.3
45
8.02
81.8

G9AK

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

25W

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

100 120 150 180 200

30
25
20
16
15
12
10
8
7.5
9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80
100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
36
30
24
20
18
15
12
10
9
9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80
100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0

=in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 9.80Nm(100kgfcm).
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

Condenser
60W

(8)

90W

Motor type
T

(4.5)

A9R40A
#187

10

A9R40B

MARKING

A9R40C
A9R40D

Voltage Capacity

(V)
()
1ph100
15.0
1ph110
1ph115 12.0
1ph200
3.5
1ph220
1ph220
3.0
1ph240

40

Condenser type

(mm) (mm) (mm)


DMF-251506

50

25

DMF-251206

48

21

40
33

DMF-45355

48

21

33

DMF-45305

47

19

28

TM

Three
phase

Single
phase

Lead
wire

90mm

Terminal
box

40W

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A9R40
Gear head type G9A K
183.8(201.8)

36

87.5

25

2.5

0.1
0

18

D
P.C.

0.03
0

+0.5

104

12

32

12h7

Table1

Gear head output shaft detail


90

32

0
0.018

42(60)

105

4.8

23

6.5

22 30

Motor

4.8

18.5

105

25 + 0.2

90

0
0.03

.5
+0

(128.3)

0
0.03

key size

TypeA9R40

104

83h7

87.5

0
0.035

.D
P.C

Table1. Gear head length


4

6.5

22 30

Gear head size

Length(mm)

G9A3KG9A18K
G9A20KG9A200K

42
60

Lead wires length 300mm


UL3266 AWG NO. 20

Table2. Weight

Intermediate gear head

Weight(kg)

Type: G9AXH10
Motor

(55.5)
37

90

18.5

Gear head

2
+0.5

83h7

0
0.035

104
P.C.D

G9A3K
G9A18K
G9A20K
G9A40K
G9A50K
G9A200K

Intermediate gear head


4

2.34
0.73
1.03
1.13
0.60

6.5

Wiring diagram

Related information
Selection procedure: p.31

A9R40A A9R40B A9R40C

A9R40D

CW,CCW

CW,CCW

CCW

Standard specifications: p.28

TP Black

TP Black
CW

Options: p.169

CW

White
CW

Gray

Cap.
CCW

M
CCW

Technical information: p.175


White
CW

Brown Cap
CCW

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.

41

Induction

Reversible

90mm

60W

Overview

Motor specification table

Frame
size
mm sq

Motor Type

Electromagnetic
brakes

Poles

Output

(V)

1ph100

60

A9R60BH

60

Terminal
boxes

A9R60CH

60

Speed
controller
(Overview)

A9R60DH

1ph110
1ph115

90

1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

60

Rating torque

Voltage Frequency

(W)

A9R60AH

Unit type

Reversible Motors

(Hz)
50
60
60
60
50
60
60
50

Time
ratiang

30Min.
30Min.
30Min.
30Min.

Current Output speed


(A)
(r/min)
1.40
1250
1.60
1550
1.60
1600
1.30
1600
0.70
1250
0.76
1550
0.75
1600
0.63
1250
0.67

OverStarting torque
heating
Torque
pro(Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection
0.480
4.80
0.600
6.00
TP
0.390
3.90
0.380
3.80
0.700
7.00
0.390
3.90
0.600
6.00
TP
0.480
4.80
0.550
5.50
TP
0.390
3.90
0.380
3.80
0.700
7.00
0.480
4.80
0.590
5.90
TP
0.500
5.00
0.630
6.30

Standard

Condenser
(F)

CE

25. 0

UL/CE

20.0

CE

6. 0

CE

5. 0

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Gear head rating torque table

Speed
controller
(Reversible)
Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Gear head type:


Frequency

Brake Packs

50Hz
Options

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

Technical
Information

Rating torque

Gear head type:


Overview

Frequency

6W

50Hz

15W

60Hz

40W

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

500
1.20
12.2
600
0.95
9.7

417
1.43
14.6
500
1.15
11.7

300
1.99
20.3
360
1.59
16.2

250
2.38
24.3
300
1.90
19.4

200
2.99
30.4
240
2.38
24.3

166
3.58
36.5
200
2.86
29.2

150
3.97
40.5
180
3.18
32.4

120
4.47
45.6
144
3.58
36.5

100
5.37
54.8
120
4.29
43.8

83
6.44
65.7
100
5.16
52.6

75
7.15
73.0
90
5.72
58.4

60
8.09
82.5
72
6.47
66.0

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
9.70
99.0
60
7.76
79.2

41
11.66
119.0
50
9.31
95.0

37
12.94
132.0
45
10.39
106.0

30
16.17
165.0
36
12.94
132.0

25
19.40
198.0
30
15.48
158.0

20
19.60
200.0
24
17.35
177.0

16
19.60
200.0
20
19.60
200.0

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

25W

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

100 120 150 180 200


15
19.60
200.0
18
19.60
200.0

12
19.60
200.0
15
19.60
200.0

10
19.60
200.0
12
19.60
200.0

= in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torgue is 19.60Nm(200kgfcm).
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

Condenser
60W
(8)

Motor type

(4.5)

90W

A9R60AH
#187

10

A9R60BH

A9R60CH
MARKING

A9R60DH

Voltage Capacity

(V)
()
1ph100
25.0
1ph110
1ph115 20.0
1ph200
6.0
1ph220
1ph220
5.0
1ph240

42

Condenser type

(mm) (mm) (mm)


DMF-252506

58

36

39

DMF-252006

58

36

39

DMF-45605

50

25

40

DMF-45505

50

25

40

8
19.60
200.0
10
19.60
200.0

7.5
19.60
200.0
9
19.60
200.0

TM

Three
phase

Single
phase

Lead
wire

90mm

Terminal
box

60W

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A9R60 H
Gear head type G9B KH
226.3

Gear head output shaft detail

38

38
27.5

+ 0.5

90

18

.D
P.C

104

15

90

15h7

0.03
0

0
0.018

32

0.1
0

Tap
M510 Depth

65.5

122.8

34

25

4- 6.5

key size
27.5 +0.2

TypeA9R60 H

0
0.03

,
22 30

Motor

0
0.03

(143.8)
21

122.8
32

90

+ 0.5

.D
P.C
0
0.035

Table1. weight

83h7

90

104

Weight(kg)

2.48

Motor
4- 6.5

Lead wires length 300mm

Gear head

,
22 30

UL3266 AWG NO. 20

Intermediate gear head


Type: G9BXH10H
(61)
40

21

90

G9B3KH
G9B10KH
G9B12.5KH
G9B20KH
G9B25KH
G9B60KH
G9B75KH
G9B200KH

Intermediate gear head

1.21
1.30
1.40
1.45
0.65

+ 0.5

83h7

0
0.035

.D
P.C

104

4- 6.5

Wiring diagram

Related information
Selection procedure: p.31

A9R60AH A9R60BH A9R60CH

A9R60DH

CW,CCW

CW,CCW

Options: p.169
Standard specifications: p.28

TP Black

TP Black

CW

M
CCW

Technical information: p.175

CW

White
CW

Cap.
Gray

CCW

M
CCW

White
CW

Cap.
Brown

CCW

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.

43

90mm

90W

Overview

Induction

Motor specification table

Reversible

Frame
size
mm sq

Motor Type

Poles

Output
(W)

A9R90AH

(V)

1ph100

90

A9R90BH

90

A9R90CH

90

1ph110
1ph115
1ph200

Electromagnetic
brakes

A9R90DH

Speed
controller
(Overview)

Gear head type:


Frequency

Speed
controller
(Induction)

30Min.
30Min.
30Min.

50

30Min.

OverStarting torque
heating
Torque
pro(Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection
0.750
7.50
0.650
6.50
TP
0.600
6.00
0.580
5.80
0.850
8.50
0.600
6.00
0.800
8.00
TP
0.750
7.50
0.650
6.50
TP
0.600
6.00
0.580
5.80
0.850
8.50
0.720
7.20
0.650
6.50
TP
0.740
7.40
0.800
8.00

Condenser

Standard

(F)
CE

30.0

UL/CE

25.0

CE

7. 0

CE

6. 0

G9BKH

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed

50Hz

Rating torque

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

Ouput speed

60Hz

Rating torque

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Gear head type:

Brake Packs

Frequency

Technical
Information

Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

500
1.78
18.2
600
1.43
14.6

417
2.15
21.9
500
1.72
17.5

300
2.98
30.4
360
2.38
24.3

250
3.58
36.5
300
2.86
29.2

200
4.47
45.6
240
3.58
36.5

166
5.36
54.7
200
4.68
43.7

150
5.96
60.8
180
4.76
48.6

120
6.70
68.4
144
5.37
54.8

100
8.05
82.1
120
6.44
65.7

83
9.66
98.6
100
7.72
78.8

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
14.60
149.0
60
11.66
119.0

41
17.44
178.0
50
14.01
143.0

37
19.40
198.0
45
15.48
158.0

30
19.60
200.0
36
19.40
198.0

25
19.60
200.0
30
19.60
200.0

20
19.60
200.0
24
19.60
200.0

16
19.60
200.0
20
19.60
200.0

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

20

25

75
60
10.78 12.15
110.0 124.0
90
72
8.59 9.70
87.6 99.0

G9BKH

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed

50Hz

Options

15W

90

(Hz)
50
60
60
60
50
60
60

Current Output speed


(A)
(r/min)
2.10
1200
2.25
1500
2.25
1550
1.80
1550
0.90
1200
1.00
1500
1.00
1550
0.82
1250
0.86

Gear head rating torque table

Socket type

6W

1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

Time
ratiang

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Unit type

Overview

Rating torque

Voltage Frequency

90

Terminal
boxes

Reversible Motors

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

100 120 150 180 200


15
19.60
200.0
18
19.60
200.0

12
19.60
200.0
15
19.60
200.0

10
19.60
200.0
12
19.60
200.0

8
19.60
200.0
10
19.60
200.0

7.5
19.60
200.0
9
19.60
200.0

in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torgue is 19.60Nm(200kgfcm).
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

Condenser

25W
Fig.1

Fig.2
W

Fig.3
W

(6)

(8)

40W
(4.5)

Motor type

4.3

10

#187

#187

MARKING

A9R90CH

MARKING

10

A9R90BH
MARKING

90W

A9R90AH

#187
10

60W

A9R90DH

44

Voltage Capacity

(V)
()
1ph100
30.0
1ph110
1ph115 25.0
1ph200
7.0
1ph220
1ph220
6.0
1ph240

Condenser type

Fig.

(mm) (mm) (mm)


DAL-253006

40

65

DMF-252506

58

36

39

DMF-45705

50

25

40

DMF-45605

50

25

40

TM

Three
phase

Single
phase

Lead
wire

90mm

Terminal
box

90W

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A9R90 H
Gear head type G9B KH
241.3
38

Gear head output shaft detail

90

38
27.5

+ 0.5

90

18

.D
P.C

104

15

15h7

0.03
0

0
0.018

32

0.1
0

Tap
M510 Depth

65.5

137.8

34

25

4- 6.5

TypeA9R90 H
(158.8)

key size
5

27.5 +0.2

0
0.03

,
22 30

Motor

21

137.8
32

0
0.03

90

2
+ 0.5

104

83h7

90

0
0.035

.D
P.C

Table1. Weight
Weight(kg)
4- 6.5

,
22 30

Lead wires length 300mm

Gear head

UL3266 AWG NO. 20

Intermediate gear head


Type: G9BXH10H
(61)
40

21
90

+ 0.5

G9B3KH
G9B10KH
G9B12.5KH
G9B20KH
G9B25KH
G9B60KH
G9B75KH
G9B200KH

Intermediate gear head

104

1.21
1.30
1.40
1.45
0.65

83h7

0
0.035

.D
P.C

2.93

Motor

4- 6.5

Wiring diagram

Related information
Selection procedure: p.31
Options: p.169

A9R90AH A9R90BH A9R90CH

A9R90DH

CW,CCW

CW,CCW

Standard specifications: p.28


Technical information: p.175

TP Black

TP Black

CW

M
CCW

CW

White
CW

Cap.
Gray

M
CCW

CCW

White
CW

Cap.
Brown

CCW

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of


the motor shaft.

45

MEMO

46

TM

Motors with electromagnetic brakes


Motors with electromagnetic brakes

Motors with electromagnetic brakes


Motor can store load after stopping.
Used for constant-speed operation.
Electromagnetic brake stops motor instantly.
Motor must be stopped by electromagnetic
brake before the motor operation direction
can be switched.
Lead wires type.
Time rating: Short-time (30 minutes)

Gear head and Motor with electromagnetic brake are sold separately.

TM

47

6W

P.50

15W

P.52

25W

P.54

40W

P.56

60W

P.58

90W

P.60

Overview

Overview

Motors with electromagnetic brakes

Induction

Reversible

Overview
of motors with
electromagnetic brakes (Standard specifications)

Electromagnetic brakes

Table 1. Induction motors with electromagnatic brakes standard specifications


Item

Terminal
boxes

Induction motors with electromagnetic brake


Single-phase motor

3-phase motor

Capacity range

6 ~ 90 W 4 poles

Protection method
Enclosure

6 ~ 40 W: IP23 Totally enclosed, non ventilated type 25 ~ 40 W: IP23 Totally enclosed, non ventilated type
60 W~: IP23 Totally enclosed fan cooled type
60 W~: IP23 Totally-enclosed fan cooled type

Power source

Speed
controller
(Overview)

25 ~ 90 W 4 poles

100V 50/60HZ110V 60HZ

200V 50/60Hz, 220V 50/60Hz

115V 60HZ

380V 50/60Hz, 400V 50/60Hz,

200V 50/60HZ220V 60HZ

415V 50/60Hz, 440V 50/60Hz

220240V 50HZ
Insulation

CE Marking, Class E (120C)


UL Standard, Class A (105C)

CE Marking, Class E (120C)


UL Standard, Class A (105C)

Time rating

Short-time(30minutes)

Continuous

Starting method

Condenser running

Direct start

Lead wires

5wires
UL Style 3266 20AWG

5wires
UL Style 3271 20AWG

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

Standards

CE Marking (Low Voltage Directive), UL Standard

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Insulation resistance

At least 100 M when measured with a 500 VDC megger between the motor coil
and case at normal temperature and humidity after motor has reached rated
operation.

Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Motor

Unit type

Brake Packs

Insulation withstand voltage


Options

Temperature rise
Overheating protector (TP)

Built-in thermal protector (auto-restore type) Release: 120 5C, Restore: 77 5C

Gear

Lubrication method

Grease lubrication. Grease is loaded at shipment.

Paint

Technical
Information

No malfunction when a 1500 V, 50/60 Hz current is applied between the motor coil
and case for 1 minute at normal temperature and humidity after the motor has
reached rated operation.
The temperature rise value (T) should be no more than 60C (no more than
45C for motors with fans) when measured by the prescribed method after the
motor has reached the rated operation.

Color

Astero silver

Locations

Indoors (in minimal dust and humidity)

Temperature

-10 to 40C

Humidity
Elevation

Under 85%
Under 1,000 m

Atmosphere

Well ventilated location, free of corrosive gases, explosive gases, vapors and dust.

Overview

15W

25W

40W

60W

Ambient conditions

6W

90W

48

TM

Single
phase

Three
phase

Lead
wire

Overview

Terminal
box

Overview of motors with electromagnetic brakes (Standard specifications)


Spling

1. Structure and operating principle


Figure 1 shows the structure of a motor with an electromagnetic
brake. Sumitomo's motors with electromagnetic brakes are a
de-energizing type. When voltage is applied to the
electromagnetic coil, the armature plate held down by the
spring is immediately attracted to it, creating a gap between the
armature plate and brake lining, and readying the motor for
operation. When the coil voltage is shut off, the armature plate
applies the spring pressure to the brake lining, generating a
braking force and stopping the motor.

Electro magnetic coil

Boss

Armature plate
Brake liming

Fig 1. Structure of a motor with


an electromagnetic brake.

2. Features of electromagnetic brakes

The brakes are AC de-energizing electromagnetic brakes, and are coupled directly to the motor. When the power is
turned OFF, the motor stops instantly and the load is stored. The stored torque is between 0.05 and 0.5 Nm (see
Table 1). When the power is turned OFF, the stored power operates, making the brake ideal for use as a safety
brake when the power is accidentally shut off. Electromagnetic brake motors have an overrun of 1 to 4 revolutions
after the power is turned off with no load.
They can be operated with frequent instant direction switching. A simple switching operation enables 6 stops per
minute, but each stop should be at least 3 seconds. The motor and brake units can be operated on the same
power supply. A rectifying circuit is built into the brake unit, and it uses the same AC power supply as the motor.
Table2. Electromagnetic brake soecifications
Phase

Frame size Output power


mm

60
70
80

Single
phase

90
80

6
15
25
40
60
90

100
110
115
200
220
240
20 0220
38 0440
20 0220
38 0440
20 0220
38 0440
20 0220
38 0440

25
40

Three
phase

90

Voltage

60
90

Frequency Current
Hz

Input

50 /60

50 /60

0.031

3.1

0.054

5.4

0.100

10.0

0.054
0.031
0.100
0.043
0.100
0.043
0.100
0.043

5.4
6.3
10.0
8.5
10.0
8.5
10.0
8.5

Stored torque
kgfcm

Nm

0.05
0.10
0.20
0.30

0.5
1.0
2.0
3.0

0.50

5.0

0.20

2.0

0.30

3.0

0.50

5.0

Over run
(Rev.)

3.5

3. Connection method and braking time


Fig. 2 shows the standard connection method. The simple connection method shown in Fig. 3 is also
possible. However, this method has a 50 ms longer braking time than the standard method, and a
correspondingly longer overrun.
CCW

CCW

GRAY

CW

WHITE

CCW

CW

Motors

LINE
ON
SW1

ON
RO

CO

CCW

GRAY

CW

WHITE

SW2

SW2

Motors

LINE
BLACK

BLACK
SW1

'A'
'A'

CW

Electromagnetic
brakes

ON
RO

'A'
'A'

Electromagnetic
brakes

Condenser

Condenser

Fig2Standard connebtion of motors


with electromagnetic brakes

CO

FigSimple connebtion of motors


with electromagnetic brakes

4. Starting time/braking time characteristic


The starting time for motors with electromagnetic brakes consists of the electromagnetic brake's release time
added to the starting time of the motor itself. The braking time is the amount of time required for the motor to
completely stop after the power is shut off. Brake motor overruns, starting times and braking times vary
depending on the combination of equipment in use. Contact us for more information.

49

Induction

60mm

6W

Overview

Motors with electromagnetic brakes

Motor specification table

Electromagnetic brakes

Reversible

Frame
size
mm sq

Motor Type

Poles

(W)

A6R06AB
A6R06BB

(V)

1ph100

1ph110
1ph115

60
Terminal
boxes

A6R06CB

Speed
controller
(Overview)

A6R06DB

Unit type

1ph200

1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

Rating torque

Voltage Frequency

Output

(Hz)
50
60
60
60
50
60
60
50

Time
ratiang

30Min.
30Min.
30Min.

30Min.

Current Output speed


(A)
(r/min)
1200
0.21
1450
0.23
1500
0.17
1550
1200
0.11
1500
0.12
1550
0.09
1200
0.10

Starting torque
Torque
(Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm)
0.050
0.50
0.050
0.50
0.042
0.42
0.040
0.40
0.065
0.65
0.040
0.40
0.058
0.58
0.050
0.50
0.055
0.55
0.042
0.42
0.040
0.40
0.070
0.70
0.050
0.50
0.055
0.55
0.052
0.52
0.065
0.65

Overheating Standard Condenser


protection
(F)
ZP

CE

3.0

ZP

UL/CE

2.3

ZP

CE

0.8

ZP

CE

0.7

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)
Speed
controller
(Reversible)
Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Gear head rating torque table

Gear head type:


Frequency

G6D

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed

50Hz

Rating torque

Brake Packs

Ouput speed
Options

Technical
Information

60Hz

Gear head type:


Frequency

Overview

6W

15W

25W

40W

Rating torque

Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

500
0.13
1.3
600
0.10
1.0

417
0.15
1.5
500
0.13
1.3

300
0.21
2.1
360
0.17
1.7

250
0.26
2.6
300
0.21
2.1

200
0.31
3.2
240
0.26
2.6

166
0.38
3.9
200
0.30
3.1

150
0.42
4.3
180
0.34
3.5

120
0.53
5.4
144
0.43
4.4

100
0.63
6.4
120
0.51
5.2

83
0.76
7.7
100
0.62
6.3

75
0.76
7.7
90
0.62
6.3

60
0.95
9.7
72
0.76
7.8

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
1.14
11.6
60
0.92
9.4

41
1.36
13.9
50
1.11
11.3

37
1.52
15.5
45
1.24
12.6

30
1.72
17.5
36
1.39
14.2

25
2.06
21.0
30
1.67
17.0

20
2.57
26.2
24
2.09
21.3

16
2.94
30.0
20
2.50
25.5

G6D

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed

50Hz

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

100 120 150 180 200


15
2.94
30.0
18
2.78
28.4

12
2.94
30.0
15
2.94
30.0

10
2.94
30.0
12
2.94
30.0

8
2.94
30.0
10
2.94
30.0

7.5
2.94
30.0
9
2.94
30.0

in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 30 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 1.96 Nm (20 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 30 and 40, and 2.94 Nm (30 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

Condenser

60W
(8)

90W

Motor type
T

(4.5)

A6R06A B
#187

10

A6R06B B

A6R06C B
MARKING

A6R06D B

Voltage Capacity
(V)
1ph100
1ph110
1ph115
1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

Condenser type

(F)

50

(mm) (mm) (mm)

3.0

DMF-25305

36

16

25

2.3

DMF-25235

36

16

25

0.8

DMF-45804

36

16

25

0.7

DMF-45704

36

16

25

TM

Single
phase

Three
phase

Lead
wire

60mm

Terminal
box

6W

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A6R06 B
Gear head type G6 D
173.5(183.5)

32
+ 0.5

60.7

24

4.5

Motor

22 30

TypeA6R06 B
(124.2)
43

68.5

12.7

Table1. Gear head length


Gear head size

Length (mm)

G63D G618D
G620D G6200D

30
40

60

6.5

12

10

.D
P. C

70

8h7

6.5

Gear head output shaft detail

60

0
0.1

Table1

32

30(40)

0
0.015

68.5

43

+ 0.5

70

54h7

60.7

0
0.030

.D
P. C

Table2. Weight
Weight(kg)
Motor
4- 4.5

UL3266 AWG NO. 20

Gear head

,
22 30

Lead wires length 300mm

Intermediate gear head


Type: G6XH10
(38.7)

Intermediate gear head

12.7

26

G63D
G618D
G620D
G640D
G650D
G6200D

0.95
0.24
0.30
0.33
0.18

60

+ 0.5

70

54h7

0
0.030

.D
P. C

4.5

Related information

Wiring diagram

Selection procedure: p. 11
A6R06AB A6R06BB

A6R06CB

A6R06DB

CW,CCW

CW,CCW

CW,CCW

Gray

Gray
CCW

CW

M
CCW

Cap

White

CW
R1 C1

Black

M
CCW

Blue

Cap

White

CW
R1 C1

Black

R1

C1

Orange R1

CCW

CW

M
CCW

Cap

White

CW
R1 C1

Technical information: p. 175

Black
Orange

Orange

Blue

Standard specifications: p. 48

Brown
CCW

CW

Options: p. 169

C1

Orange R1

C1

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
R1=10 to 200 1/4W or larger
C1=0.1 to 0.33 F125VAC or 250VAC

51

15

Overview

Induction

70mm

Motors with electromagnetic brakes

Motor specification table

Electromagnetic brakes

Reversible

Terminal
boxes
Speed
controller
(Overview)

Frame
size
mm sq

Motor Type

Poles

Output

Voltage Frequency

(W)

A7R15AB

(V)

1ph100

15

A7R15BB

15

A7R15CB

15

1ph110
1ph115

70

A7R15DB

1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

15

(Hz)
50
60
60
60
50
60
60
50

Time
ratiang

Rating torque
Starting torque
Current Output speed
Torque
(A)
(r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm)

30Min.
30Min.
30Min.

30Min.

0.44
0.44
0.46
0.34
0.22
0.22
0.23
0.17
0.18

1200
1500
1550
1600
1250
1550
1600
1200

0.125
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.125
0.100
0.100
0.125
0.145

1.25
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.25
1.00
1.00
1.25
1.45

0.100
0.100
0.125
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.120
0.100
0.120

1.00
1.00
1.25
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.20
1.00
1.20

Overheating
protection

Standard

TP

CE

6. 0

TP

UL/CE

4.5

TP

CE

1. 5

TP

CE

1. 2

Condenser
(F)

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Unit type

Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)
Speed
controller
(Reversible)

Gear head rating torque table

Gear head type:


Frequency

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

50Hz

Brake Packs

Options

Overview

Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

Technical
Information

G7K

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed

Rating torque

Gear head type:


Frequency

50Hz

15W

25W

40W

60Hz

Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

500
0.31
3.2
600
0.29
3.0

417
0.38
3.9
500
0.35
3.6

300
0.53
5.4
360
0.50
5.1

250
0.64
6.5
300
0.60
6.1

200
0.79
8.1
240
0.75
7.6

166
0.95
9.7
200
0.89
9.1

150
1.06
10.8
180
0.99
10.1

120
1.32
13.5
144
1.25
12.7

100
1.59
16.2
120
1.49
15.2

83
1.90
19.4
100
1.79
18.2

75
1.90
19.4
90
1.79
18.2

60
2.37
24.2
72
2.24
22.8

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
2.85
29.1
60
2.68
27.3

41
3.42
34.9
50
3.22
32.8

37
3.81
38.8
45
3.58
36.5

30
4.28
43.6
36
4.02
41.0

25
4.90
50.0
30
4.83
49.2

20
4.90
50.0
24
4.90
50.0

16
4.90
50.0
20
4.90
50.0

G7K

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

6W

r/min

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

100 120 150 180 200


15
4.90
50.0
18
4.90
50.0

12
4.90
50.0
15
4.90
50.0

10
4.90
50.0
12
4.90
50.0

8
4.90
50.0
10
4.90
50.0

7.5
4.90
50.0
9
4.90
50.0

in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 25 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 3.92 Nm (40 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 25 and 40, and 4.90 Nm (50 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

Condenser

60W
(8)

Motor type

(4.5)

90W

A7R15A B
#187

10

A7R15B B

MARKING

A7R15C B
A7R15D B

Voltage Capacity Condenser type


(V)
1ph100
1ph110
1ph115
1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

(F)

52

(mm) (mm) (mm)

6.0

DMF-25605

38

19

4.5

DMF-25455

38

19

29
29

1.5

DMF-45155

36

16

25

1.2

DMF-45125

36

16

25

TM

Single
phase

Three
phase

Lead
wire

70mm

Terminal
box

15

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A7R15 B
Gear head type G7 K
180.5(190.5)
32(42)

32
3

Gear head output shaft detail

70

10h7

+ 0.5

32
25

2.5

0.1
0

15

.D
P. C

82

10

Table1

72.5

0.03
0

44

0
0.015

116.5

69.8

30

23

5.5

Motor

key size

22 30

TypeA7R15 B

25 + 0.2

0
0.03

13.4

116.5
44

(129.9)

0
0.03

72.5

70
7

2
+ 0.5

64h7

69.8

0
0.030

D
P. C.

82

Table1. Gear head length


Gear head size

Length(mm)

G73K G718K
G720K G7200K

32
42

5.5

Table2. Weight

,
22 30

Lead wires length 300mm

Weight(kg)

UL3266 AWG NO. 20

Motor

Intermediate gear head


Gear head

Type: G7XH10
(43.4)
13.4

30

70

+ 0.5

82

0
0.030

D
P.C.

G73K
G718K
G720K
G740K
G750K
G7200K

64h7

Intermediate gear head

1.30
0.38
0.47
0.52
0.32

5.5

Related information

Wiring diagram

Selection procedure: p. 11
A7R15AB A7R15BB

A7R15CB

A7R15DB

CW,CCW

CW,CCW

CW,CCW

Gray

Gray
CCW

CW

CCW

B
Blue

Black

M
CCW

R1

C1

Orange R1

Standard specifications: p. 48

CCW

CW

Orange

Blue

CW
R1 C1

Cap

White
TP

Black

Brown
Cap

White
TP

TP

M
CCW

CW
R1 C1

CCW

CW

Cap

White

Options: p. 169

CW
R1 C1

Technical information: p. 175

Black

Orange
C1

Orange R1

C1

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
R1=10 to 200 1/4W or larger
C1=0.1 to 0.33 F125VAC or 250VAC

53

25

Overview

Induction

Terminal
boxes

Frame
size
mm sq

Motor Type

Output

(V)

1ph100

25

A8R25BB

25

A8R25CB

25

A8R25DB

25

A8M25JB

25

1ph110
1ph115
1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240
3ph200
3ph220
3ph380
3ph400

Unit type

A8M25KB

25

3ph415

Socket type

Speed
controller
(Reversible)
Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Brake Packs

3ph440

Gear head type:


Frequency

50Hz

Rating torque

Rating torque

Gear head type:


Frequency

50Hz
6W

(A)

(r/min)

(Nm)

(Kgfcm)

50
60
60
60
50
60
60

0.60
0.70
0.73
0.52
0.30
0.35
0.36
0.25
0.27
0.25
0.22
0.26
0.23
0.14
0.12
0.14
0.12
0.15
0.13
0.15
0.13

1250
1500
1550
1600
1250
1500
1550

0.200
0.170
0.162
0.165
0.200
0.170
0.162
0.200
0.210
0.195
0.165
0.190
0.160
0.200
0.170
0.210
0.180
0.195
0.165
0.210
0.160

2.00
1.70
1.62
1.65
2.00
1.70
1.62
2.00
2.10
1.95
1.65
1.90
1.60
2.00
1.70
2.10
1.80
1.95
1.65
2.10
1.60

50

30Min.

30Min.

50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60

Cont.

Cont.
Cont.
Cont.
Cont.

1250
1300
1550
1350
1600
1250
1500
1250
1500
1300
1550
1300
1600

(Nm)

0.220

2.20

0.240
0.190

2.40
1.90

0.200

2.00

0.240
0.210
0.250
0.340
0.270
0.410
0.320
0.315
0.250
0.350
0.275
0.375
0.300
0.440
0.340

2.40
2.10
2.50
3.40
2.70
4.10
3.20
3.15
2.50
3.50
2.75
3.75
3.00
4.40
3.40

Condenser
(F)

TP

CE

10.0

TP

UL/CE

7.0

TP

CE

2. 5

TP

CE

2.0

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

60Hz

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

500
0.52
5.3
600
0.43
4.4

417
0.63
6.4
500
0.51
5.2

300
0.87
8.9
360
0.72
7.3

250
1.05
10.7
300
0.85
8.7

200
1.31
13.4
240
1.07
10.9

166
1.57
16.0
200
1.28
13.1

150
1.74
17.8
180
1.43
14.6

120
2.19
22.3
144
1.78
18.2

100
2.62
26.7
120
2.15
21.9

83
3.15
32.1
100
2.57
26.2

75
3.15
32.1
90
2.58
26.3

60
3.94
40.2
72
3.22
32.9

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
4.72
48.2
60
3.86
39.4

41
5.66
57.8
50
4.64
47.3

37
6.29
64.2
45
5.16
52.6

30
7.12
72.6
36
5.82
59.4

25
7.84
80.0
30
6.99
71.3

20
7.84
80.0
24
7.84
80.0

16
7.84
80.0
20
7.84
80.0

G8K

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

40W

(Hz)

30Min.

Torque

G8K

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed

Ouput speed

60Hz

25W

Output speed

30Min.

Overheating Standard
pro(Kgfcm) tection

Starting torque

Current

Gear head rating torque table

Technical
Information

15W

Time
ratiang

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Options

Overview

Rating torque

Voltage Frequency

(W)

A8R25AB

80

Poles

Speed
controller
(Overview)

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Motors with electromagnetic brakes

Motor specification table

Electromagnetic brakes

Reversible

80mm

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

100 120 150 180 200


15
7.84
80.0
18
7.84
80.0

12
7.84
80.0
15
7.84
80.0

10
7.84
80.0
12
7.84
80.0

8
7.84
80.0
10
7.84
80.0

7.5
7.84
80.0
9
7.84
80.0

in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 25 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 5.88 Nm (60 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 25 and 40, and 7.84 Nm (80 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

Condenser
60W
(8)

Motor type

(4.5)

90W

A8R25A B
#187

10

A8R25B B

A8R25C B
MARKING

A8R25D B

Voltage

Capacity

(V)
1ph100
1ph110
1ph115
1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

(F)

54

Condenser type

(mm) (mm) (mm)

10.0

DMF-251006

47

19

28

7.0

DMF-25705

48

21

33

2.5

DMF-45255

47

19

28

2.0

DMF-45205

38

19

29

TM

Single
phase

Three
phase

Lead
wire

80mm

Terminal
box

25

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A8 MR 25 B
Gear head type G8 K
187.5(198)

Gear head output shaft detail


25

2.5

0.1
0

15

79.8

94

10

32

+ 0.5

.D
P. C

0.03
0

80

32

Table1

0
0.015

32(42.5)

10h7

76.5

47

34

23

5.5

22 30

Motor

25 +0.2

0
0.03

key size
4

0
0.03

TtypeA8 25 B
M
R

(137.1)
47

13.6

76.5
7

80

Table1. Gear head length

+ 0.5

94

73h7

79.8

0
0.030

.D
P. C

5.5

Gear head size

Length (mm)

G83K G818K
G820K G8200K

32
42.5

Table2. Weight

22 30

Lead wires length 300mm


1ph:UL3266 AWG NO.20
3ph:UL3271 AWG NO.20

Weight(kg)
Motor

Gear head

Intermediate gear head


Type: G8XH10
(45.6)
32

80

13.6
2

+ 0.5

Intermediate gear head

1.86
0.43
0.57
0.61
0.43

73h7

0
0.030

D
P. C.

94

G83K
G818K
G820K
G840K
G850K
G8200K

5.5

Wiring diagram

Related information

A8R25AB A8R25BB

A8R25CB

A8R25DB

CW,CCW

CW,CCW

CW,CCW

Gray

Gray

Black

CCW

B
Blue

Black

R1

Orange

C1

CCW

CW
R1 C1

R1

C1

Orange

R1

C1

A8M25KB

CCW

Black(U)
CW

White(V)

CCW

Orange

Orange

White(V)

CW

Gray(W)

R1

C1

Orange
R1 C1

Orange

R1 C1

Black(U)

R
R1 C1

TP Red(V)

Brown(W)
Yellow

R1

Yellow

R1 C1

C1

S
R1 C1

M
CCW

TP Red(V)
TP

C1

TP

TP

R1

CCW

Black(U)

S
R1 C1

TP

TP

Gray(W)

CW

Black(U)

R
R1 C1

TP

Technical information: p. 175

Black

Orange

A8M25JB

CW

Standard specifications: p. 48

CCW
Cap

White

Orange

Blue

CW
R1 C1

TP

CCW

CW
R1 C1

White
TP

TP

White

CW

Cap

Cap

Options: p. 169

Brown
CCW

CW

CCW

CW

Selection procedure: p. 11

Brown(W)
Yellow

R1

Yellow

R1 C1

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
R1=10 to 200 1/4W or larger
C1=0.1 to 0.33 F125VAC or 250VAC

55

C1

40

Overview

Induction

90mm

Motor specification table


Frame
size
mm sq

Electromagnetic brakes

Reversible

Motor Type

90

Poles

Output

(V)

1ph100

40

A9R40BB

40

A9R40CB

40

A9R40DB

40

A9M40JB

40

1ph110
1ph115
1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240
3ph200
3ph220

Speed
controller
(Overview)

3ph380
3ph400

Unit type

A9M40KB

40

3ph415

Socket type

3ph440

Time
ratiang

Output speed

(Hz)

(A)

(r/min)

(Nm)

(Kgfcm)

50
60
60
60
50
60
60

0.85
1.00
1.00
0.86
0.40
0.48
0.48
0.40
0.43
0.30
0.28
0.30
0.28
0.21
0.19
0.21
0.19
0.21
0.19
0.21
0.19

1300
1550
1600
1600
1300
1550
1600

0.310
0.260
0.250
0.260
0.310
0.260
0.250
0.320
0.340
0.310
0.260
0.300
0.250
0.320
0.270
0.330
0.280
0.310
0.260
0.320
0.270

3.10
2.60
2.50
2.60
3.10
2.60
2.50
3.20
3.40
3.10
2.60
3.00
2.50
3.20
2.70
3.30
2.80
3.10
2.60
3.20
2.70

50

30Min.
30Min.
30Min.

30Min.

50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60

Cont.
Cont.
Cont.
Cont.
Cont.
Cont.

1250
1300
1550
1350
1600
1300
1550
1300
1550
1350
1600
1350
1600

Overheating Standard
pro(Kgfcm) tection

Starting torque

Current

Torque

(Nm)

0.350

3.50

0.400
0.345

4.00
3.45

0.335

3.35

0.400
0.330
0.400
0.630
0.520
0.760
0.610
0.630
0.485
0.690
0.525
0.730
0.570
0.820
0.630

4.00
3.30
4.00
6.30
5.20
7.60
6.10
6.30
4.85
6.90
5.25
7.30
5.70
8.20
6.30

Condenser
(F)

TP

CE

15.0

TP

UL/CE

12.0

TP

CE

3. 5

TP

CE

3.0

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

Gear head rating torque table

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Gear head type:


Frequency

Brake Packs

50Hz

Options

G9AK

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz
Technical
Information

Rating torque

Gear head type:


Frequency

Overview

50Hz

6W

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

500
0.81
8.3
600
0.67
6.8

417
0.97
9.9
500
0.80
8.2

300
1.35
13.8
360
1.11
11.3

250
1.62
16.5
300
1.33
13.6

200
2.03
20.7
240
1.67
17.0

166
2.43
24.8
200
2.00
20.4

150
2.70
27.5
180
2.23
22.7

120
3.37
34.4
144
2.78
28.4

100
4.05
41.3
120
3.33
34.0

83
4.86
49.6
100
4.00
40.8

75
4.86
49.6
90
4.01
40.9

60
6.09
62.1
72
5.01
51.1

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
7.30
74.5
60
6.01
61.3

41
8.76
89.4
50
7.21
73.6

37
9.73
99.3
45
8.02
81.8

G9AK

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

15W

25W

Rating torque

Voltage Frequency

(W)

A9R40AB

Terminal
boxes

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Motors with electromagnetic brakes

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

100 120 150 180 200

30
25
20
16
15
12
10
8
7.5
9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80
100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
36
30
24
20
18
15
12
10
9
9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80
100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0

=in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 9.80Nm(100kgfcm).
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

40W

Condenser
60W
(8)

Motor type

(4.5)

90W

A9R40A B
#187

10

A9R40B B

A9R40C B
MARKING

A9R40D B

Voltage Capacity Condenser type


(V)
1ph100
1ph110
1ph115
1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

(F)

56

(mm) (mm) (mm)

15.0

DMF-251506

50

25

40

12.0

DMF-251206

48

21

33

3.5

DMF-45355

48

21

33

3.0

DMF-45305

47

19

28

TM

Single
phase

Three
phase

Lead
wire

90mm

Terminal
box

40

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A9 MR 40 B
Gear head type G9A K

Gear head output shaft detail

217.5(235.5)
90
.D
P. C

12

104

25

2.5

0.1
0

18

87.8

32

+ 0.5

12h7

Table1

0.03
0

0
0.018

32

42(60)

96.5

47

36

23

6.5

22 30

25 +0.2

Motor

0
0.03

key size
4

0
0.03

TypeA9 MR 40 B
(162)

18.5

96.5

47

90
+ 0.5

104

Table1. Gear head length

83h7

87.8

0
0.035

.D
P. C

Gear head size

Length(mm)

G9A3KG9A18K
G9A20KG9A200K

42
60

22 30

Lead wires length 300mm


1ph:UL3266 AWG NO.20
3ph:UL3271 AWG NO.20

6.5

Table2. Weight
Intermediate gear head

Weight(kg)
Motor

Type: G9AXH10
37

Gear head

(55.5)
90

18.5
2

+ 0.5

83h7

0
0.035

104
P. C.D

Intermediate gear head

A9R40CB

A9R40DB

CW,CCW

CW,CCW

CW,CCW

Gray

Gray

CCW

B
Blue

Black

R1

Orange

C1

CCW

CW
R1 C1

R1

C1

Orange

R1

C1

A9M40KB

CCW

Black(U)

C1

CCW

Orange

Orange

CW

Gray(W)

R1

C1

Orange
R1 C1

Orange

R1 C1

Black(U)

R
R1 C1

TP Red(V)

Brown(W)
Yellow

R1

Yellow

R1 C1

C1

S
R1 C1

M
CCW

TP Red(V)
TP

R1

White(V)

TP

Gray(W)

TP

CCW

Black(U)

S
R1 C1

TP

TP

White(V)

CW

Black(U)

R
R1 C1

TP

Technical information: p. 175

Black

Orange

A9M40JB

CW
CW

Standard specifications: p. 48

Cap

White

Orange

Blue

CW
R1 C1

TP

Black

0.60

Options: p. 169

CCW

CW

Cap

White
TP

TP

M
CCW

CW
R1 C1

1.13

Selection procedure: p. 11

Brown
CCW

CW

Cap

White

1.03

Related information

A9R40AB A9R40BB

CCW

0.73

6.5

Wiring diagram

CW

2.74

G9A3K
G9A18K
G9A20K
G9A40K
G9A50K
G9A200K

Brown(W)
Yellow

R1

Yellow

R1 C1

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
R1=10 to 200 1/4W or larger
C1=0.1 to 0.33 F125VAC or 250VAC

57

C1

60

Overview

Induction

90mm

Motor specification table


Frame
size
mm sq

Electromagnetic brakes

Reversible

Motor Type

60

A9R60CHB

60

(V)

1ph100

60

1ph110
1ph115
1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

60

3ph200

A9M60JHB

60

3ph220

Speed
controller
(Overview)

3ph380
3ph400

Unit type

A9M60KHB

60

3ph415

Socket type

3ph440

Time
ratiang

Output speed

(Hz)

(A)

(r/min)

(Nm)

(Kgfcm)

50
60
60
60
50
60
60

1.50
1.75
1.70
1.40
0.75
0.90
0.90
0.58
0.61
0.46
0.42
0.46
0.41
0.27
0.24
0.29
0.25
0.27
0.23
0.31
0.26

1250
1500
1550
1600
1250
1500
1550

0.480
0.400
0.390
0.390
0.480
0.400
0.390
0.460
0.490
0.460
0.390
0.440
0.390
0.460
0.390
0.470
0.400
0.460
0.380
0.470
0.390

4.80
4.00
3.90
3.90
4.80
4.00
3.90
4.60
4.90
4.60
3.90
4.40
3.90
4.60
3.90
4.70
4.00
4.60
3.80
4.70
3.90

50

30Min.
30Min.
30Min.

30Min.

50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60

Cont.
Cont.
Cont.
Cont.
Cont.
Cont.

Torque

1300
1300
1550
1350
1600
1300
1550
1300
1550
1350
1600
1350
1600

(Nm)

0.620

6.20

0.700
0.580

7.00
5.80

0.620

6.20

0.700
0.600
0.700
0.710
0.540
0.860
0.680
0.825
0.650
0.930
0.735
0.995
0.750
1.075
0.840

7.00
6.00
7.00
7.10
5.40
8.60
6.80
8.25
6.50
9.30
7.35
9.95
7.50
10.75
8.40

Condenser
(F)

TP

CE

25.0

TP

UL/CE

20.0

TP

CE

6. 5

TP

CE

5.0

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

Gear head rating torque table

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Gear head type:


Frequency

Brake Packs

50Hz

Options

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz
Technical
Information

Rating torque

Gear head type:


Frequency

Overview

50Hz

6W

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

500
1.20
12.2
600
0.95
9.7

417
1.43
14.6
500
1.15
11.7

300
1.99
20.3
360
1.59
16.2

250
2.38
24.3
300
1.90
19.4

200
2.99
30.4
240
2.38
24.3

166
3.58
36.5
200
2.86
29.2

150
3.97
40.5
180
3.18
32.4

120
4.47
45.6
144
3.58
36.5

100
5.37
54.8
120
4.29
43.8

83
6.44
65.7
100
5.16
52.6

75
7.15
73.0
90
5.72
58.4

60
8.09
82.5
72
6.47
66.0

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
9.70
99.0
60
7.76
79.2

41
11.66
119.0
50
9.31
95.0

37
12.94
132.0
45
10.39
106.0

30
16.17
165.0
36
12.94
132.0

25
19.40
198.0
30
15.48
158.0

20
19.60
200.0
24
17.35
177.0

16
19.60
200.0
20
19.60
200.0

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

15W

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

100 120 150 180 200


15
19.60
200.0
18
19.60
200.0

12
19.60
200.0
15
19.60
200.0

10
19.60
200.0
12
19.60
200.0

= in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torgue is 19.60Nm(200kgfcm)
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

40W

Condenser
W

(8)

60W

Overheating Standard
pro(Kgfcm) tection

Starting torque

Current

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

25W

Rating torque

Voltage Frequency

Output

A9R60BHB

A9R60DHB
90

Poles

(W)

A9R60AHB

Terminal
boxes

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Motors with electromagnetic brakes

Motor type

(4.5)
T

90W

A9R60AH B
#187

10

A9R60BH B

A9R60CH B
MARKING

A9R60DH B

Voltage Capacity Condenser type


(V)
1ph100
1ph110
1ph115
1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

(F)

(mm) (mm) (mm)

25.0

DMF-252506

58

36

39

20.0

DMF-252006

58

36

39

6.5

DMF-45655

50

25

40

5.0

DMF-45505

50

25

40

58

8
19.60
200.0
10
19.60
200.0

7.5
19.60
200.0
9
19.60
200.0

TM

Single
phase

Three
phase

Lead
wire

90mm

Terminal
box

60

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A9 MR 60 HB
Gear head type G9B KH
(266.8)

Gear head output shaft detail

38

38

.D
P. C

34

18

90

15

27.5

+ 0.5

104

0.03
0

15h7

0.1
0

Tap
M510 Depth

90

25

key size

4- 6.5
,
22 30

27.5 +0.2

Motor

0
0.03

65.5

32

0
0.018

163.3

0
0.03

TypeA9 60 HB
M
R

(184.3)
163.3

21

32

90

+ 0.5

.D
P. C

104

Table1. Weight

83h7

90

0
0.035

Weight(kg)
Motor

4- 6.5

Gear head

,
22 30

Lead wires length 300mm


1ph:UL3266 AWG NO.20
3ph:UL3271 AWG NO.20

Intermediate gear head

G9B3KH
G9B10KH
G9B12.5KH
G9B20KH
G9B25KH
G9B60KH
G9B75KH
G9B200KH

Intermediate gear head

Type: G9BXH10H

2.90
1.21
1.30
1.40
1.45
0.65

(61)
40

21

90

2
+ 0.5

104

83h7

0
0.035

.D
P. C

4- 6.5

Related information

Wiring diagram

Selection procedure: p. 11
A9R60AHB A9R60BHB

A9R60CHB

A9R60DHB

CW,CCW

CW,CCW

CW,CCW

Gray

Gray

CCW

B
Blue

Black

R1

Orange

C1

CCW

CW
R1 C1

R1

C1

Orange

R1

C1

A9M60KHB

CCW

Black(U)

C1

CCW

Orange

Orange

CW

Gray(W)

R1

C1

Orange
R1 C1

Orange

R1 C1

Black(U)

R
R1 C1

TP Red(V)

Brown(W)
Yellow

R1

Yellow

R1 C1

C1

S
R1 C1

M
CCW

TP Red(V)
TP

R1

White(V)

TP

Gray(W)

TP

CCW

Black(U)

S
R1 C1

TP

TP

White(V)

CW

Black(U)

R
R1 C1

TP

Technical information: p. 175

Black

Orange

A9M60JHB

CW

CW

Standard specifications: p. 48

CCW
Cap

White

Orange

Blue

CW
R1 C1

TP

Black

White
TP

TP

M
CCW

CW
R1 C1

CW

Cap

Cap

White

Brown
CCW

CW

CCW

CW

Options: p. 169

Brown(W)
Yellow

R1

Yellow

R1 C1

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
R1=10 to 200 1/4W or larger
C1=0.1 to 0.33 F125VAC or 250VAC

59

C1

90

Overview

Induction

90mm

Motor specification table


Frame
size
mm sq

Electromagnetic brakes

Reversible

Motor Type

Poles

A9R90BHB

90

A9R90CHB

90

A9R90DHB
90

90

90

(V)

1ph100
1ph110
1ph115
1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240
3ph200

A9M90JHB

90

3ph220

Speed
controller
(Overview)

3ph380
3ph400

Unit type

A9M90KHB

90

3ph415
Socket type

3ph440

Gear head type:


Frequency

(Hz)

(A)

(r/min)

(Nm)

(Kgfcm)

50
60
60
60
50
60
60

2.00
2.25
2.20
1.90
0.90
1.10
1.10
0.71
0.75
0.63
0.60
0.63
0.60
0.32
0.30
0.35
0.32
0.33
0.29
0.35
0.31

1250
1500
1550
1600
1250
1500
1550

0.720
0.600
0.580
0.580
0.720
0.600
0.580
0.690
0.720
0.690
0.600
0.680
0.570
0.680
0.570
0.690
0.580
0.680
0.570
0.690
0.580

7.20
6.00
5.80
5.80
7.20
6.00
5.80
6.90
7.20
6.90
6.00
6.80
5.70
6.80
5.70
6.90
5.80
6.80
5.70
6.90
5.80

50

30Min.
30Min.

30Min.

50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60

Cont.
Cont.
Cont.
Cont.
Cont.
Cont.

1300
1300
1550
1350
1600
1300
1550
1300
1550
1350
1600
1350
1600

Torque

(Nm)

0.700

7.00

0.890
0.690

8.90
6.90

0.700

7.00

0.890
0.680
0.860
1.010
0.760
1.250
0.960
1.055
0.820
1.170
0.890
1.200
0.950
1.330
1.050

8.90
6.80
8.60
10.10
7.60
12.50
9.60
10.55
8.20
11.70
8.90
12.00
9.50
13.30
10.50

Condenser
(F)

TP

CE

30.0

TP

UL/CE

25.0

TP

CE

7. 5

TP

CE

6.0

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

G9BKH

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed

50Hz

Rating torque
Ouput speed

Options

60Hz

Rating torque

Technical
Information

Gear head type:


Frequency

Rating torque

6W

Ouput speed

60Hz

Rating torque

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

417
2.15
21.9
500
1.72
17.5

300
2.98
30.4
360
2.38
24.3

250
3.58
36.5
300
2.86
29.2

200
4.47
45.6
240
3.58
36.5

166
5.36
54.7
200
4.68
43.7

150
5.96
60.8
180
4.76
48.6

120
6.70
68.4
144
5.37
54.8

100
8.05
82.1
120
6.44
65.7

83
9.66
98.6
100
7.72
78.8

20

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
14.60
149.0
60
11.66
119.0

41
17.44
178.0
50
14.01
143.0

37
19.40
198.0
45
15.48
158.0

30
19.60
200.0
36
19.40
198.0

25
19.60
200.0
30
19.60
200.0

20
19.60
200.0
24
19.60
200.0

16
19.60
200.0
20
19.60
200.0

25

75
60
10.78 12.15
110.0 124.0
90
72
8.59 9.70
87.6 99.0

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

100 120 150 180 200


15
19.60
200.0
18
19.60
200.0

12
19.60
200.0
15
19.60
200.0

10
19.60
200.0
12
19.60
200.0

8
19.60
200.0
10
19.60
200.0

7.5
19.60
200.0
9
19.60
200.0

in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torgue is 19.60Nm(200kgfcm)
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

Condenser
W

Fig1

(8)

15W

3.6

G9BKH

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed

50Hz

3
500
1.78
18.2
600
1.43
14.6

Fig2

(4.5)

Fig3

Motor type

4.3

90W

10

#187

#187

10

10

A9R90BH B
MARKING

A9R90CH B

MARKING

MARKING

A9R90AH B

#187

Overview

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

(6)

Brake Packs

60W

Output speed

30Min.

Overheating Standard
pro(Kgfcm) tection

Starting torque

Current

Gear head rating torque table

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

40W

Time
ratiang

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

25W

Rating torque

Voltage Frequency

Output
(W)

A9R90AHB

Terminal
boxes

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Motors with electromagnetic brakes

A9R90DH B

60

Voltage Capacity Condenser type


(V)
1ph100
1ph110
1ph115
1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

(F)

Figure

(mm) (mm) (mm)

30.0

DAL-253006

25.0

40

65

DMF-252506

58

36

39

7.5

DMF-45755

58

26

40

6.0

DMF-45605

50

25

40

TM

Single
phase

Three
phase

Lead
wire

90mm

Terminal
box

90

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A9 MR 90 HB
Gear head type G9B KH
(281.8)

Gear head output shaft detail


90
.D
P. C
34

18

90

27.5

15

15h7

38
+ 0.5

104

0.03
0

0
0.018

38
7

0.1
0

Tap
M510 Depth

65.5

32

25

key size

4- 6.5
,
22 30

27.5 +0.2

Motor

0
0.03

178.3

0
0.03

TypeA9 MR 90 HB
(199.3)
178.3

21
7

32

90

+ 0.5

104

Table1. Weight
Weight(kg)
Motor

83h7

90

0
0.035

.D
P. C

4- 6.5

Gear head

,
22 30

Lead wires length 300mm


1ph:UL3266 AWG NO.20
3ph:UL3271 AWG NO.20

Intermediate gear head

G9B3KH
G9B10KH
G9B12.5KH
G9B20KH
G9B25KH
G9B60KH
G9B75KH
G9B200KH

Intermediate gear head

3.41
1.21
1.30
1.40
1.45
0.65

Type: G9BXH10H
(61)
40

21

90

2
+ 0.5

104

83h7

0
0.035

.D
P. C

4- 6.5

Wiring diagram

Related information
Selection procedure: p. 11

A9R90AHB A9R90BHB

A9R90CHB

A9R90DHB

CW,CCW

CW,CCW

CW,CCW

Gray

Gray
White

White

CCW

B
Blue

White

Black

CCW

Orange

Blue

CW
R1 C1

Cap

TP

CW
R1 C1

Black

TP

TP

M
CCW

CCW

CW

Cap

Cap

R1

C1

Orange R1

C1

A9M90JHB

A9M90KHB

CW

CCW

Black(U)
CW

White(V)

CCW

Orange

Orange

White(V)

CW

Gray(W)

R1

C1

Orange
R1 C1

Orange

R1 C1

Black(U)

R
R1 C1

TP Red(V)

Brown(W)
Yellow
Yellow

R1

C1

S
R1 C1

R1 C1

M
CCW

TP Red(V)

TP

C1

TP

TP

R1

CCW

Black(U)

S
R1 C1

TP

Gray(W)

CW

Black(U)

R
R1 C1

TP

TP

Technical information: p. 175

CW
R1 C1

Black

Orange

Orange R1

C1

Standard specifications: p. 48

Brown
CCW

CW

CCW

CW

Options: p. 169

Brown(W)
Yellow

R1

Yellow

R1 C1

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
R1=10 to 200 1/4W or larger
C1=0.1 to 0.33 F125VAC or 250VAC

61

C1

MEMO

62

TM

Motors with terminal boxes


Motors with terminal boxes

Induction motors and reversible motors are


available.
Used for constant-speed operation.

Gear head and motor with terminal box are sold separately.

TM

63

6W

P.66

15W

P.70

25W

P.74

40W

P.78

60W

P.82

90W

P.86

Overview

Overview

Motors with terminal boxes

Induction

Reversible

Electromagnetic
brakes

Overview
of Motors with
terminal boxes(Standard specifications)

Table 1. Motor with terminal boxes specifications


Motor type

Terminal boxes
(Overview)

Item
Capacity range
Protection
method
enclosure

Power source
Speed
controller
(Overview)

Motors with terminal boxes


Induction motors
Single-phase motor
3-phase motor

Reversible motors
Single-phase motor

6W90W

6W90W

4poles

25W90W

100V 50/60Hz110V 60Hz115V 60Hz

200V 50/60Hz220V 50/60Hz

100V 50/60Hz110V 60Hz115V 60Hz

200V 50/60Hz220V 60Hz

380V 50/60Hz400V 50/60Hz

200V 50/60Hz220V 60Hz

220240V 50Hz

415V 50/60Hz440V 50/60Hz

220240V 50Hz

Speed
controller
(Reversible)
Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Motor

Speed
controller
(Induction)

CE Marking

Class E120

Socket type

4poles

6W40WIP54 Totally enclosed non ventilated 2540WIP54 Totally enclosed non ventilated 640WIP23 Totally enclosed non ventilated
60W IP23 Totally enclosed fan cooled type 60W IP23 Totally enclosed fan cooled type 60W IP23 Totally enclosed fan cooled type

Insulation class
Unit type

4poles

: Class E120 CE Marking

: Class E120

UL Standard : Class A105UL Standard : Class A105

Time rating

Continuous

Continuous

Short-time (30minutes)

Starting method

Condenser running

Direct start

Condenser running

Lead wires

4 wires3 wires
220240V 50Hz 3 wires
UL Style 3266 20AWG
UL Style 3271 20AWG

Terminal box

4 terminals
Use 24AWG10AWG0.254.0lead wires with a length of about 8 stripped.
The grand isn't connected inside the terminal box. The grand connection should be installed in
the motor case as described in making ground connections in the technical information.

Standards

220240V 50Hz CE Marking


(Low voltage direction)

Insulation
resistance

At least 100M when measured with a 500V DC meager between the motor coil and case at
normal temperature and humidity after motor has reached rated torque.

3 wires
UL Style 3266 20AWG

Brake Packs

Options

Technical
Information

Overview

Insulation withstand Normal function when a 1500V,50/60Hz current is applied between the motor coil and case for 1
voltage
minute at normal temperature and humidity after the motor has reached rated torque.
The temperature rise valueT
The temperature rise valueTshould be no more than 60no more than 45
should be no more than 60 when
Temperature rise for motors with fanswhen measured by the prescribed method after the motor has
measured by the prescribed method
reached rated torque.
after the motor has reached rated torque.

6W

60W

90W

Ambient conditions Paint

40W

Gear

15W

25W

CE Marking
CE Marking
(Low voltage directive,UL standard (Low voltage directive,UL standard

Overheating
protector(TP

Built in thermal protectorauto restore typeRelease:1205, Restore:775

Lubrication
method

Grease lubrication. Grease is loaded at shipment.

Color

Astero silver

Locations
Temperature
Humidity
Elevation

IndoorsMinimal dust and humidity


-1040
Under 85%
Under 1,000 m

Atmosphere

Well ventilated location, free of corrosive gases, explosive gases, vapors and dust.

64

TM

Single
phase

Three
phase

Lead
wire

Overview

Terminal
box

Overview of Motors with terminal boxes(Standard specifications)

Single-phase Induction motor

Single-phase Reversible motor

Terminal block

Terminal box cover


Code bush

Single-phase Reversible motor

Single-phase Induction motor

3-phase Induction motor

Terminal block

Lavel

Terminal box cover

65

Code bush

Overview

Induction

60mm

Motor specification table

Reversible

Induction motor

Electromagnetic
brakes

Frame
size
mm sq

Terminal boxes
(Overview)

Motors with terminal boxes

Motor Type

Poles

Output
(W)

A6M06AT

A6M06BT

A6M06CT

60

A6M06DT

Rating torque

Voltage Frequency
(V)

1ph100
1ph110
1ph115
1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

Time
ratiang

(Hz)
50
60
60
60
50
60
60

Current Output speed


(A)
(r/min)
0.21
1200
1500
0.19
0.20
1550
0.19
1500
1200
0.10
1500
0.10
1550
0.08
1200
0.09

Cont.
Cont.
Cont.

50

Cont.

Torque
(Nm) (Kgfcm)
0.050
0.50
0.042
0.42
0.040
0.40
0.042
0.42
0.050
0.50
0.042
0.42
0.040
0.40
0.050
0.50
0.053
0.53

Overheating Standard Condenser


pro(Nm) (Kgfcm) tection
(F)
Starting torque

0.045

0.45

0.055
0.055

0.55
0.55

0.045

0.45

0.055
0.050
0.055

0.55
0.50
0.55

ZP
ZP

2.5
UL/CE

ZP

ZP

2.0
0.7

CE

0.6

Speed
controller
(Overview)

Unit type

Reversible motor
Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Frame
size
mm sq

Brake Packs

Options

Technical
Information

Overview

Output

A6R06BT

A6R06CT

60

A6R06DT

Voltage Frequency

(V)

1ph100
1ph110
1ph115
1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

Gear head type:

50Hz

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

25W

Gear head type:


Frequency

30Min.

30Min.

50Hz
60Hz

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

500
0.13
1.3
600
0.10
1.0

417
0.15
1.5
500
0.13
1.3

300
0.21
2.1
360
0.17
1.7

250
0.26
2.6
300
0.21
2.1

200
0.31
3.2
240
0.26
2.6

166
0.38
3.9
200
0.30
3.1

150
0.42
4.3
180
0.34
3.5

120
0.53
5.4
144
0.43
4.4

100
0.63
6.4
120
0.51
5.2

83
0.76
7.7
100
0.62
6.3

75
0.76
7.7
90
0.62
6.3

60
0.95
9.7
72
0.76
7.8

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
1.14
11.6
60
0.92
9.4

41
1.36
13.9
50
1.11
11.3

37
1.52
15.5
45
1.24
12.6

30
1.72
17.5
36
1.39
14.2

25
2.06
21.0
30
1.67
17.0

20
2.57
26.2
24
2.09
21.3

16
2.94
30.0
20
2.50
25.5

G6D

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

90W

30Min.

G6D

Ouput speed

60Hz

60W

50

30Min.

Rating torque
OverStarting torque
heating Standard Condenser
Torque
Current Output speed
pro(A)
(r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection
(F)
1200
0.050
0.50
0.21
0.045
0.45
1500
0.42
ZP
CE
3.0
0.042
0.22
1550
0.040
0.40
0.060
0.60
0.18
1500
0.042
0.42
0.050
0.50
2.3
ZP UL/CE
1200
0.050
0.50
0.10
0.053
0.53
0.042
1500
0.42
ZP
CE
0.8
0.11
1550
0.040
0.40
0.060
0.60
0.09
0.047
0.47
0.050
0.50
1200
0.7
ZP
CE
0.10
0.050
0.50
0.055
0.55

Gear head rating torque table

15W

40W

(Hz)
50
60
60
60
50
60
60

Time
ratiang

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and impedance-protected (ZP) types.

Frequency

6W

Poles

(W)

A6R06AT

Speed
controller
(Reversible)
Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Motor Type

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

100 120 150 180 200


15
2.94
30.0
18
2.78
28.4

12
2.94
30.0
15
2.94
30.0

10
2.94
30.0
12
2.94
30.0

8
2.94
30.0
10
2.94
30.0

7.5
2.94
30.0
9
2.94
30.0

in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 30 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 1.96 Nm (20 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 30 and 40, and 2.94 Nm (30 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

66

TM

Single
phase

Three
phase

Lead
wire

60mm

Terminal
box

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A6 MR 06 T
Gear head type G6 D
6.5

44

29.5

Gear head output shaft detail

10

59.5

60

12

24

0
0.1

8h7

32
7

44

0
0.015

3
+ 0.5

.D
P. C
6.5

75*

30(40)

70

32

Table1

137(147)*

60

4.5

Length of reversible motor is longer than one of induction


motor

Motor

Table1. Gear head length


M
R

TypeA6 06 T
44

6.5

44

Length (mm)

30
40

29.5

Gear head size

G63D G618D
G620D G6200D

60

54h7

5 9.5

0
0.030

4- 4.5

+ 0.5

.D
P. C
6.5
75*

70

2
60

12.7

(87.7)*

Length of reversible motor is longer than one of induction


motor

Table2. Weight
Weight(kg)
Induction motor
Reversible motor

Intermediate gear head


Gear head

Type: G6XH10
(38.7)
26

12.7

60

+ 0.5

.D
P. C

70

G63D
G618D
G620D
G640D
G650D
G6200D

54h7

0
0.030

Intermediate gear head

4.5

67

0.76
0.77
0.24
0.30
0.33
0.18

Overview

Induction

60mm

Motors with terminal boxes

Wiring diagram

Reversible

Induction motor
Electromagnetic
brakes

A6M06AT A6M06BT A6M06CT

Terminal boxes
(Overview)

CW

Speed
controller
(Overview)

CW

CCW

Black

Black

Brown

Gray

White

Brown

White

Gray

M
CCW

Cap

Earth

Black

White

CW

M
CCW

Cap

CW
Cap
Brown
CCW

Earth

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
The motor must be completely stopped before its operation direction can be switched.
If you try to switch the rotation direction while the motor is operating, the attempt may be
unsuccessful, or may take some time

Reversible motor
A6R06AT A6R06BT A6R06CT

A6R06DT

CW,CCW

CW,CCW

Black

CW

Black

CW

M
Socket type

CW,CCW

Earth

Unit type

A6M06DT

CCW

White

CW
Cap
Gray CCW

CCW

Earth

White

Brown

Earth

CW
Cap
CCW

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
Speed
controller
(Induction)
Speed
controller
(Reversible)
Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Condenser
Brake Packs

Induction motor

(8)

Options

(4.5)

Motor type

Technical
Information

A6M06AT

#187

10

A6M06BT

Overview
H

A6M06CT
MARKING

A6M06DT

Voltage

Capacity

(V)
1ph100
1ph110
1ph115
1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

()

Reversible motor
Condenser type

2.5

DMF-25255

36

16

25

A6R06AT

2.0

DMF-25205

36

16

25

A6R06BT

0.7

DMF-45704

36

16

25

A6R06CT

0.6

DMF-45604

36

16

25

A6R06DT

6W

15W

25W

Related information
40W

60W

Motor type

(mm) (mm) (mm)

Selection procedure:

Induction. p. 11,

Reversible. p. 31

Options:

Induction. p. 169,

Reversible. p. 169

Standard specifications:

Induction. p. 10,

Reversible. p. 28

Technical information:

Induction. p. 175,

Reversible. p. 175

90W

68

Voltage Capacity
(V)
()
1ph100
3.0
1ph110
1ph115 2.3
1ph200
0.8
1ph220
1ph220
0.7
1ph240

Condenser type

(mm) (mm) (mm)


DMF-25305

36

16

25

DMF-25235

36

16

25

DMF-45804

36

16

25

DMF-45704

36

16

25

TM

MEMO

69

15

Overview

Induction

Reversible

Terminal boxes
(Overview)

Electromagnetic
brakes

70mm

Motors with terminal boxes

Motor specification table

Induction motor
Frame
size
mm sq

Motor Type

Poles

A7M15AT

Output

Voltage

Frequency

(W)

(V)

15

1ph100
1ph110

70

A7M15CT

A7M15DT

15

15

1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

Rating torque
Time
ratiang

Output speed

(Hz)

(A)

(r/min)

(Nm)

(Kgfcm)

50
60
60
50
60
60

0.35
0.34
0.34
0.19
0.18
0.19
0.16
0.18

1250
1550
1600
1200
1500
1550

0.120
0.100
0.100
0.125
0.120
0.110
0.125
0.135

1.20
1.00
1.00
1.25
1.20
1.10
1.25
1.35

Cont.

Cont.

50

Cont.

1200

Overheating Standard
pro(Kgfcm) tection

Starting torque

Current

Torque

(Nm)

0.090

0.90

0.110

1.10

0.090

0.90

0.110
0.075
0.090

1.10
0.75
0.90

Condenser
(F)

5.0

1.2

TP

CE

0.9

Speed
controller
(Overview)

Unit type

Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Reversible motor
Frame
size
mm sq

Speed
controller
(Reversible)
Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Motor Type

Poles

Output
(W)

A7R15AT
A7R15BT

4
4

15
15

70
A7R15CT

15

Brake Packs

A7R15DT
Options

Technical
Information

15

Rating torque

Voltage Frequency
(V)

1ph100
1ph110
1ph115
1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

(Hz)
50
60
60
60
50
60
60
50

Time
ratiang

30Min.
30Min.
30Min.

30Min.

Current Output speed


Torque
(A)
(r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm)
1200
0.125
1.25
0.42
1500
0.100
1.00
0.44
1550
0.100
1.00
0.35
1550
0.100
1.00
1200
0.125
1.25
0.21
1500
0.100
1.00
0.22
1550
0.100
1.00
0.17
0.125
1.25
1200
0.18
0.145
1.45

Overheating Standard Condenser


pro(Nm) (Kgfcm) tection
(F)
Starting torque

0.090

0.90

0.110
0.095

1.10
0.95

0.090

0.90

0.110
0.090
0.110

1.10
0.90
1.10

TP

CE

6.0

TP

UL/CE

4.5

TP

CE

1. 5

TP

CE

1.2

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.

Gear head rating torque table

Overview

Gear head type:


Frequency

6W

50Hz

G7K

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque

15W
Ouput speed

60Hz
25W

40W

Gear head type:


Frequency

60W

90W

Rating torque

50Hz

Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

500
0.31
3.2
600
0.29
3.0

417
0.38
3.9
500
0.35
3.6

300
0.53
5.4
360
0.50
5.1

250
0.64
6.5
300
0.60
6.1

200
0.79
8.1
240
0.75
7.6

166
0.95
9.7
200
0.89
9.1

150
1.06
10.8
180
0.99
10.1

120
1.32
13.5
144
1.25
12.7

100
1.59
16.2
120
1.49
15.2

83
1.90
19.4
100
1.79
18.2

75
1.90
19.4
90
1.79
18.2

60
2.37
24.2
72
2.24
22.8

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
2.85
29.1
60
2.68
27.3

41
3.42
34.9
50
3.22
32.8

37
3.81
38.8
45
3.58
36.5

30
4.28
43.6
36
4.02
41.0

25
4.90
50.0
30
4.83
49.2

20
4.90
50.0
24
4.90
50.0

16
4.90
50.0
20
4.90
50.0

G7K

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

r/min

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

100 120 150 180 200


15
4.90
50.0
18
4.90
50.0

12
4.90
50.0
15
4.90
50.0

10
4.90
50.0
12
4.90
50.0

8
4.90
50.0
10
4.90
50.0

7.5
4.90
50.0
9
4.90
50.0

in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 25 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 3.92 Nm (40 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 25 and 40, and 4.90 Nm (50 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

70

TM

Single
phase

Three
phase

Lead
wire

70mm

Terminal
box

15

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A7 MR 15 T
Gear head type G7 K
6

44

44

29.5

10

10h7

32

2.5

0.1
0

25

0.03
0

0
0.015

Gear head output shaft detail

15

23

70

69

30

3
+ 0.5

.D
P. C

70
4

Table1

144(154)*

5.5

key size

Length of reversible motor is longer than one of induction


motor

0
0.03

25 +0.2

0
0.03

32

32(42)

80*

82

Motor
TypeA7 MR 15 T
6

44

Table1. Gear head length

44

Gear head size

Length(mm)

G73K G718K
G720K G7200K

32
42

70

64h7

69

0
0.030

29.5

4- 5.5

+ 0.5

.D
P. C
7
80*

82

Table2. Weight

2
13.4

Weight(kg)

70

Induction motor
Reversible motor

(93.4)*

Gear head

Length of reversible motor is longer than one of induction


motor

(43.4)
70

+ 0.5

82

64h7

0
0.030

D
P.C.

G73K
G718K
G720K
G740K
G750K
G7200K

Intermediate gear head

Type: G7XH10
13.4

Intermediate gear head

30

5.5

71

1.10
1.11
0.38
0.47
0.52
0.32

15

Overview

Induction

70mm

Motors with terminal boxes

Wiring diagram

Reversible

Induction motor
Electromagnetic
brakes

A7M15AT A7M15CT

Speed
controller
(Overview)

CW

A7M15DT

CCW

Black

Black

Brown

Gray

White

White

M
CCW

Cap

Gray

Earth

Brown

CW,CCW
Black

White

Brown

CW

M
CCW

Cap

Earth

CW
Cap
CCW

Earth

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
The motor must be completely stopped before its operation direction can be switched.
If you try to switch the rotation direction while the motor is operating, the attempt may be
unsuccessful, or may take some time

Reversible motor
A7R15AT A7R15BT A7R15CT

A7R15DT

CW,CCW

CW,CCW
3

Black

White

Brown

TP

Black

TP

Unit type

CW

CW

M
Socket type

TP

Terminal boxes
(Overview)

CW

CCW

White

CW
Cap
Gray CCW

CCW

Earth

Earth

CW
Cap
CCW

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
Speed
controller
(Induction)
Speed
controller
(Reversible)
Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Condenser
Brake Packs

Options

Induction motor

(4.5)

Motor type
A7M15AT

#187

10

Overview

MARKING

A7M15CT

6W

Reversible motor

(8)

Technical
Information

A7M15DT

Voltage Capacity
(V)
()
1ph100
5.0
1ph110
1ph200
1.2
1ph220
1ph220
0.9
1ph240

Condenser type

DMF-25505

38

19

29

DMF-45125

36

16

25

DMF-45904

36

16

A7R15DT

Related information

90W

A7R15BT

25

25W

60W

A7R15AT

A7R15CT

15W

40W

Motor type

(mm) (mm) (mm)

Selection procedure:

Induction. p. 11,

Reversible. p. 31

Options:

Induction. p. 169,

Reversible. p. 169

Standard specifications:

Induction. p. 10,

Reversible. p. 28

Technical information:

Induction. p. 175,

Reversible. p. 175

72

Voltage Capacity
(V)
()
1ph100
6.0
1ph110
1ph115
4.5
1ph200
1.5
1ph220
1ph220
1.2
1ph240

Condenser type

(mm) (mm) (mm)


DMF-25605

38

19

29

DMF-25455

38

19

29

DMF-45155

36

16

25

DMF-45125

36

16

25

TM

MEMO

73


Overview

Induction

25

80mm

Motor specification table

Induction motor

Electromagnetic
brakes

Frame
size
mm sq

Terminal boxes
(Overview)

Reversible

Motor Type

Poles

A8M25AT

Frequency

(W)

(V)

(Hz)

(A)

(r/min)

(Nm)

(Kgfcm)

50
60
60
50
60
60

0.57
0.52
0.51
0.30
0.29
0.23
0.23
0.25
0.25
0.22
0.26
0.23
0.14
0.12
0.14
0.12
0.15
0.13
0.15
0.13

1250
1550
1600
1250
1500
1550

0.200
0.165
0.160
0.200
0.170
0.165
0.210
0.220
0.195
0.165
0.190
0.160
0.200
0.170
0.210
0.180
0.195
0.165
0.210
0.180

2.00
1.65
1.60
2.00
1.70
1.65
2.10
2.20
1.95
1.65
1.90
1.60
2.00
1.70
2.10
1.80
1.95
1.65
2.10
1.80

25

1ph100

A8M25DT

25

25

1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240
3ph200

80

A8M25JT

25

Speed
controller
(Overview)

3ph380
3ph400

Unit type

A8M25KT

25

3ph415
Socket type

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

3ph440

Options

Technical
Information

Overview

6W

Frame
size
mm sq

Motor Type

Poles

Output

A8R25AT

25

A8R25BT

25

A8R25CT

25

A8R25DT

25

80

Cont.

50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60

Cont.

Cont.
Cont.
Cont.
Cont.

1200
1300
1550
1350
1600
1250
1500
1250
1500
1300
1550
1300
1550

Torque

(Nm)

0.145

1.45

0.180

1.80

0.145

1.45

0.180
0.110
0.180
0.340
0.270
0.410
0.320
0.315
0.250
0.350
0.275
0.375
0.300
0.440
0.340

1.80
1.10
1.30
3.40
2.70
4.10
3.20
3.15
2.50
3.50
2.75
3.75
3.00
4.40
3.40

Condenser
(F)

6.0

1.5

TP

CE

1. 3

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

(V)

1ph100
1ph110
1ph115
1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

(Hz)
50
60
60
60
50
60
60
50

Rating torque
OverStarting torque
heating Standard Condenser
Current Output speed
Torque
pro(A)
(r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection
(F)
0.63
1250
0.210
2.10
0.180
1.80
TP
CE
30Min. 0.70
10.0
1500
0.170
1.70
0.71
1550
0.170
1.70
0.230
2.30
TP UL/CE
30Min. 0.63
1550
0.170
1.70
0.130
1.30
7.0
1250
0.210
2.10
0.33
0.180
1.80
30Min.
2.5
TP
CE
1550
0.170
1.70
0.35
1600
0.165
1.65
0.230
2.30
0.26
0.200
2.00
0.170
1.70
30Min.
1200
2.0
TP
CE
0.28
0.220
2.20
0.220
2.20
Time
ratiang

Gear head rating torque table


Gear head type:

50Hz

G8K

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

40W
Gear head type:

90W

Cont.

Output speed

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.

25W

60W

Cont.

50

Voltage Frequency

(W)

Frequency

15W

Current

Reversible motor

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Brake Packs

Time
ratiang

Overheating Standard
pro(Kgfcm) tection

Starting torque

Voltage

1ph110

A8M25CT

Rating torque

Output

3ph220

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Motors with terminal boxes

Frequency

50Hz

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

417
0.63
6.4
500
0.51
5.2

300
0.87
8.9
360
0.72
7.3

250
1.05
10.7
300
0.85
8.7

200
1.31
13.4
240
1.07
10.9

166
1.57
16.0
200
1.28
13.1

150
1.74
17.8
180
1.43
14.6

120
2.19
22.3
144
1.78
18.2

100
2.62
26.7
120
2.15
21.9

83
3.15
32.1
100
2.57
26.2

75
3.15
32.1
90
2.58
26.3

60
3.94
40.2
72
3.22
32.9

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
4.72
48.2
60
3.86
39.4

41
5.66
57.8
50
4.64
47.3

37
6.29
64.2
45
5.16
52.6

30
7.12
72.6
36
5.82
59.4

25
7.84
80.0
30
6.99
71.3

20
7.84
80.0
24
7.84
80.0

16
7.84
80.0
20
7.84
80.0

G8K

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

3
500
0.52
5.3
600
0.43
4.4

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

100 120 150 180 200


15
7.84
80.0
18
7.84
80.0

12
7.84
80.0
15
7.84
80.0

10
7.84
80.0
12
7.84
80.0

8
7.84
80.0
10
7.84
80.0

7.5
7.84
80.0
9
7.84
80.0

in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 25 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 5.88 Nm (60 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 25 and 40, and 7.84 Nm (80 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

74

TM

Three
phase

Lead
wire

80mm

Terminal
box

25

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A8 MR 25 T
Gear head type G8 K
8

55

55

39

32

2.5

0.1
0

25

80

34

15

79.5

10

5.5

0.03
0

10h7

22

0
0.015

Gear head output shaft detail

23

3
+ 0.5

32

key size

80

Table1

149(159.5)*
25 +0.2

Length of reversible motor is longer than one of induction


motor

0
0.03

32(42.5)

85*

94

.D
P. C

0
0.03

Motor
Table1. Gear head length

TypeA8 MR 25 T
55

55

0
0.030

22

5.5

73h7

32
42.5

94

Table2. Weight
Weight(kg)
Induction motor
Reversible motor

80

13.6

Gear head

85*

Length (mm)

+ 0.5

P. C.D

Gear head size

G83K G818K
G820K G8200K
39

80

79.5

98.6*

Length of reversible motor is longer than one of induction


motor

G83K
G818K
G820K
G840K
G850K
G8200K

Intermediate gear head

Intermediate gear head


Type: G8XH10
(45.6)
32

80

13.6
2

+ 0.5

0
0.030

P. C.D

94

73h7

Single
phase

5.5

75

1.55
1.60
0.43
0.57
0.61
0.43

25

Overview

Induction

Reversible

80mm

Motors with terminal boxes

Wiring diagram

Induction motor
A8M25AT A8M25CT

Electromagnetic
brakes

CW

A8M25DT

CCW

A8M25JT

CW,CCW

CW
1

Black

Black

Black(U)

CW

Black(U)

Speed
controller
(Overview)

Reversible motor

Brown

Gray

CW

Earth

Gray

Cap

White

Brown

CCW

M
Cap

CCW

Earth

White

CW
Cap
Brown
CCW

White(V)

TP
3

Gray(W)

A8R25DT

CW,CCW

CW,CCW

Black

Socket type

Earth

Speed
controller
(Induction)

CCW

Red(V)

Black(U)

CCW

White(V)

TP

TP

Gray(W)

Earth

Brown(W) T

Red(V)

TP

CCW

Brown(W) T

TP

TP

Earth

Earth

Black

CW

CW

TP

TP

Earth

A8R25AT A8R25BT A8R25CT

Black(U)

TP

White

TP

Earth

Unit type

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

CCW

CW

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
The motor must be completely stopped before its operation direction can be switched.
If you try to switch the rotation direction while the motor is operating, the attempt may be unsuccessful, or may take some time

CW

Terminal boxes
(Overview)

CW

TP

Black

A8M25KT

CCW

White

Gray

CW
Cap
CCW

M
CCW

Earth

White

Brown

CW
Cap
CCW

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Condenser
Brake Packs

Options

Induction motor

Reversible motor

(8)

Technical
Information

(4.5)

Motor type
A8M25AT

#187

10

Overview
MARKING

A8M25CT
A8M25DT

6W

Voltage

Capacity

(V)
1ph100
1ph110
1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

()

Condenser type
6.0

DMF-25605

38

19

29

1.5

DMF-45155

36

16

25

1.3

DMF-45135

36

16

A8R25DT

Related information

90W

A8R25BT

25

25W

60W

A8R25AT

A8R25CT

15W

40W

Motor type

(mm) (mm) (mm)

Selection procedure:

Induction. p. 11,

Reversible. p. 31

Options:

Induction. p. 169,

Reversible. p. 169

Standard specifications:

Induction. p. 10,

Reversible. p. 28

Technical information:

Induction. p. 175,

Reversible. p. 175

76

Voltage Capacity
()
(V)
1ph100
10.0
1ph110
1ph115
7.0
1ph200
2.5
1ph220
1ph220
2.0
1ph240

Condenser type

(mm) (mm) (mm)


DMF-251006

47

19

28

DMF-25705

48

21

33

DMF-45255

47

19

28

DMF-45205

38

19

29

TM

MEMO

77

40

Overview

Induction

Reversible

90mm

Motor specification table

Induction motor
Frame
size
mm sq

Terminal boxes
(Overview)

Electromagnetic
brakes

Motor Type

Poles

A9M40AT

Frequency

(W)

(V)

(Hz)

(A)

(r/min)

(Nm)

(Kgfcm)

50
60
60
50
60
60

0.80
0.85
0.82
0.41
0.43
0.41
0.34
0.37
0.30
0.28
0.30
0.28
0.21
0.19
0.21
0.19
0.21
0.19
0.21
0.19

1300
1550
1600
1300
1550
1600

0.310
0.260
0.250
0.310
0.260
0.250
0.315
0.335
0.310
0.260
0.300
0.250
0.320
0.270
0.330
0.280
0.310
0.260
0.320
0.270

3.10
2.60
2.50
3.10
2.60
2.50
3.15
3.35
3.10
2.60
3.00
2.50
3.20
2.70
3.30
2.80
3.10
2.60
3.20
2.70

40

1ph100

A9M40DT

40

40

1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

90

A9M40JT

40

Speed
controller
(Overview)

3ph220
3ph380

Unit type

3ph400

A9M40KT

40

3ph415

Socket type

3ph440

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Time
ratiang

Current

Cont.

Cont.

50

Cont.

50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60

Cont.
Cont.
Cont.
Cont.
Cont.
Cont.

Output speed

1250
1300
1550
1350
1600
1300
1550
1300
1550
1350
1600
1350
1600

Overheating Standard
pro(Kgfcm) tection

Starting torque

Voltage

1ph110

A9M40CT

Rating torque

Output

3ph200

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

Motors with terminal boxes

Torque

(Nm)

0.240

2.40

0.290

2.90

0.240

2.40

0.290
0.180
0.210
0.490
0.370
0.590
0.450
0.630
0.485
0.690
0.525
0.730
0.570
0.820
0.630

2.90
1.80
2.10
4.90
3.70
5.90
4.50
6.30
4.85
6.90
5.25
7.30
5.70
8.20
6.30

Condenser
(F)

10.0

2.5

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

2.0

Reversible motor
Frame
size
mm sq

Motor Type

Poles

40

A9R40BT

40

A9R40CT

40

90

Options

Technical
Information

Voltage Frequency

(W)

A9R40AT

Brake Packs

Output

A9R40DT

40

(V)

1ph100
1ph110
1ph115
1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

(Hz)
50
60
60
60
50
60
60
50

Time
ratiang

30Min.
30Min.
30Min.

30Min.

Rating torque
OverStarting torque
heating Standard Condenser
Current Output speed
Torque
pro(A)
(r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection
(F)
0.84
1300
0.300
3.00
0.280
2.80
TP
CE
15.0
1.00
1550
0.260
2.60
1.00
1600
0.250
2.50
0.350
3.50
TP UL/CE
1.00
1550
0.270
2.70
0.290
2.90
12.0
0.39
1300
0.310
3.10
0.280
2.80
3.5
TP
CE
0.47
1550
0.260
2.60
0.46
1600
0.250
2.50
0.350
3.50
0.40
0.320
3.20
0.300
3.00
TP
CE
1250
3.0
0.42
0.340
3.40
0.320
3.20

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.

Overview

Gear head rating torque table

6W

Gear head type:


Frequency

15W

50Hz

25W

G9AK

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

Rating torque

40W

Gear head type:


60W

Frequency

50Hz

90W

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

500
0.81
8.3
600
0.67
6.8

417
0.97
9.9
500
0.80
8.2

300
1.35
13.8
360
1.11
11.3

250
1.62
16.5
300
1.33
13.6

200
2.03
20.7
240
1.67
17.0

166
2.43
24.8
200
2.00
20.4

150
2.70
27.5
180
2.23
22.7

120
3.37
34.4
144
2.78
28.4

100
4.05
41.3
120
3.33
34.0

83
4.86
49.6
100
4.00
40.8

75
4.86
49.6
90
4.01
40.9

60
6.09
62.1
72
5.01
51.1

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
7.30
74.5
60
6.01
61.3

41
8.76
89.4
50
7.21
73.6

37
9.73
99.3
45
8.02
81.8

G9AK

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

100 120 150 180 200

30
25
20
16
15
12
10
8
7.5
9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80
100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
36
30
24
20
18
15
12
10
9
9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80
100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0

=in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 9.80Nm(100kgfcm).
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

78

TM

Three
phase

Lead
wire

90mm

Terminal
box

40

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A9 MR 40 T
Gear head type G9A K
8

55

55

39

32

12

6.5

2.5

0.1
0

36

90

87.5

18

25

0.03
0

12h7

22

0
0.018

Gear head output shaft detail

23

3
+ 0.5

.D
P. C

104

90

32

42(60)
Table1

25 +0.2

0
0.03

key size

179(197)*

Length of reversible motor is longer than one of induction


motor

105*

0
0.03

Motors
Type A9 MR 40 T
55

Table1. Gear head length

55

6.5

83h7

.D
P. C

42
60

104

Weight(kg)
Industion Motor
Reversible Motor

90

2
18.5

105*

Length(mm)

Table2. Weight

+ 0.5

Gear head size

G9A3KG9A18K
G9A20KG9A200K

90

0
0.035

22

39

87.5

Gear head

(123.5)*

Length of reversible motor is longer than one of induction


motor

G9A3K
G9A18K
G9A20K
G9A40K
G9A50K
G9A200K

Intermediate gear head

Intermediate gear head


TypeG9AXH10
(55.5)
37

90

18.5
2

+ 0.5

0
0.035

P. C.D

104

83h7

Single
phase

6.5

79

2.40
2.45
0.73
1.03
1.13
0.60

40

Overview

Induction

Reversible

90mm

Motors with terminal boxes

Wiring diagram

Induction motor
A9M40AT A9M40CT

Electromagnetic
brakes

CW

A9M40DT

CCW

A9M40JT

CW,CCW

Terminal boxes
(Overview)
Speed
controller
(Overview)

Brown

White

Gray

CW

White

Brown

M
Cap

Black

CCW

Earth

Black(U)

Black(U)

CW
S

Earth
White

CW
Cap
Brown
CCW

CCW

Black(U)

Red(V)

Black(U)

Red(V)

CW

CW
2

CCW

White(V)

TP
3

Gray(W)

CCW

White(V)

TP
3

Gray(W)

TP
3

Brown(W) T

M
CCW

TP
3

Brown(W) T

TP

TP

TP

TP

Earth

Earth

Earth

Earth

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
The motor must be completely stopped before its operation direction can be switched.
If you try to switch the rotation direction while the motor is operating, the attempt may be unsuccessful, or may take some time

Reversible motor
A9R40AT A9R40BT A9R40CT

A9R40DT

CW,CCW

CW,CCW

Black

4
1

CCW

Black

TP

TP

CW

CW

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

Gray

CCW

Cap

Earth

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Unit type

Socket type

Black
TP

Black

CW

A9M40KT

CW

Earth
White
Gray

CW
Cap
CCW

CCW

Earth
White
Brown

CW
Cap
CCW

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Condenser
Brake Packs

Options

Induction motor

(4.5)

Motor type

A9M40AT

#187

10

Overview

MARKING

A9M40CT

6W

Reversible motor

(8)

Technical
Information

A9M40DT

Voltage Capacity

(V)
()
1ph100
10.0
1ph110
1ph200
2.5
1ph220
1ph220
2.0
1ph240

Condenser type

DMF-251006

47

19

28

DMF-45255

47

19

28

DMF-45205

38

19

A9R40BT

29
A9R40DT

25W

Related information

60W

A9R40AT

A9R40CT

15W

40W

Motor type

(mm) (mm) (mm)

Selection procedure:

Induction. p. 11,

Reversible. p. 31

Options:

Induction. p. 169,

Reversible. p. 169

Standard specifications:

Induction. p. 10,

Reversible. p. 28

Technical information:

Induction. p. 175,

Reversible. p. 175

90W

80

Voltage Capacity

(V)
()
1ph100
15.0
1ph110
1ph115 12.0
1ph200
3.5
1ph220
1ph220
3.0
1ph240

Condenser type

(mm) (mm) (mm)


DMF-251506

50

25

40

DMF-251206

48

21

33

DMF-45355

48

21

33

DMF-45305

47

19

28

TM

MEMO

81


Overview

Induction

Reversible

90mm

Induction motor
Frame
size
mm sq

Motor Type

Poles

A9M60AHT

Output

Voltage

Frequency

(W)

(V)

60

1ph100
1ph110

A9M60CHT

A9M60DHT

60

60

1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240
3ph200

90

A9M60JHT

60

3ph220

Speed
controller
(Overview)

3ph380
Unit type

3ph400

A9M60KHT

60

3ph415

Socket type

3ph440
Speed
controller
(Induction)
Speed
controller
(Reversible)
Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Frame
size
mm sq

Brake Packs

Motor Type

Poles

Output
(W)

A9R60BHT

4
4

60
60

90

Technical
Information

Overview

6W

A9R60CHT
A9R60DHT

Gear head type:

50Hz

4
4

(A)

(r/min)

(Nm)

(Kgfcm)

50
60
60
50
60
60

1.26
1.37
1.35
0.65
0.70
0.68
0.47
0.50
0.46
0.42
0.46
0.41
0.27
0.24
0.29
0.25
0.27
0.23
0.31
0.25

1300
1550
1600
1300
1550
1600

0.460
0.390
0.380
0.470
0.400
0.390
0.460
0.490
0.460
0.390
0.440
0.390
0.460
0.390
0.470
0.400
0.460
0.380
0.470
0.390

4.60
3.90
3.80
4.70
4.00
3.90
4.60
4.90
4.60
3.90
4.40
3.90
4.60
3.90
4.70
4.00
4.60
3.80
4.70
3.90

50

Cont.

50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60

Cont.
Cont.
Cont.
Cont.
Cont.
Cont.

1300
1300
1550
1350
1600
1300
1550
1300
1550
1350
1600
1350
1600

(Nm)

0.340

3.40

0.480

4.80

0.385

3.85

0.480
0.320
0.390
0.710
0.540
0.860
0.680
0.825
0.650
0.930
0.735
0.995
0.750
1.075
0.840

4.80
3.20
3.90
7.10
5.40
8.60
6.80
8.25
6.50
9.30
7.35
9.95
7.50
10.75
8.40

15.0

4.0

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

3.5

60
60

Voltage Frequency
(V)

1ph100
1ph110
1ph115
1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

(Hz)
50
60
60
60
50
60
60
50

Time
ratiang

30Min.
30Min.
30Min.
30Min.

Rating torque
OverStarting torque
heating Standard Condenser
Current Output speed
Torque
pro(A)
(r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection
(F)
1.40
1250
0.480
4.80
0.600
6.00
25.0
1.60
1550
0.390
3.90
TP
CE
1.60
1600
0.380
3.80
0.700
7.00
1.30
1600
0.390
3.90
0.600
6.00
20.0
TP UL/CE
0.70
1250
0.480
4.80
0.550
5.50
6.0
TP
CE
0.76
1550
0.390
3.90
0.75
1600
0.380
3.80
0.700
7.00
0.63
0.480
4.80
0.590
5.90
1250
5. 0
TP
CE
0.67
0.500
5.00
0.630
6.30

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

Rating torque

40W

Gear head type:

90W

(Hz)

Cont.

Torque

Gear head rating torque table

25W

60W

Output speed

Cont.

Overheating Standard Condenser


pro(Kgfcm) tection
(F)

Starting torque

Current

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.

Frequency

15W

Rating torque
Time
ratiang

Reversible motor

A9R60AHT

Options

Motors with terminal boxes

Motor specification table

Terminal boxes
(Overview)

Electromagnetic
brakes

60

Frequency

50Hz

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

500
1.20
12.2
600
0.95
9.7

417
1.43
14.6
500
1.15
11.7

300
1.99
20.3
360
1.59
16.2

250
2.38
24.3
300
1.90
19.4

200
2.99
30.4
240
2.38
24.3

166
3.58
36.5
200
2.86
29.2

150
3.97
40.5
180
3.18
32.4

120
4.47
45.6
144
3.58
36.5

100
5.37
54.8
120
4.29
43.8

83
6.44
65.7
100
5.16
52.6

75
7.15
73.0
90
5.72
58.4

60
8.09
82.5
72
6.47
66.0

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
9.70
99.0
60
7.76
79.2

41
11.66
119.0
50
9.31
95.0

37
12.94
132.0
45
10.39
106.0

30
16.17
165.0
36
12.94
132.0

25
19.40
198.0
30
15.48
158.0

20
19.60
200.0
24
17.35
177.0

16
19.60
200.0
20
19.60
200.0

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

= in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torgue is 19.60Nm(200kgfcm)
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the
opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

82

100 120 150 180 200


15
19.60
200.0
18
19.60
200.0

12
19.60
200.0
15
19.60
200.0

10
19.60
200.0
12
19.60
200.0

8
19.60
200.0
10
19.60
200.0

7.5
19.60
200.0
9
19.60
200.0

TM

Single
phase

Three
phase

Lead
wire

90mm

Terminal
box

60

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A9 MR 60 T
Gear head type G9B KH
55

55

38
0.1
0

Tap
M510 Depth

15

0.03
0

27.5
34

21

0
15h7 0.018

39

Gear head output shaft detail

25

90

90

18

34
+ 0.5

32

4- 6.5

7
65.5

122.8

104

90

38

226.3

key size
5

27.5 +0.2

0
0.03

.D
P.C

Motors

0
0.03

Table1. Weight
Weight(kg)

Type A9 MR 60 T
8

Industion Motor
Reversible Motor

55

39

55

+ 0.5

.D
P.C
7

32
122.8

4- 6.5

90

G9B3KH
G9B10KH
G9B12.5KH
G9B20KH
G9B25KH
G9B60KH
G9B75KH
G9B200KH

Intermediate gear head

21

TypeG9AXH10
(61)
21
90
+ 0.5

104

83h7

0
0.035

.D
P.C

Intermediate gear head

104

(143.8)

40

Gear head

90

83h7

90

0
0.035

21

4- 6.5

83

2.55
2.60
1.21
1.30
1.40
1.45
0.65

60

Overview

Induction

Reversible

90mm

Motors with terminal boxes

Wiring diagram

Induction motor
A9M60AHT A9M60CHT

Electromagnetic
brakes

CW

A9M60DHT

CCW

A9M60JHT

CW,CCW

CW
1

Terminal boxes
(Overview)

CW

Speed
controller
(Overview)

Black

Brown

White

Gray

CW

White

CCW

Cap

Brown

Cap

CCW

Earth

Black

White

Brown

CW

Black(U)

CW
Cap
CCW

CCW

Black(U)

Red(V)

Black(U)

Red(V)

CW

CW

Earth

White(V)

TP
3

Gray(W)

M
CCW

White(V)

TP
3

Gray(W)

TP
3

Brown(W) T

TP

CCW

Brown(W) T

TP

TP

TP

TP

Earth

Earth

Earth

Earth

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
The motor must be completely stopped before its operation direction can be switched.
If you try to switch the rotation direction while the motor is operating, the attempt may be unsuccessful,
or may take some time

Reversible motor
A9R60AHT A9R60BHT A9R60CHT

A9R60DHT

CW,CCW

CW,CCW

Black

CCW

Black

TP

TP

CW

CW

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

Gray

Earth

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Unit type

Socket type

Black

TP

Black(U)

A9M60KHT

CCW

Earth

White

Gray

CW
Cap
CCW

M
CCW

Earth

White

Brown

CW
Cap
CCW

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Condenser
Brake Packs

Options

Induction motor

(4.5)

A9M60AHT

#187

10

Overview

MARKING

A9M60CHT

6W

Reversible motor

(8)

Technical
Information

A9M60DHT

(V)
()
1ph100
15.0
1ph110
1ph200
4.0
1ph220
1ph220
3.5
1ph240

DMF-251506

50

25

40

DMF-45405

48

21

33

DMF-45355

48

21

33

A9R60BHT

A9R60DHT

25W

Related information

60W

A9R60AHT

A9R60CHT

15W

40W

Motor type

(mm) (mm) (mm)

Selection procedure:

Induction. p. 11,

Reversible. p. 31

Options:

Induction. p. 169,

Reversible. p. 169

Standard specifications:

Induction. p. 10,

Reversible. p. 28

Technical information:

Induction. p. 175,

Reversible. p. 175

90W

84

Voltage Capacity

(V)
()
1ph100
25.0
1ph110
1ph115 20.0
1ph200
6.0
1ph220
1ph220
5.0
1ph240

Condenser type

(mm) (mm) (mm)


DMF-252506

58

36

39

DMF-252006

58

36

39

DMF-45605

50

25

40

DMF-45505

50

25

40

TM

MEMO

85

Overview

Induction

90

90mm

Motor specification table

Reversible

Induction motor

Electromagnetic
brakes

Frame
size
mm sq

Motor Type

(W)

A9M90AHT

Terminal boxes
(Overview)

Output

Poles

90

A9M90CHT

90

A9M90DHT

A9M90JHT

90

1ph100

1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240
3ph200

90

90

3ph220
3ph380

Unit type

3ph400

A9M90KHT

90

3ph415

Socket type

Speed
controller
(Reversible)
Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

3ph440

Frame
size
mm sq

Brake Packs

Motor Type

Poles

Output

Output speed

(A)

(r/min)

(Nm)

(Kgfcm)

1.80
2.00
2.00
0.90
1.00
1.00
0.68
0.72
0.63
0.60
0.63
0.60
0.32
0.30
0.35
0.32
0.33
0.29
0.35
0.31

1300
1550
1600
1300
1550
1600

0.690
0.580
0.560
0.690
0.580
0.560
0.690
0.720
0.690
0.600
0.680
0.570
0.680
0.570
0.690
0.580
0.680
0.570
0.690
0.580

6.90
5.80
5.60
6.90
5.80
5.60
6.90
7.20
6.90
6.00
6.80
5.70
6.80
5.70
6.90
5.80
6.80
5.70
6.90
5.80

Cont.

Cont.

50

Cont.

50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60

Cont.
Cont.
Cont.
Cont.

Cont.
Cont.

Voltage Frequency

(W)
4

90

A9R90BHT

90

A9R90CHT

90

90

Technical
Information

50
60
60
50
60
60

1300
1300
1550
1350
1600
1300
1550
1300
1550
1350
1600
1350
1600

Overheating Standard
pro(Kgfcm) tection

Starting torque

Current

Torque

(Nm)

0.500

5.00

0.570

5.70

0.500

5.00

0.570
0.480
0.520
1.010
0.760
1.250
0.960
1.055
0.820
1.170
0.890
1.200
0.950
1.330
1.050

5.70
4.80
5.20
10.10
7.60
12.50
9.60
10.55
8.20
11.70
8.90
12.00
9.50
13.30
10.50

Condenser
(F)

25.0

6.0

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

TP

CE

5. 0

Reversible motor

A9R90AHT

Options

Rating torque

Voltage Frequency Time


ratiang
(V)
(Hz)

1ph110

Speed
controller
(Overview)

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Motors with terminal boxes

A9R90DHT

90

(V)

1ph100
1ph110
1ph115
1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

(Hz)
50
60
60
60
50
60
60
50

Time
ratiang

30Min.
30Min.
30Min.

30Min.

Rating torque
OverStarting torque
heating Standard Condenser
Current Output speed
Torque
pro(A)
(r/min) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection
(F)
2.10
1200
0.750
7.50
0.650
6.50
TP
CE
30.0
2.25
1500
0.600
6.00
0.650
6.50
2.25
1550
0.580
5.80
0.850
8.50
TP UL/CE
1.80
1550
0.600
6.00
0.800
8.00
25.0
0.90
1200
0.750
7.50
0.650
6.50
7.0
TP
CE
1.00
1500
0.600
6.00
0.650
6.50
1.00
1550
0.580
5.80
0.850
8.50
0.82
0.720
7.20
0.650
6.50
1250
6.0
TP
CE
0.86
0.740
7.40
0.800
8.00

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.

Overview

6W

Gear head rating torque table


Gear head type:
Frequency

15W

50Hz

G9BKH

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

25W

60Hz

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

40W

Gear head type:


60W

90W

Frequency

50Hz

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

417
2.15
21.9
500
1.72
17.5

300
2.98
30.4
360
2.38
24.3

250
3.58
36.5
300
2.86
29.2

200
4.47
45.6
240
3.58
36.5

166
5.36
54.7
200
4.68
43.7

150
5.96
60.8
180
4.76
48.6

120
6.70
68.4
144
5.37
54.8

100
8.05
82.1
120
6.44
65.7

83
9.66
98.6
100
7.72
78.8

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
14.60
149.0
60
11.66
119.0

41
17.44
178.0
50
14.01
143.0

37
19.40
198.0
45
15.48
158.0

30
19.60
200.0
36
19.40
198.0

25
19.60
200.0
30
19.60
200.0

20
19.60
200.0
24
19.60
200.0

16
19.60
200.0
20
19.60
200.0

20

25

75
60
10.78 12.15
110.0 124.0
90
72
8.59 9.70
87.6 99.0

G9BKH

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

3
500
1.78
18.2
600
1.43
14.6

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

100 120 150 180 200


15
19.60
200.0
18
19.60
200.0

in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torgue is 19.60Nm(200kgfcm)
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as
the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

86

12
19.60
200.0
15
19.60
200.0

10
19.60
200.0
12
19.60
200.0

8
19.60
200.0
10
19.60
200.0

7.5
19.60
200.0
9
19.60
200.0

TM

Single
phase

Three
phase

Lead
wire

90mm

Terminal
box

90

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A9 MR 90 HT
Gear head type G9B KH
8

55

55

38
3

0.1
0

Tap
M510 Depth

34

15

27.5

0.03
0

15h7

21

0
0.018

39

Gear head output shaft detail

25

90

90

18

34

+ 0.5

32

7
137.8

65.5

104

4- 6.5

90

38

241.3

key size
5

27.5 +0.2

0
0.03

.D
P.C

0
0.03

Motor
TypeA9 MR 90 HT

Table1. Weight
55

55

Weight(kg)
Induction motor
Reversible motor

21

39

+0.5

.D
P.C

4- 6.5

32

104

90

Intermediate gear head


Type: G9BXH10H
(61)
21
90

G9B3KH
G9B10KH
G9B12.5KH
G9B20KH
G9B25KH
G9B60KH
G9B75KH
G9B200KH

Intermediate gear head

(158.8)

40

21

137.8

Gear head

90

83h7

90

0
0.035

+ 0.5

104

83h7

0
0.035

.D
P.C

4- 6.5

87

3.05
3.10
1.21
1.30
1.40
1.45
0.65

90

Overview

Induction

Reversible

90mm

Motors with terminal boxes

Wiring diagram

Induction motor
A9M90AHT A9M90CHT

Electromagnetic
brakes

CW

A9M90DHT

CCW

A9M90JHT

CW,CCW

CW
1

Black

Black

Black

CW

Brown

Gray

CW

White

Brown

Black(U)

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.
The motor must be completely stopped before its operation direction can be switched.
If you try to switch the rotation direction while the motor is operating, the attempt may be unsuccessful, or may take some time

Speed
controller
(Overview)

Reversible motor

White

Gray

Earth

Cap

CCW

Earth

White

Brown

CW
Cap
CCW

White(V)

TP

A9R90AHT A9R90BHT A9R90CHT

A9R90DHT

CW,CCW

CW,CCW

Black

M
CCW

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Red(V)

Black(U)

Gray(W)

CCW

White(V)

TP
3

Gray(W)

TP

Red(V)

CCW

Brown(W) T

TP
3

Brown(W) T

TP

TP

TP

Earth

Earth

Earth

Black

CW

CW

Socket type

Black(U)

TP

TP

CCW

TP
Earth

Unit type

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

CCW

Cap

Earth

S
CW

Terminal boxes
(Overview)

Black(U)

CW

CW

TP

A9M90KHT

CCW

Earth

White

Gray

CW
Cap
CCW

M
CCW

Earth

White

Brown

CW
Cap
CCW

Rotation directions are the directions as viewed from the end of the motor shaft.

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Condenser
Brake Packs

Options

Fig1

Induction motor

Reversible motor

(8)

Technical
Information

(4.5)

#187

MARKING

10

Overview

6W

Voltage

Capacity

(V)
1ph100
A9M90AHT
1ph110
1ph200
A9M90CHT
1ph220
1ph220
A9M90DHT
1ph240

()

Motor type

Condenser type

25.0

DMF-252506

58

36

39

6.0

DMF-45605

50

25

40

5.0

Motor type

(mm) (mm) (mm)

DMF-45505

50

25

40

A9R90AHT
A9R90BHT
A9R90CHT
A9R90DHT

Voltage Capacity

(V)
1ph100
1ph110
1ph115
1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

Condenser type

()
30.0

(mm) (mm) (mm)


DAL-253006

40

65

25.0

DMF-252506

58

36

39

7.0

DMF-45705

50

25

40

6.0

DMF-45605

50

25

Refor

15W

40
to Fig2

Fig2
W

25W
#187

10

40W

Related information
MARKING

60W

90W

88

Selection procedure:

Induction. p. 11,

Reversible. p. 31

Options:

Induction. p. 169,

Reversible. p. 169

Standard specifications:

Induction. p. 10,

Reversible. p. 28

Technical information:

Induction. p. 175,

Reversible. p. 175

TM

Speed controllers

TM

Overview of speed controllers

P.90

Unit-type speed controllers

P.95

Socket-type speed control motors

P.113

89

Overview

Overview

Speed controllers

Induction

Reversible

Overview of speed controllers(Characteristics)

Electromagnetic
brakes

1. Speed controllers characteristics

Speed controller
(Overview)

Terminal
boxes

Speed control switch makes it easy to regulate wide range of speeds (50 Hz: 90 to 1,400 r/min, 60 Hz: 90 to 1,700 r/min).
Speed controllers come with a built-in TG (tachogenerator), and are designed to enable feedback control. The motor
speed won't change even if the power frequency changes.
On speed control motors with electromagnetic brakes, the instant stop function and electromagnetic brake are both driven
by the controller, enabling a powerful braking force. Since the brakes are de-energizing electromagnetic brakes, the load
is stored when the power is shut off.

2. Operation characteristics
Don't let the motor casing surface temperature of a speed control motor exceed 90C during operation.

Unit type

Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)
Speed
controller
(Reversible)
Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Fig1. shows the N-T characteristic of a speed control motor, with operation limit lines. The operation limit lines indicate the
torque limit (operation limit torque) for continuous operation (30-minute operation for reversible motors). This limit has
been set to keep the motor casing temperature below 90. The formula below provides a rough estimate of temperature.

TM (T1200 - T90) x (NL - 90)/1,110 + T90


TM
:
NL
:
T1200 :
T90
:

Equivalent transmitted torque converted to motor shaft torque (N m)


Motor's minimum speed (r/min)
Operation limit torque at 1,200 RPM (N m)
Operation limit torque at 90 RPM (N m)

Note that when the motor is operated at speed settings, the motor speed decreases slightly when the load increases.
Brake Packs
50Hz

Maximum torgue

60Hz

Operation limit line50Hz


Operation limit line60Hz

Technical
Information

Overview

Torque(Nm)

Options
200
150
100
50

6W

0 90 200

500

1000

1500

1800

Motor output speed(r/min)

15W

Fig. N-T characteristic of a speed control motors

3. Principle of speed controllers


25W

40W

Speed control motors are comprised of the closed loop shown in Fig2. Voltage set by the speed control switch is
compared to voltage detected by the tachogenerator, and the power voltage is controlled (primary voltage control)
to eliminate the voltage difference, maintaining the motor speed at the set value.
Motor

60W

90W

Tachogenerator

Condenser

Comparison amplifier

Speed controllers

Voltage controllers

1
Speed control swich
Power source

Fig2. Principle of speed controllers


90

TM

Single
phase

Three
phase

Lead
wire

Overview

Terminal
box

Overview of speed controllers(Selection procedure)


Select type of speed controllers
Unit-type
Variable speed only (instant braking not needed)
Instant braking needed (parallel operation possible)

Socket-type

See P. 95

Contact CC

Can't be used

See P. 113

CC: Call center

Determine equivalent transmitted torque


Determine service factor (SF)

P.92

Actual torque transmitted by gear


motor's slow speed shaft (Nm)

Determine equivalent transmitted torque e S.F.

Te: Equivalent transmitted torque (Nm)

Make initial model selection


Determine reduction ratio

Make initial gear head selection

Gear head efficiency. See Table 5 on p. 180.

A : Output shaft's minimum speed (r/min)


B : Output shaft's maximum speed (r/min)
Tout: Allowable torque of gear head (Nm)

1300

Select model for which Te Tout

Determine motor shaft's maximum


speed and minimum speed

Convert equivalent transmitted


torque to motor shaft torque
Check motor temperature rise

Select the gear head one size larger

e100

Operate motor so that its housing surface temperature


doesn't exceed 90!!C. The formula below provides an
estimate of operation limit torque.
TM (T1200 - T90) x (NL - 90)/1,110 + T90

NL : Motor's minimum speed (r/min)


NH : Motor's maximum speed (r/min)
: Gear head efficiency. See Table 5 on p. 180.
TM : Te converted to motor shaft torque (Nm)
T1200: Operation limit torque at 1,200 r/min (Nm)
T90 : Operation limit torque at 90 r/min (Nm)

Check motor's starting torque

Convert equivalent transmitted torque to motor shaft torque 0.8


Check motor starting torque

TMS must be no more than the starting


torque in the selection table

TMS: Motor starting torque (Nm)


0.8 : Safety coefficient for ensuring
starting torque

Check load inertia


Calculate load's moment of inertia

See p. 92 for how to make the calculation

Convert it to motor shaft moment of inertia

JM = J/i2 (when reduction ratio is less than 50)


JM = J/502 (when reduction ratio is 50 or more)

Check allowable load inertia

J : Load's moment of inertia (kgm2)


JM: Converted motor shaft's moment
of inertia (kgm2)

JM must be no more than the allowable value


of the load's moment of inertia given on p. 12

Check radial load

Calculate radial load

Check radial load

r f..

Pr must be no more than the output shaft's


allowable radial load given in Table 7 on p.
181

Select model, dimensions

Select model

Model specifications are given in the 'Model'


column on the relevant page

Check dimensions in diagram

Dimensions are shown in the diagram on the


relevant page

91

Pr
Cf
SF
R

: Shaft radial load (N)


: Load connection factor
: Service factor
: Pitch (radius of circle) of sprocket, gear,
pulley or other drive component (m)
Pro : Output shaft's allowable radial load (N)

Overview

Overview

Speed controllers

Induction

Reversible

Overview of speed controllers (Service factor)

Electromagnetic
brakes

Terminal
boxes

Service factor (S. F. )

Speed controller
(Overview)

Service factors are designed for 8 hours of per day with a uniform load.
Table 2. Service factor (S. F. )
Load
condition
Uniform load

Operation
time

Up to 8 hours/day
1

Continuous load in one direction

1.5

Moderate shock load

Frequent changes of motor direction

Shock load

Applications

Instant changes of motor direction/stops

Unit type

Shaft radial load and thrust load


Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)
Speed
controller
(Reversible)
Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Brake Packs

Calculate the shaft radial load when attaching a chain sprocket or pulley.
The shaft radial load is calculated by the formula below. It must be smaller than the
allowable radial load of the output shaft given table 7 on P.181.
Shaft radial load (Pr) =

P f..

[]

P : Actual torque transmitted by slow speed shaft (Nm)


Cf : Load connection factor (see Table 3)
R : Pitch (radius of circle) of sprocket, gear, pulley or other drive component (m)
Table 3. Load connection factor (Cf)

Options

Technical
Information

Overview

Type of connection
Chain
Gear
Pulley

f
1
1.25
1.5

Load moment of inertia

6W

15W

The converted motor shaft load moment of inertia is calculated by the following formula:
i : Reduction ratio
J : Load moment of inertia (kgm2)
JM = J/i2 (when reduction ratio is less than 50)
2
JM = J/50 (when reduction ratio is 50 or more) JM : Converted motor shaft load moment of inertia (kgm2)

25W

40W

60W

90W

Note that if the motor is used with a load moment of inertia exceeding the corresponding
allowable valbe(given table4.)gears and bearings will quickly become damaged.

Table 4. Allowable values for converted motor shaft load moment of inertia (10-4 kgm2)
Motor size
A606
A715
A825
A940
A960
A990

Motor power (W)


6
15
25
40
60
90

1ph
0.05
0.15
0.30
0.75
1.00
1.00

92

in motor size indicates motor type


U : Unit type
HM : Socket type Induction
HR : Socket type Reversible
HR : Socket type W/Electromagnetic brake

TM

Single
phase

Three
phase

Lead
wire

Overview

Terminal
box

Overview of speed controllers (Moment of inertia)


Calculation of moment of inertia J
(1) Moment of inertia of rotating motion
Rotating center meets gravity center

Rotating center dosen't meets gravity center


Rm
Dm

1
J= 8 MD2kgm2

Dm
Mkg

bm

( 12 D +4R ) kgm

J=

M
4

( a +b
3 +4R )kgm

Rm

J=

1
MD2+d2
kgm2
8

am
Mkg

bm

am
Mkg

M
4

Mkg

Dm
dm
Mkg

J=

J=

cm

1
Ma2+b2
kgm2
12

J=

1
M4L2+C2
kgm2
12

Mkg
Lm

(2) Moment of inertia of rectilinear motion


Vm/min

Dm

General motion

J= M
4

( VNs ) = M4 D

J= M
4

( M +M
2

kgm2

Nsr/min
M3kg

Horizontal motion
by conveyor

Dm

Vm/min

M1kg

M2kg
Nsr/min

Dm

+M3+M4 D2

kgm2

M4kg
Vm/min

Horizontal motion
by screw

Mkg

V
J= M
Ns
4

Nsr/min

) = M4 ( P )

kgm2

ReadP(m/rev)
Nsr/min
M2kg

Vertical motion
by winch

Dm

M1D2 1
+ M2 D2
4
8

J=

Vm/min

M1kg

(3) Calculation of moment of inertia at defferent rotating speeds


J

Ns1(r/min)
Ns2(r/min)

J =
Load moment of inertia

93

Ns2

(N )J
s1

kgm2

MEMO

94

TM

Unit-type speed control motors


Unit-type speed control motors

Gear head and induction motor are sold separately.

Product sets consisting of special motors, and


unit-type speed controllers that can adjust the
motor speed
Controllers and special motors can be easily
wired using special wiring.
Speed range:
50 Hz: 90 to 1,400 r/min
60 Hz: 90 to 1,700 r/min
Motors are induction motors with built-in
tachogenerators (TG).
Motors stop naturally using load torque.
Motors can't be stopped instantly.
Motor must be completely stopped before
motor operation direction can be switched.
Time rating: Continuous
Built-in condenser (except for than 60/90 W,
100 V class products).

TM

95

6W

P.100

15W

P.102

25W

P.104

40W

P.106

60W

P.108

90W

P.110

Overview

Overview

Unit-type speed control motors

Induction motors

Induction

Overview of unit-type speed control motors (Specifications)


Reversible

Table 1. Unit-type speed control motors standard specifications


Electromagnetic
brakes

Induction motors
Single-phase motor

Item
Capacity range 6W90W 4poles

Terminal
boxes

Protection method 6W40WIP23 Totally enclosed non ventilated

Speed
controller
(Overview)

Enclosure

60WIP20 Totally enclosed fan cooled type

Power source 200V 50/60Hz220V 60Hz

220240V 50Hz

Insulation

Time rating

CE Marking, Class E120

Motor

Unit type
(Overview)

100V 50/60Hz110V 60Hz

Continuous

Starting method Condenser running

Socket type

6W40WMotor 3 wires UL Style 3266 20AWG, TG 2 wires UL Style 1007 22AWG


Speed
controller
(Induction)

Lead wires
60WMotor 3 wires UL Style 3266 20AWG, TG 2 wires UL Style 1007 22AWG,
(with connector)
Fan 2 wires UL Style 3266 20AWG

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

Speed controller
(Electro-magnetic brake)

Brake Packs

At least 100M when measured with a 500V DC meager between the motor coil and case at normal
temperature and humidity after motor has reached rated torque.
Normal function when a 1500V,50/60Hz current is applied between the motor coil and case for 1 minute
at normal temperature and humidity after the motor has reached rated torque.
The temperature of motor surface should be no more than 90 when measured by the pre scribed
method after the motor has reached rated torque.

At least 100M when measured with a 500V DC meager between Input and FG terminals.

Withstand
voltage

1500V,50/60Hz current is applied between Input and FG terminals for 1 minute.


Grease lubrication. Grease is loaded at shipment.

Astero silver

Locations

IndoorsMinimal dust and humidity

Temperature

-1040

Humidity

Under 85

Elevation

Under 1,000m

Atmosphere

Well ventilated location, free of corrosive gases, explosive gases, vapors and dust.

Controller

Insulation
resistance
Insulation withstand
voltage
Temperature
rise
Overheating
protector (TP)
Insulation
resistance

6W

Gear

CE Marking (Low voltage direction)

Lubrication
method

15W

Paint

Options

Standard

Color

Technical
Information

Overview

40W

60W

Ambient conditions

25W

Built in thermal protectauto restore typeRelease:1205, Restore:775

90W

96

TM

Single
phase

Three
phase

Lead
wire

Overview

Terminal
box

Overview of unit-type speed control motors (Characteristics)


1. Characteristics of unit-type speed controllers
Unit-type speed controllers are a unit product containing a controller and motor. The controller and motor can be
connected in a single operation, without the need for separate connections. The motor speed is easily adjusted using the
externally attached speed volume. Components such as the speed control circuit, motor condenser and speed volume are
attached to the controller (some models have built-in condenser). Unit-type speed controllers have no instant stop function.
The separately-sold extension cords can be used to control motor speed with the motor and controller up to 2.0 meters
apart.

2. How to use
1) Operation
The controller and motor lead wires are connected by connectors. The plug cord connects to the AC power supply. At the
time of factory shipment, the controller is connected so that the motor shaft turns clockwise (as seen from the motor's
output shaft) when the controller's RUN/STOP switch is set to RUN.
2) Speed adjustment
The speed is adjusted using the speed volume on the controller. The motor speed can be adjusted between 90 and 1,400
RPM for 50 Hz operation, and between 90 and 1,700 RPM for 60 Hz operation.
3) Stop
Setting the controller's RUN/STOP switch to STOP stops the motor. Since this switch doesn't turn the power ON/OFF, a
separate power switch should be installed and turned OFF to stop the motor for extended periods.

'ON' RED
SPEED CONTROL UNIT

1
2

SPEED VOLUME

3
4
5
6

RUN/STOP

AC
AC

POWER
SOURCE

FG
COM
CCW CW: COM CW
CCW: COM CCW
CW

7
8

SPEED OUT

SEMI SPEED VOLUME


Fig 1.Front view of unit-type speed controllers

Fig 2.Side view of unit-type speed controllers

97

Overview

Unit-type speed control motors

Overview

Induction motors

Induction

Overview of unit-type speed control motors (Characteristics)


Reversible

Electromagnetic
brakes

Terminal
boxes

Unit type
(Overview)

Speed
controller
(Overview)

Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

Speed controller
(Electro-magnetic brake)

1.6~40W Class100 & 200V


60~90W Class 200V

4) Switching the operation direction (Fig 3)


Connect the power supply to AC and AC . Always
turn the power OFF before making
the connections.
Continuous single-direction operation
Clockwise operation: Short the COM and CW
terminals.
Counterclockwise operation: Short the COM and
CCW terminals.
Switching the operation direction
To switch the operation direction, install the power
switch (SW1) and forward/reverse operation switch
(SW2) as shown in Fig3. You can't switch between
forward and reverse operation instantly. Turn off the
power switch (SW1), then operate the
forward/reverse
operation switch (SW2) after the motor has stopped
completely.

2.60~90W Class100V

5) External speed display


and are the motor speed output terminals.
Connect them to a 10 VAC display with a 2,000 r/min
display capacity.

Brake Packs

Options

Technical
Information

Overview

Fig 3.Rear view of unit-type speed controllers


6W

15W

3. Attaching the unit


25W
Panel of equipment
2-M4 Screw

40W

+0.2

90

81

+1
0

60W

90W

53

+1
0

Controller

98

TM

Single
phase

Three
phase

Lead
wire

Overview

Terminal
box

Overview of unit-type speed control motors (Dimensions)


4. Dimensions
640WClass 100 & 200V
6090WClass 200V
(International condenser type)

(98)

60
(8)

51.5

SPEED CONTROL UNIT

5
6

FG
COM

RUN

STOP

7
8

HIGH

LOW

CCW CW: COM CW


CCW: COM CCW
CW

90

80

POWER
SOURCE

100

AC

90

AC

100

SPEED OUT

76

1.5
3

GREEN

6090WClass 200V
(External condenser type)
(98)

60
(8)

51.5

SPEED CONTROL UNIT

1
2
3
80

4
5
6

AC
AC

POWER
SOURCE

FG
COM

LOW

STOP

7
8

SPEED OUT

76

GREEN

HIGH

CCW CW: COM CW


CCW: COM CCW
CW

1.5
3

YELLOW

wires for Condenser

99

RUN

Overview

Induction

Unit-type speed control motors

60mm

Induction motors

Motor specification table

Reversible

Electromagnetic
brakes

Terminal
boxes
Speed
controller
(Overview)

Frame
Output Voltage Frequency
size Motor Type Controller Type Poles
mm sq
(W)
(V)
(Hz)
50
1ph100
4
6
60
A6U06A
CAU06A
60
1ph110
50
1ph200
60
4
6
60
A6U06C
CAU06C
60
1ph220

CAU06D

Unit type
(Overview)

A6U06D

1ph220
1ph240

50

Time
ratiang

Cont.

Cont.

Cont.

Allowable torque
At 1200r/min
At 90r/min

Speed range

(r/min)
90-1400
90-1700
90-1700
90-1400
90-1700
90-1700

(Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm)

90-1400

Overheating Standard Condenser


pro(Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection
(F)
Starting torque

0.045

0.45

0.028

0.28

0.040

0.40

0.050

0.50

0.030

0.30

0.050

0.50

0.045

0.45

0.028

0.28

0.040

0.40

0.050
0.055
0.065

0.50
0.55
0.65

0.030

0.30

0.029

0.29

0.050
0.045
0.055

0.50
0.45
0.55

ZP

CE

2.5

ZP

CE

0.7

ZP

CE

0.7

To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Gear head rating torque table


Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)
Speed
controller
(Reversible)
Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Gear head type:


Frequency

50Hz

G6D

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

500
0.13
1.3
600
0.10
1.0

417
0.15
1.5
500
0.13
1.3

300
0.21
2.1
360
0.17
1.7

250
0.26
2.6
300
0.21
2.1

200
0.31
3.2
240
0.26
2.6

166
0.38
3.9
200
0.30
3.1

150
0.42
4.3
180
0.34
3.5

120
0.53
5.4
144
0.43
4.4

100
0.63
6.4
120
0.51
5.2

83
0.76
7.7
100
0.62
6.3

75
0.76
7.7
90
0.62
6.3

60
0.95
9.7
72
0.76
7.8

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
1.14
11.6
60
0.92
9.4

41
1.36
13.9
50
1.11
11.3

37
1.52
15.5
45
1.24
12.6

30
1.72
17.5
36
1.39
14.2

25
2.06
21.0
30
1.67
17.0

20
2.57
26.2
24
2.09
21.3

16
2.94
30.0
20
2.50
25.5

Brake Packs

Gear head type:


Options

Technical
Information

Frequency

50Hz

G6D

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

Overview

6W

15W

60Hz

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

100 120 150 180 200


15
2.94
30.0
18
2.78
28.4

12
2.94
30.0
15
2.94
30.0

10
2.94
30.0
12
2.94
30.0

8
2.94
30.0
10
2.94
30.0

7.5
2.94
30.0
9
2.94
30.0

in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 30 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 1.96 Nm (20 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 30 and 40, and 2.94 Nm (30 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

25W

40W

60W

90W

100

TM

Three
phase

Lead
wire

60mm

Terminal
box

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A6U06
Gear head type G6 D
147.8(157.8)
30(40)

75

32

Table1

60
+0.5

D
P.C.

NTROL MO
D CO
T
EE

HEA

V Y IN

T
DUS

RI

24

4.5

10

59.5

46.7

TO

S,

MI

Lt

d.

SU

MO

70

OR

SP

8h7

6.5

0
0.015

10.8

,
22 30

(300)

Gear head output shaft detail

Table1. Gear head length


Gear head size

Length (mm)

G63D G618D
G620D G6200D

30
40

Table2. Weight
Weight(kg)
Motor

Gear head

12

0
0.1

32

G63D
G618D
G620D
G640D
G650D
G6200D

Intermediate gear head

Motor

(98.5)
12.7

75

10.8

TypeG6XH10

6.5

60

+0.5

D
P.C.

54h7

46.7

59.5
TO

S,

MI

Lt

d.

SU

MO

HEA

V Y IN D U S

TR

70

0
0.030

NTROL MO
D CO
T
EE

OR

SP

IE

4.5

,
22 30

Lead wires length 300mm


MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20
T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22

(300)

Intermediate gear head


Type: G6XH10
(38.7)
26

60

12.7

+0.5

70

0
0.030

D
P.C.

54h7

Single
phase

Related information
Selection procedure: p. 91
4

4.5

Options: Induction. p. 169


Standard specifications: p. 96
Technical information: p. 175

101

0.76
0.24
0.30
0.33
0.18

Overview

Induction

15

Unit-type speed control motors

70mm

Induction motors

Motor specification table

Reversible

Electromagnetic
brakes

Terminal
boxes
Speed
controller
(Overview)

Frame
Output Voltage Frequency
size Motor Type Controller Type Poles
mm sq
(W)
(V)
(Hz)
50
1ph100
4
15
60
CAU15A
A7U15A
60
1ph110
50
1ph200
70
4
15
60
A7U15C CAU15C
60
1ph220

Unit type
(Overview)

A7U15D

CAU15D

15

1ph220
1ph240

50

Time
ratiang

Cont.

Cont.

Cont.

Allowable torque

Speed range

(r/min)
90-1400
90-1700
90-1700
90-1400
90-1700
90-1700

(Nm)
0.100
0.080
0.125
0.100
0.080
0.125
0.100
0.120

90-1400

Overheating Standard Condenser


pro(Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection
(F)
1.00
0.030
0.30
0.079
0.79
5.0
0.80
TP
CE
1.25
0.045
0.45
0.095
0.95
1.00
0.080
0.80
0.030
0.30
1. 2
0.079
0.79
0.80
TP
CE
1.25
0.045
0.45
0.095
0.95
1.00
0.070
0.70
0. 9
TP
CE
0.035
0.35
1.20
0.085
0.85

At 1200r/min

Starting torque

At 90r/min

To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Gear head rating torque table


Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Gear head type:


Frequency

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

50Hz

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

G7K

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

Rating torque

Brake Packs

Options

Technical
Information

Gear head type:


Frequency

50Hz

6W

15W

60Hz

Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

500
0.31
3.2
600
0.29
3.0

417
0.38
3.9
500
0.35
3.6

300
0.53
5.4
360
0.50
5.1

250
0.64
6.5
300
0.60
6.1

200
0.79
8.1
240
0.75
7.6

166
0.95
9.7
200
0.89
9.1

150
1.06
10.8
180
0.99
10.1

120
1.32
13.5
144
1.25
12.7

100
1.59
16.2
120
1.49
15.2

83
1.90
19.4
100
1.79
18.2

75
1.90
19.4
90
1.79
18.2

60
2.37
24.2
72
2.24
22.8

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
2.85
29.1
60
2.68
27.3

41
3.42
34.9
50
3.22
32.8

37
3.81
38.8
45
3.58
36.5

30
4.28
43.6
36
4.02
41.0

25
4.90
50.0
30
4.83
49.2

20
4.90
50.0
24
4.90
50.0

16
4.90
50.0
20
4.90
50.0

G7K

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

Overview

r/min

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

100 120 150 180 200


15
4.90
50.0
18
4.90
50.0

12
4.90
50.0
15
4.90
50.0

10
4.90
50.0
12
4.90
50.0

8
4.90
50.0
10
4.90
50.0

7.5
4.90
50.0
9
4.90
50.0

in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 25 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 3.92 Nm (40 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 25 and 40, and 4.90 Nm (50 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

25W

40W

60W

90W

102

TM

Three
phase

Lead
wire

70mm

Terminal
box

15

Dimensions
Gear motors
32(42)

80

10.8

70
+0.5

D
P.C.

NTROL M
OT

69

82

SU

MO

ES

MI

,Lt

d.

15

30

46.7

OR

SP

D CO

32

Table1

EE

0
0.015

154.8(164.8)

10h7

Motor type A7U15


Gear head type G7 K

HEA

V Y IN D U

I
TR

5.5

,
22 30

(300)

Table1. Gear head length

Gear head output shaft detail key size


25

0
0.03

0.1
0

0
0.03

2.5

0.2

Table2. Weight

Gear head size

Length(mm)

G73K G718K
G720K G7200K

32
42

Weight(kg)
Motor
Gear head

25

0.03
0

10

32

23

G73K
G718K
G720K
G740K
G750K
G7200K

Intermediate gear head

Motor

(104.2)
80

10.8

TypeA7U15

13.4

HEA

ST

69
T

MO

ES

MI

,Lt

d.

SU

V Y IN D U

P.C.
D

82 +0.5

64h7

NTROL M
OT

46.7

D CO

OR

EE

70

0
0.030

SP

RI

5.5

,
22 30

Lead wires length 300mm


(300)

MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20


T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22

Intermediate gear head


Type: G7XH10
(43.4)
30

13.4

70

+ 0.5

82

0
0.030

D
P.C.
64h7

Single
phase

5.5

Related information
Selection procedure: p. 91
Options: Induction. p. 169
Standard specifications: p. 96
Technical information: p. 175

103

1.12
0.38
0.47
0.52
0.32


Overview

Induction

25

Unit-type speed control motors

80mm

Induction motors

Motor specification table

Reversible

Electromagnetic
brakes

Terminal
boxes
Speed
controller
(Overview)

Frame
Output Voltage Frequency
size Motor Type Controller Type Poles
mm sq
(W)
(V)
(Hz)
50
1ph100
25
4
60
A8U25A CAU25A
60
1ph110
50
1ph200
80
25
4
60
A8U25C CAU25C
60
1ph220

CAU25D

Unit type
(Overview)

A8U25D

25

1ph220
1ph240

50

Time
ratiang

Cont.

Cont.

Cont.

Allowable torque
At 1200r/min
At 90r/min

Speed range

(r/min)
90-1400
90-1700
90-1700
90-1400
90-1700
90-1700

(Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm)


0.160
1.60
0.100
0.055
0.55
0.104
0.150
1.50
0.200
2.00
0.050
0.50
0.122
0.160
1.60
0.100
0.055
0.55
0.104
0.150
1.50
0.200
2.00
0.050
0.50
0.122
0.190
1.90
0.135
0.047
0.47
0.200
2.00
0.162

90-1400

Overheating Standard Condenser


pro(Kgfcm) tection
(F)
1.00
1.04
6.0
TP
CE
1.22
1.00
1.04
1.5
TP
CE
1.22
1.35
1.5
TP
CE
1.62

Starting torque

To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Gear head rating torque table


Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)
Speed
controller
(Reversible)
Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Gear head type:


Frequency

50Hz

G8K

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

Rating torque

Brake Packs

Gear head type:


Options

Frequency

Technical
Information

50Hz

Overview

60Hz

15W

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

500
0.52
5.3
600
0.43
4.4

417
0.63
6.4
500
0.51
5.2

300
0.87
8.9
360
0.72
7.3

250
1.05
10.7
300
0.85
8.7

200
1.31
13.4
240
1.07
10.9

166
1.57
16.0
200
1.28
13.1

150
1.74
17.8
180
1.43
14.6

120
2.19
22.3
144
1.78
18.2

100
2.62
26.7
120
2.15
21.9

83
3.15
32.1
100
2.57
26.2

75
3.15
32.1
90
2.58
26.3

60
3.94
40.2
72
3.22
32.9

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
4.72
48.2
60
3.86
39.4

41
5.66
57.8
50
4.64
47.3

37
6.29
64.2
45
5.16
52.6

30
7.12
72.6
36
5.82
59.4

25
7.84
80.0
30
6.99
71.3

20
7.84
80.0
24
7.84
80.0

16
7.84
80.0
20
7.84
80.0

G8K

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

6W

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

100 120 150 180 200


15
7.84
80.0
18
7.84
80.0

12
7.84
80.0
15
7.84
80.0

10
7.84
80.0
12
7.84
80.0

8
7.84
80.0
10
7.84
80.0

7.5
7.84
80.0
9
7.84
80.0

in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 25 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 5.88 Nm (60 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 25 and 40, and 7.84 Nm (80 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

25W

40W

60W

90W

104

TM

Three
phase

Lead
wire

80mm

Terminal
box

25

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A8U25
Gear head type G8 K

32(42.5)

NTROL M
OT

HEA

T
DUS

10h7

,Lt

V Y IN

94

ES

MI

MO

+0.5

D
P.C.
34

d.

SU

80

15

D CO

32

Table1

79.5
46.7

EE

OR

SP

0
0.015

159.8(170.3)
85

10.8

RI

5.5
,

22 30
(300)

0.1
0

25 +0.2

Table1. Gear head length

0
0.03

2.5

Key size
4

0
0.03

Gear head size

Length (mm)

G83K G818K
G820K G8200K

32
42.5

Table2. Weight
Weight(kg)
Motor
Gear head

25

0.03
0

10

32

Gear head output shaft detail

23

G83K
G818K
G820K
G840K
G850K
G8200K

Intermediate gear head


(109.4)

Motor
TypeA8U25

d.

,Lt
ES

HEA

V Y IN D U

ST

P.C
.D

94 +0.5

73h7

79.5

46.7

OR

MI

MO

80

0
0.030

NTR
D CO OL MOT
EE

SU
O

13.6

85

10.8

SP

RI

5.5 HOLE
,

22 30
Lead wires length 300mm
(300)

MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20


T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22

Intermediate gear head


Type: GBXH10
(45.6)
32

80

13.6
2

+0.5

0
0.030

P.C.D

94

73h7

Single
phase

5.5

Related information
Selection procedure: p. 91
Options: Induction. p. 169
Standard specifications: p. 96
Technical information: p. 175

105

1.60
0.43
0.57
0.61
0.43

40

Overview

Induction

Unit-type speed control motors

90mm

Induction motors

Motor specification table

Reversible

Electromagnetic
brakes

Frame
Output Voltage Frequency
size Motor Type Controller Type Poles
mm sq
(W)
(V)
(Hz)
50
1ph100
4
40
60
A9U40A
CAU40A
60
1ph110
50
1ph200
90
4
40
60
A9U40C CAU40C
60
1ph220

Terminal
boxes
Speed
controller
(Overview)

CAU40D

Unit type
(Overview)

A9U40D

40

1ph220
1ph240

50

Speed range

Time
ratiang

Cont.

Cont.

Cont.

(r/min)
90-1400
90-1700
90-1700
90-1400
90-1700
90-1700
90-1400

Allowable torque
Starting torque
At 1200r/min
At 90r/min
(Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm)
0.270
2.70
0.057
0.57
0.200
2.00
0.240
2.40
0.300
3.00
0.070
0.70
0.241
2.41
0.270
2.70
0.057
0.57
0.200
2.00
0.240
2.40
0.300
3.00
0.070
0.70
0.241
2.41
0.300
3.00
0.181
1.81
0.063
0.63
0.320
3.20
0.212
2.12

Overheating Standard Condenser


protection
(F)
TP

CE

10.0

TP

CE

2.5

TP

CE

2.0

To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Gear head rating torque table


Socket type

Gear head type:


Frequency

Speed
controller
(Induction)

50Hz

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

G9AK

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

60Hz

Brake Packs

Gear head type:


Frequency

Options

50Hz
Technical
Information

Overview

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

500
0.81
8.3
600
0.67
6.8

417
0.97
9.9
500
0.80
8.2

300
1.35
13.8
360
1.11
11.3

250
1.62
16.5
300
1.33
13.6

200
2.03
20.7
240
1.67
17.0

166
2.43
24.8
200
2.00
20.4

150
2.70
27.5
180
2.23
22.7

120
3.37
34.4
144
2.78
28.4

100
4.05
41.3
120
3.33
34.0

83
4.86
49.6
100
4.00
40.8

75
4.86
49.6
90
4.01
40.9

60
6.09
62.1
72
5.01
51.1

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
7.30
74.5
60
6.01
61.3

41
8.76
89.4
50
7.21
73.6

37
9.73
99.3
45
8.02
81.8

G9AK

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

6W

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

100 120 150 180 200

30
25
20
16
15
12
10
8
7.5
9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80
100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
36
30
24
20
18
15
12
10
9
9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80
100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0

=in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 9.80Nm(100kgfcm).
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

15W

Condenser
25W

40W

60W

90W

106

TM

Three
phase

Lead
wire

90mm

Terminal
box

40

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A9U40
Gear head type G9A K
105

V Y IN D U

ST

18

46.7

,Lt

HEA

104

ES

MI

MO

+0.5

D
P.C.
36

d.

SU

90

12h7

Table1

NTROL M
OT

87.5

SP

D CO

OR

EE

32

42(60)
7

0
0.018

189.8(207.8)
10.8

RI

6.5
,

22 30

(300)

Key size

0.1
0

25 +0.2

Table1. Gear head length

0
0.03

2.5

0
0.03

Gear head size

Length(mm)

G9A3KG9A18K
G9A20KG9A200K

42
60

Table2. Weight
Weight(kg)
Motor
Gear head

25

0.03
0

12

32

Gear head output shaft detail

23

G9A3K
G9A18K
G9A20K
G9A40K
G9A50K
G9A200K

Intermediate gear head

Motor

90

(134.3)
10.8

TypeA9U40

18.5

105
7

4- 6.5

2
+0.5

ST

0
0.035

HEA

MO

ES

MI

,Lt

d.

SU
O

V Y IN D U

104

83h7

NTROL M
OT

46.7

D CO

OR

EE

87.5

.D
P.C
SP

RI

4- 6.5

,
22 30

Lead wires length 300mm


(300)

MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20


T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22

Intermediate gear head


Type: G9AXH10
(55.5)
37

90

18.5
2

+0.5

0
0.035

P.C. D

104

83h7

Single
phase

6.5

Related information
Selection procedure: p. 91
Options: Induction. p. 169
Standard specifications: p. 96
Technical information: p. 175

107

2.42
0.73
1.03
1.13
0.60

60

Overview

Induction

Unit-type speed control motors

90mm

Induction motors

Motor specification table

Reversible

Electromagnetic
brakes

Frame
size Motor Type
mm sq

Terminal
boxes

Controller Type Poles

Output Voltage Frequency


(W)

A9U60AH

CAU60A

60

(V)

1ph100
1ph110

Speed
controller
(Overview)

90

A9U60CH

Unit type
(Overview)

A9U60DH

CAU60C
CAU60D

60

1ph200

1ph220
1ph220
60
1ph240

(Hz)
50
60
60
50
60
60
50

Allowable torque
At 1200r/min
At 90r/min

Speed range

Time
ratiang

(r/min)
90-1400
90-1700
90-1700
90-1400
90-1700
90-1700

Cont.

Cont.

(Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm)


0.140
1.40
0.422
0.550
5.50
0.160
1.60
0.431
0.490
4.90
0.200
2.00
0.531
0.140
1.40
0.422
0.550
5.50
0.431
0.160
1.60
0.490
4.90
0.531
0.200
2.00
0.490
4.90
0.323
0.140
1.40
0.500
5.00
0.386

90-1400

Cont.

Overheating Standard Condenser


pro(Kgfcm) tection
(F)
4.22
20. 0
4.31
TP
CE
5.31
4.22
TP
CE
5.0
4.31
5.31
3.23
3.5
TP
CE
3.86

Starting torque

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Gear head rating torque table


Socket type

Gear head type:


Frequency

Speed
controller
(Induction)

50Hz

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz
Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Rating torque

Gear head type:


Brake Packs

Options

Technical
Information

Overview

6W

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed

Frequency

50Hz

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

500
1.20
12.2
600
0.95
9.7

417
1.43
14.6
500
1.15
11.7

300
1.99
20.3
360
1.59
16.2

250
2.38
24.3
300
1.90
19.4

200
2.99
30.4
240
2.38
24.3

166
3.58
36.5
200
2.86
29.2

150
3.97
40.5
180
3.18
32.4

120
4.47
45.6
144
3.58
36.5

100
5.37
54.8
120
4.29
43.8

83
6.44
65.7
100
5.16
52.6

75
7.15
73.0
90
5.72
58.4

60
8.09
82.5
72
6.47
66.0

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
9.70
99.0
60
7.76
79.2

41
11.66
119.0
50
9.31
95.0

37
12.94
132.0
45
10.39
106.0

30
16.17
165.0
36
12.94
132.0

25
19.40
198.0
30
15.48
158.0

20
19.60
200.0
24
17.35
177.0

16
19.60
200.0
20
19.60
200.0

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

100 120 150 180 200


15
19.60
200.0
18
19.60
200.0

12
19.60
200.0
15
19.60
200.0

8
19.60
200.0
10
19.60
200.0

7.5
19.60
200.0
9
19.60
200.0

!! in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 30 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 1.96 Nm (20 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 30 and 40, and 2.94 Nm (30 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

Condenser
15W

(8)

25W

10
19.60
200.0
12
19.60
200.0

(4.5)

40W

A9U60AH

#187

MARKING

Voltage Capacity
(V)

()

1ph100
1ph110

20.0

Condenser type
DMF-252006

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

58

36

39

Condensers are built in the controllers CAU60C and CAU60D

10

60W

Motor type

90W

108

TM

Three
phase

Lead
wire

90mm

Terminal
box

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A9U 60 H
Gear head type G9B KH
263.3
65.5

159.8

38
0
0.018

86

73.8

90
+0.5

15h7

90

18

.D
P.C

104

34

4- 6.5
,
22 30

(300)

Key size

Gear head output shaft detail

Table1. Weight
Weight(kg)

0.1
0

27.5

0
0.03

Gear head

25

Motor
TypeA9U 60 H

G9B3KH
G9B10KH
G9B12.5KH
G9B20KH
G9B25KH
G9B60KH
G9B75KH
G9B200KH

1.21
1.30
1.40
1.45
0.65

Intermediate gear head

180.8
21

159.8
86

73.8

2.93

Motor

Tap
M510 Depth

+0.2

0
0.03

0.03
0

27.5

15

38

90

+0.5

83h7

90

Lead wires length 300mm


MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20
T G:UL1007 AWG NO.22

(300)

104

0
0.035

.D
P.C

4- 6.5

,
22 30

Intermediate gear head


Type: G9BXH10H
(61)
40

21
90

+0.5

104

0
0.035

.D
P.C

83h7

Single
phase

4- 6.5

Related information
Selection procedure: p. 91
Options: Induction. p. 169
Standard specifications: p. 96
Technical information: p. 175

109

60

90

Overview

Induction

Unit-type speed control motors

90mm

Induction motors

Motor specification table

Reversible

Electromagnetic
brakes

Frame
size
mm sq

Terminal
boxes
Speed
controller
(Overview)

Controller Type Poles

Motor Type

(W)

A9U90AH

CAU90A

90

(V)

(Hz)
50
60
60
50
60
60

1100
1110

90

A9U90CH CAU90C
A9U90DH CAU90D

Unit type
(Overview)

Output Voltage Frequency

90

1200

1220
1220
90
1240

50

Time
ratiang

Cont.

Cont.

Cont.

Allowable torque
At 1200r/min
At 90r/min

Speed range

(r/min)
90-1400
90-1700
90-1700
90-1400
90-1700
90-1700

Overheating Standard Condenser


pro(Kgfcm) tection
(F)
5.17
4.93
24. 0
TP
CE
6.20
5.17
7.0
4.93
TP
CE
6.20
4.76
5.0
TP
CE
5.68

Starting torque

(Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm)


0.517
0.600
6.00
0.250
2.50
0.493
0.550
5.50
0.730
7.30
0.260
2.60
0.620
0.600
6.00
0.517
0.250
2.50
0.550
5.50
0.493
0.730
7.30
0.260
2.60
0.620
0.476
0.730
7.30
0.230
2.30
0.568
0.740
7.40

90-1400

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Gear head rating torque table


Socket type

Gear head type:


Frequency

Speed
controller
(Induction)

50Hz

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz
Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Rating torque

Gear head type:


Brake Packs

Options

Technical
Information

Overview

6W

G9BKH

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed

Frequency

50Hz

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

500
1.78
18.2
600
1.43
14.6

417
2.15
21.9
500
1.72
17.5

300
2.98
30.4
360
2.38
24.3

250
3.58
36.5
300
2.86
29.2

200
4.47
45.6
240
3.58
36.5

166
5.36
54.7
200
4.68
43.7

150
5.96
60.8
180
4.76
48.6

120
6.70
68.4
144
5.37
54.8

100
8.05
82.1
120
6.44
65.7

83
9.66
98.6
100
7.72
78.8

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
14.60
149.0
60
11.66
119.0

41
17.44
178.0
50
14.01
143.0

37
19.40
198.0
45
15.48
158.0

30
19.60
200.0
36
19.40
198.0

25
19.60
200.0
30
19.60
200.0

20
19.60
200.0
24
19.60
200.0

16
19.60
200.0
20
19.60
200.0

20

25

75
60
10.78 12.15
110.0 124.0
90
72
8.59 9.70
87.6 99.0

G9BKH

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

100 120 150 180 200


15
19.60
200.0
18
19.60
200.0

12
19.60
200.0
15
19.60
200.0

10
19.60
200.0
12
19.60
200.0

8
19.60
200.0
10
19.60
200.0

7.5
19.60
200.0
9
19.60
200.0

!! in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 30 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 1.96 Nm (20 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 30 and 40, and 2.94 Nm (30 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

15W

Condenser
25W

40W
(8)

(4.5)

60W

A9U90AH

#187

MARKING

Voltage Capacity
(V)

()

1ph100
1ph110

24.0

Condenser type
DMF-252406

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

58

36

39

Condensers are built in the controllers CAU90C and CAU90D

10

90W

Motor type

110

TM

Three
phase

Lead
wire

90mm

Terminal
box

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A9 U90 H
Gear head type G9B KH
278.3
65.5

174.8
73.8

38
0
0.018

101

90
+0.5

15h7

90

18

.D
P.C

104

34

4- 6.5
,
22 30

(300)

Key size

Gear head output shaft detail

Table1. Weight
Weight(kg)

27.5 +0.2

Tap
M510 Depth

3.53

Motor

0
0.03

0.1
0

15

27.5

0.03
0

38
0
0.03

Gear head

25

Motor

Motor typeA9 U90 H

G9B3KH
G9B10KH
G9B12.5KH
G9B20KH
G9B25KH
G9B60KH
G9B75KH
G9B200KH

1.21
1.30
1.40
1.45
0.65

Intermediate gear head


195.8

90

174.8
73.8

21
101

+0.5

104

83h7

90

0
0.035

.D
P.C

4- 6.5
Lead wires length 300mm

,
22 30

MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20


T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22

(300)

Intermediate gear head


Type: G9BXH10H
(61)
40

21
90

+0
104

.5

0
0.035

.D
P.C

83h7

Single
phase

4- 6.5

Related information
Selection procedure: p. 91
Options: Induction. p. 169
Standard specifications: p. 96
Technical information: p. 175

111

90

MEMO

112

TM

Soket type speed controllers

Specification of socket type speeg coutrollers

P.114

Specification of socket type speeg coutrol moters

P.115

Characteristics

P.116

Dimentions

P.119

Wiring diagramInduction

P.120

Wiring diagramReversible

P.122

Wiring diagramwith Electromagnetic brake

P.124

113

Overview

Overview

Socket-type speed controller

Induction

Reversible

Overview of Socket-type speed controllers (Standard Specifications)

Electromagnetic
brakes

Table 1. Socket-type speed controller standard specifications

Terminal
boxes

Socket type speed controller

Item

Speed
controller
(Overview)

CAH90A

CAH90C

CAH90D

Speed
controller
(Induction)
Speed
controller
(Reversible)

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Brake Packs

Rating voltage

Single-phase AC100V

Voltage range

10%

Rating frequency

50/60Hz

Rating electric current

3.0A

Applicable motor
output

Socket type
(Overview)

Unit type

Induction

6W~90W

Reversible

6W~40W

W/Brake

6W~40W

Single-phase AC200V Single-phase AC220~240V

50Hz

Speed range

50Hz : 90~1400r/min 60Hz : 90~1700r/min

Speed regulation

5% (Average)

Speed setting
instrument

It is possible to adjust it with External speed control switch

Brake

It is possible to stop in a instant with electric brake.

Electric brake
work time

0.5sec (Average)

15W

Parallel operation

Having the function

25W

Soft start & Soft stop


function

Having the function (0.5sec~15sec/1200rpm)

40W

Insulation resistance

At least 100M when measured with a 500V DC meager between case and
pin at normal temperature and humidity after motor has reached rated torque.

60W

Insulation withstand
voltage

Normal function when a 1500V, 50/60Hz current is applied between case and pin
for 1 minute at normal temperature and humidity after the motor has reached rated torque.

Options

Technical
Information

Overview

6W

90W

1 Applicable motor is SOCKET TYPE SPEED CONTROL MOTORS produced by SHI


(Please use motor whose T.G voltage is 24V)
2 Electric brake dosen't have stored torque.

114

90~1400r/min

TM

Single
phase

Three
phase

Lead
wire

Overview

Terminal
box

Overview of Socket-type speed controllers (Standard Specifications)

Table 2. Socket-type speed control motor standard specifications

Item

Induction motor

Reversible motor

Motor with electromagnetic brake

Single-phase motor
Capacity range

6W90W 4poles

6W40W 4poles

6W40W 4poles

Protection method
Enclosure

640W: IP23 Totally enclosed non ventilated

640W: IP23 Totally enclosed


non ventilated

640W: IP23 Totally enclosed


non ventilated

100V 50/60Hz

100V 50/60Hz

100V 50/60Hz

200V 50/60Hz

200V 50/60Hz

200V 50/60Hz

220240V 50Hz

220240V 50Hz

220240V 50Hz

Insulation

CE Marking, Class E (120)

CE Marking, Class E 120

CE Marking, Class E 120

Time rating

Continuous

Short-time (30 minutes)

Short-time (30 minutes)

Condenser running

Condenser running

640W : Motor 3 wires UL Style 3266 20AWG,

640W : Motor 3 wires UL Style 3266 20AWG,

TG 2 wires UL Style 1007 22AWG

Brake 2 wires UL Style 3266 20AWG,

Motor

Power source

60W : IP20 Totally enclosed fan cooled type

Starting method Condenser running


640W : Motor 3 wires UL Style 3266 20AWG,
TG 2 wires UL Style 1007 22AWG
Lead wires

TG 2 wires UL Style 1007 22AWG

640W : Motor 3 wires UL Style 3266 20AWG,


Fan 2 wires UL Style 3266 20AWG,
TG 2 wires UL Style 1007 22AWG

Standards

CE marking (Low voltage direction)

At least 100M when measured with a 500V DC meager between the motor coil and case at normal
temperature and humidity after motor has reached rated torque.
Normal function when a 1500V, 50/60Hz current is applied between the motor coil and case for 1 minute
at normal temperature and humidity after the motor has reached rated torque.
Temperature rise The temperature rise value (DT) should be no more than 90 when measured by the prescribed
method after the motor has reached rated torque.
Insulation
resistance
Insulation
withstand voltage

Gear

Grease lubrication. Grease is loaded at shipment.

Color

Astero silver

Location

Indoors (Minimal dust and humidity)

Temperature

-1040

Humidity

Under 85%

Elevation

Under 1,000m

Atmosphere

Well ventilated location, free of corrosive gases, explosive gases, vapors and dust.

Ambient conditions

Lubrication
method

Paint

Overheating protector (TP) Built in thermal protect (auto restore type) Release:1205 Restore:775

115

Overview

Overview

Socket-type speed controller

Induction

Overview of socket-type speed control motors (Characteristics)


Reversible

Electromagnetic
brakes

1. Characteristics of socket-type speed controllers


Motor output speed(r/min)

Terminal
boxes
Speed
controller
(Overview)

Socket type
(Overview)

Unit type

Speed
controller
(Induction)
Speed
controller
(Reversible)
Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Brake Packs

Options

Technical
Information

Soft
Start

Set speed
r/min

Acceleration Stable status

Soft
Stop

Time(T)
Deceleration

Stop

Socket-type speed controllers use an external speed volume to adjust and set the motor speed.
The motor can be stopped instantly using an electronic brake.
The compact 11-pin plug-in socket-type speed controller offers simple operation and installation.
Socket-type speed controllers have soft start and soft stop functions, enabling gradual operation without sudden starts and
stops.
Time setting functions for soft start and soft stop are built-in, and the time settings can be adjusted easily.
Socket-type speed controllers enable parallel operation.*
*Parallel operation: A single speed control switch is used to operate multiple speed control packs simultaneously at the same
speed setting.

2. Soft start, soft stop characteristics


Soft start gradually increases the speed up to the set speed. Soft stop gradually decreases the speed down to the set speed.
Each time setting for these functions can be set using the variable resistors in the controller, in a range of about 0.5 to
15seconds (1,200 RPM). The soft stop function can't be used to stop the motor faster than a natural stop. If slow operation
isn't needed, turn the dial on the inside all the way to the left (counterclockwise).

3. Instant stop characteristics


Overview

6W

15W

Socket-type speed controllers have an electronic brake function that enables the motor to be stopped in just 0.1 second.
A braking current operates for about 0.5 second, and then is automatically released. The electronic brake function doesn't
store load torque. If stored torque is required (such as when stopping objects being moved up and down), use a control motor
with an electromagnetic brake.
Note
To operate the motor again after the instant stop operation, turn the braking switch in the operation direction. The motor
starts in about 0.5 second. Don't perform the instant stop operation when the controller's speed control switch is set to 0, or
the RUN/STOP switch is set to STOP.

25W

When increasing the speed on the speed control switch or setting the RUN/STOP switch to RUN, the motor may operate for
about 1 revolution even if the RUN/BRAKE switch is set to BRAKE. If the power switch is used to repeat RUN/STOP
operations less than 0.5 second apart, the motor may start operating instantly, so don't use the power switch in this manner.

40W

60W

90W

116

TM

Single
phase

Three
phase

Lead
wire

Overview

Terminal
box

Overview of socket-type speed control motors (Characteristics)

4. Cautions for use


1) Wiring cautions
Use the sockets for wiring. Don't solder anything to the main unit's pins directly.
When connecting sockets, check the terminal numbers.
Before inserting the controller into the socket's groove, turn off the power and check the pin numbers.
Equipment such as high-power motors, solenoids, high-frequency power supplies and electric welding equipment may cause
the controller to malfunction. Use separate circuits for wiring the controller and main circuit cables of other equipment.
Install a noise filter to prevent noise and malfunctions.
Install the motor and controller as close together as possible, using short wiring.
When another component requires a noise filter, configure the circuit as shown in the diagram below.

2) Operation cautions
Don't let the motor's surface temperature exceed 90 during operation with an actual load. Repeated instant RUN/STOP
operations make the motor temperature rise.
Turn the power OFF when the motor is not in use for extended periods.
Don't start or stop the motor by turning the AC power supply ON/OFF, as surge voltage from the switch may cause product
damage.

L1

C3

C1

3
4

C2

C5

C6

L2

C4

T
G

MOTOR

7
8
9
10
11

C1C4 1000pF(2000VDC)
C5C6 0.1F0.2F(125VAC or 250VAC)
L1L2 About 10H
Note
L1 and L2 must not be magnetically saturated by the motor current.
Install in the same location as the capacitor ground.
Use short wiring, and thick ground wires.

117

Overview

Overview

Socket-type speed controller

Induction

Reversible

Electromagnetic
brakes

Overview of socket-type speed control motors (Troubleshooting)


5. Troubleshooting

Terminal
boxes

Table 3. Troubleshooting
Speed
controller
(Overview)

Problem

Check point

Socket type
(Overview)

Motor
doesn't
operate.

Brake Packs

Disconnect the controller


from the socket, connect
socket terminals and. If the motor doesn't operate, the motor unit

Disconnect the controller If the motor operates, the speed controller


from the socket, disconnect
socket terminals and.
If the motor doesn't operate, the motor unit
Disconnect the controller If the motor operates, the speed controller
or control unit
from the socket, and apply
the AC power.
If the motor doesn't operate, the motor unit

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Motor
operates
at
maximum
Disconnect the controller If the motor stops, the speed controller
speed.
from the socket, connect
socket terminals and.

Set the speed control


variable resistor to the
maximum setting, then
If the voltage is less than AC 20 V,
check the voltage of
the tachogenerator unit
socket terminals and.

Overview

Can't
change
motor
speed.

25W

Check the voltage


between terminals
and
when the setting of the
speed control variable
resistor is varied.

If the voltage can be varied between


0 and DC 6 V, the speed control unit

If the voltage can't be varied between


0 and DC 6 V, the control unit

40W

60W

Check the connection of the speed


control variable resistor.
Check the RUN/STOP switch connection.
Check the motor connection.
Check the connection of the speed
control variable resistor.
Check the motor connection.
Check the connection of the speed
control variable resistor.
Check the RUN/STOP switch
connection, and the connections of
terminals and.

If the voltage is AC 20 V or more, the speed Check the connection of the speed
controller or control unit
control variable resistor.

Technical
Information

15W

Check the motor connection.


Check the motor condenser
connection.

If the motor doesn't operate, the control unit

Options

6W

Solution

If the motor operates, the speed controller or control unit Check the connection of the speed
control variable resistor.

Unit type

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

Problem location

Check the connections of


terminals and.
Check whether the resistance
value of the tachogenerator
alone is 1.5k.
Check the connection of the
speed control variable resistor.
Check the RUN/STOP switch
connection.

Check that the resistance of the


speed control variable resistor
varies between 0 and 2.0k.
Check the external resistance
connection(10,10W).
Check the RUN/STOP switch
connection.

Motor
doesn't stop
right away.

90W

118

TM

Single
phase

Three
phase

Lead
wire

Overview

Terminal
box

Overview of socket-type speed controllers (Dimensions)


Socket-type speed controller dimensions

92

Controller

82.5
44

76

CAH90D
SOFT START

10

SOFT STOP

3
2

10

HIGH

10
1

11

LOW

MADE IN KOREA

50

Socket11pins

7.8

11-M3.5

35.4
2 - 4.577HOLE

40

0.2

(33.5)
(50)

119

(118)

(81)

70

80

61

4
LOW

VOLT 1Ph. 100V


FREQ. 50/60Hz
MAX.
CURRENT 3A

HIGH

SPEED CONTROL

Overview

Overview

Socket-type speed controller

Induction

Reversible

Wiring diagram (Induction motors)

Electromagnetic
brakes

Terminal
boxes

1-1. One-way running+Variable speed (6W ~ 40 W)

Speed
controller
(Overview)

For single-phase 220 to 240 VAC/50 Hz motor


connections, use the brown wire
instead of the gray wire in the diagram.

Socket type
(Overview)

Unit type

SW1

AC125V or AC250V 5A or large

SW2

DC20V 10mA

Note: The motor operation direction is clockwise (CW) as seen from


the shaft end.
For counterclockwise (CCW) operation, switch the white and gray
motor lead wires.

Example of running operation


RUN

STOP

RUN

SW1

Speed
controller
(Induction)

SW2
Speed
controller
(Reversible)

MOTOR

STOP

SOFT START STOP


SOFT STOP

ON

RUN

STOP

CW

STOP

RUN

CW

STOP

RUN

CW

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Brake Packs

Options

1-2. One-way running+Variable speed + Brake (6W25W)

Technical
Information

For single-phase 220 to 240 VAC/50 Hz motor


connections, use the brown wire
instead of the gray wire in the diagram.

Overview

SW1,4

AC125V or AC250V 5A

SW2,3

DC20V 10mA

6W

Ro=10200(1/4W)
Ro,Co

15W

Co=0.10.2F
(AC125WV, AC250WV)

R:External
resistance

25W

10, 10W

Note: The motor operation direction is clockwise (CW) as seen from


the shaft end.
For counterclockwise (CCW) operation, switch the white and gray
motor lead wires.

40W

60W

Example of running operation


BRAKE
RUN
STOP

90W

RUN

STOP

SW1

SW2
SW3
SW4
MOTOR

120

STOP

RUN
RUN BRAKE
CW

SOFT START
SOFT STOP
ON

RUN

STOP

STOP

BRAKE
SOFT START
STOP
SOFT STOP

RUN

BRAKE

RUN
CW

CW

STOP

CW

TM

Single
phase

Three
phase

Lead
wire

Overview

Terminal
box

Wiring diagram (Induction motors)

1-3. One-way running+Variable speed + Brake (40W)

For single-phase 220 to 240 VAC/50 Hz motor


connections, use the brown wire
instead of the gray wire in the diagram.

SW1,4

AC125V or AC250V 5A

SW2,3

DC20V 10mA
Ro=10200(1/4W)

Ro,Co

Co=0.10.2F
(AC125WV, AC250WV)

R:External
resistance

10, 10W or large

Note: The motor operation direction is clockwise (CW) as seen from


the shaft end.
For counterclockwise (CCW) operation, switch the white and gray
motor lead wires.

Example of running operation


BRAKE
RUN
STOP

RUN

STOP

SW1

SW2
SW3
SW4
MOTOR

STOP

RUN
RUN BRAKE
CW

SOFT START
SOFT STOP
ON

RUN

STOP

STOP

BRAKE
SOFT START
SOFT STOP STOP

RUN

BRAKE

RUN
CW

CW

STOP

CW

Functions
Run/Stop function (1-1, 1-2, 1-3)
When SW2 in the wiring diagram is set to the RUN position, the motor operates at the speed set by the external
speed controller.
When SW2 is set to the STOP position, the motor stops naturally after losing its inertia.

Run/Brake function (1-2, 1-3)


When SW3 and SW4 are switched from the RUN to the BRAKE position with SW2 in the RUN position, the brake
operates for about 0.5 second, stopping the motor instantly.

Soft start/Soft stop functions (1-1, 1-2, 1-3)


When the controller's SOFT START or SOFT STOP dial has been set, and SW2 is set to the RUN or STOP
position, the motor gradually slows or speeds up for the set amount of time, to the speed set by the speed control
switch.
The soft stop and soft start functions change the motor speed in a straight-line manner for the set amount of time.
The time can be set in a range of 0.5 to 15 seconds (1,200 r/min).
The soft stop function can't be used to stop the motor faster than a natural stop.

Note: When not using the equipment for an extended period, turn SW1 off to prevent the controller from heating up.

121

Overview

Overview

Socket-type speed controller

Induction

Reversible

Wiring diagram (Reversible motors)

Electromagnetic
brakes

Terminal
boxes

2-1 Both-way running+Variable speed(6W40W)

Speed
controller
(Overview)

For single-phase 220 to 240 VAC/50 Hz motor


connections, use the brown wire
instead of the gray wire in the diagram.

Socket type
(Overview)

Unit type

SW1,3

AC125V or AC250V 5A or large

SW2

DC20V 10mA
Ro=10200(1/4W or large)
Co=0.10.2F
(AC125WV, AC250WV)

Ro,Co

Note: The motor operation direction is clockwise (CW) as seen from


the shaft end.
For counterclockwise (CCW) operation, switch the white and gray
motor lead wires.

Example of running operation


RUN
Speed
controller
(Induction)

SW2
Speed
controller
(Reversible)

RUN

SW3

RUN

STOP
ON

STOP

RUN

STOP

CW

MOTOR

SOFT START
SOFT STOP STOP

STOP

SW1

RUN

CCW

STOP
CW

CW

CW

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

CCW

Brake Packs

Options

2-2 Both-way running+Variable speed + Brake(6W25W)

Technical
Information

For single-phase 220 to 240 VAC/50 Hz motor


connections, use the brown wire
instead of the gray wire in the diagram.
Overview

SW1,4,5,6
SW2,3

AC125V or AC250V 5A or large


DC20V 10mA

6W

Ro=10200(1/4W or large)
Ro,Co

15W

Co=0.10.2F
(AC125WV, AC250WV)

R:External
resistance

25W

10, 10W or large

40W

Note: The motor operation direction is clockwise (CW) as seen from


the shaft end.
For counterclockwise (CCW) operation, switch the white and gray
motor lead wires.

60W

Example of running operation


BRAKE

90W

RUN

STOP

RUN

BRAKE

BRAKE

RUN

STOP

SW1
SW2
SW3
SW4
SW5
SW6
MOTOR

STOP

RUN

CW

RUN

STOP

STOP

SOFT START
SOFT STOP STOP

RUN

CCW

CW

CW
CW
CW

STOP
BRAKE

RUN

CCW

122

SOFT START
SOFT STOP
ON

CW

TM

Single
phase

Three
phase

Lead
wire

Overview

Terminal
box

Wiring diagram (Reversible motors)

2-3 Both-way running+Variable speed + Brake(40W)

For single-phase 220 to 240 VAC/50 Hz motor


connections, use the brown wire
instead of the gray wire in the diagram.

SW1,4,5,6 AC125V or AC250V 5A


SW2,3

DC20V 10mA
Ro=10200(1/4W)

Ro,Co

Co=0.10.2F
(AC125WV, AC250WV)

R:External
resistance

10, 10W

Note: The motor operation direction is clockwise (CW) as seen from


the shaft end.
For counterclockwise (CCW) operation, switch the white and gray
motor lead wires.

Example of running operation


BRAKE

RUN

STOP

BRAKE

RUN

STOP

SW1
SW2
SW3
SW4
SW5
SW6
MOTOR

STOP

RUN
RUN
CW

SOFT START
SOFT STOP
ON
RUN

STOP

STOP

SOFT START
SOFT STOP STOP

RUN

BRAKE

RUN

BRAKE
CCW

CW

STOP

CW
CW
CW

CW

CCW

Functions
Run/Stop function (2-1, 2-2, 2-3)
When SW2 in the wiring diagram is set to the RUN position, the motor operates at the speed set by the external
speed controller.
When SW2 is set to the STOP position, the motor stops naturally after losing its inertia.

Run/Brake function (2-2,2-3)


When SW3 and SW4 are switched from the RUN to the BRAKE position with SW2 in the RUN position, the brake
operates for about 0.5 second, stopping the motor instantly.

Soft Start/soft stop functions (2-1, 2-2,2-3)


When the controller's SOFT START or SOFT STOP dial has been set, and SW2 is set to the RUN or STOP
position, the motor gradually slows or speeds up for the set amount of time, to the speed set by the speed control
switch.
The soft stop and soft start functions change the motor speed in a straight-line manner for the set amount of time.
The time can be set in a range of 0.5 to 15 seconds (1,200 r/min).
The soft stop function can't be used to stop the motor faster than a natural stop.

Note: When not using the equipment for an extended period, turn SW1 off to prevent the controller from heating up.

123

Overview

Overview

Socket-type speed controller

Induction

Reversible

Wiring diagram (Motors with electromagnetic brakes)

Electromagnetic
brakes

Terminal
boxes

3-1 Both-way running+Variable speed(6W40W)

For single-phase 220 to 240 VAC/50 Hz motor


connections, use the brown wire
instead of the gray wire in the diagram.

Speed
controller
(Overview)

SW1,3,4

Socket type
(Overview)

Unit type

AC125V or AC250V 5A or large

SW2

DC20V 10mA

Ro,Co

Ro=10200(1/4W or large)
Co=0.10.2F
(AC125WV, AC250WV)

Voltage
Single-phase 100 110 VAC
Single-phase 100 240 VAC

Color of lead wireA


Blue
Orange

Example of running operation


RUN
Speed
controller
(Induction)

BRAKE
HOLDING

RUN

SOFT START
SOFT STOP

BRAKE
HOLDING

STOP

RUN

STOP

ELECTRO
BRAKE

RUN

BRAKE
HOLDING

SW1
SW2

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

RUN

SW3

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

MOTOR
FREE

ON
STOP

CCW

CW

SW4

RUN

MOTOR

CW

RUN

ELECTRO
BRAKE

RUN

CW
ELECTRO
BRAKE

CW
CCW

Brake Packs

Options

3-2 Both-way running+Variable speed + Brake(6W25W)

For single-phase 220 to 240 VAC/50 Hz motor


connections, use the brown wire
instead of the gray wire in the diagram.

Technical
Information

SW1,4,5,6,7

AC125V or AC250V 5A or large

SW2,3

DC20V 10mA
Ro=10200(1/4W or large)

Overview

Ro,Co

Co=0.10.2F

6W

(AC125WV, AC250WV)
R: For braking

15W

10, 10W or large

External resistance

25W

Voltage
Single-phase 100 110 VAC
Single-phase 100 240 VAC

Color of lead wireA


Blue
Orange

40W

60W

Example of running operation


BRAKE
BRAKE
HOLDING

90W

RUN

RUN

BRAKE
HOLDING

SOFT START
SOFT STOP

STOP

RUN

SW1
RUN
RUN
CW

SW7

RUN

MOTOR

CW

BRAKE

STOP

RUN

CCW
RUN

CW
RUN
CW

STOP
BRAKE

RUN

CCW

124

SOFT START BRAKE


SOFT STOP HOLDING

ON

SW2
SW3
SW4
SW5
SW6

BRAKE

BRAKE
HOLDING

RUN
CW

TM

Single
phase

Three
phase

Lead
wire

Overview

Terminal
box

Electrical wiring diagram (Motors with electromagnetic brakes)

3-3 Both-way running+Variable speed + brake(40W)

For single-phase 220 to 240 VAC/50 Hz motor


connections, use the brown wire
instead of the gray wire in the diagram.

SW1,4,5,6,7
SW2,3

AC125V or AC250V 5A or large


DC20V 10mA
Ro=10200(1/4W or large)

Ro,Co

Co=0.10.2F
(AC125WV, AC250WV)

R:External
resistance

10, 10W or large

Voltage
Single-phase 100 110 VAC
Single-phase 100 240 VAC

Color of lead wireA


Blue
Orange

Example of running operation


BRAKE
BRAKE
HOLDING

RUN

RUN

BRAKE
HOLDING

SOFT START
SOFT STOP

STOP

RUN

SW1

SOFT START BRAKE


SOFT STOP HOLDING

ON

SW2
SW3
SW4
SW5
SW6

BRAKE

BRAKE
HOLDING

RUN
RUN
CW

SW7

RUN

MOTOR

CW

BRAKE

STOP

RUN

CCW
RUN

STOP
BRAKE

RUN
CW
RUN
CW

RUN
CW

CCW

Functions
Run/Stop function (3-1, 3-2, 3-3)
When SW2 in the wiring diagram is set to the RUN position, the motor operates at the speed set by the external
speed controller.
When SW2 is set to the STOP position, the motor stops naturally after losing its inertia.

Run/Brake function (3-2,3-3)


When SW3 and SW4 are switched from the RUN to the BRAKE position with SW2 in the RUN position, the brake
operates for about 0.5 second, stopping the motor instantly.

Soft Start/soft stop functions (3-1, 3-2,3-3)


When the controller's SOFT START or SOFT STOP dial has been set, and SW2 is set to the RUN or STOP
position, the motor gradually slows or speeds up for the set amount of time, to the speed set by the speed control
switch.
The soft stop and soft start functions change the motor speed in a straight-line manner for the set amount of time.
The time can be set in a range of 0.5 to 15 seconds (1,200 r/min).
The soft stop function can't be used to stop the motor faster than a natural stop.

Note: When not using the equipment for an extended period, turn SW1 off to prevent the controller from heating up.

125

Overview

Overview

Socket-type speed controller

Induction

Reversible

Wiring diagram

Electromagnetic
brakes

Parallel operation
As shown in the wiring diagram on the left, the power
unit (terminal Nos.and) and control unit (terminal
Nos.and) should each be wired to the same
wires.
Parallel operation is also possible with other motor
and controller combinations if the power unit and
control unit are wired in the same way.

Parallel operation is possible, enabling multiple motors to be


controlled to the same speed simultaneously using a single
external speed control switch.

Terminal
boxes
Speed
controller
(Overview)

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Brake Packs

Black

Socket type
(Overview)
Speed
controller
(Reversible)

P
O
W
E
R
L
I
N
E

6
2

11

SVR

T
G

C
O
N
T
R
O
L

L
I
N
E

Speed cont roller


3

Caution
Wire power units and control units using the same
numbers for each pin.
The capacity of the speed control variable resistor
is given by the formula below.
VRx = 20/N k, N/4 W (N: number of motors)
Example: For 2 motors, the capacity is 10 k, 1/2 W.

Condenser

Moto r

10

Speed cont roller

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Red
Red

10

Whit e
Gray

Unit type

Each motor will operate at almost the same speed,


but load differences may sometimes create slight
deviations.
To prevent this problem, connect a fine-tuning
variable resistor (SVR) to terminal No..
Set the resistance value to between 5 and 10% of
the value for the speed control variable resistor
(VRx), with a capacity of 1/4 W.

11

Condenser

Red
Red

Whit e
Gray

Technical
Information

Black

Options

Overview

Moto r

T
G

SW2

VRx

Stop
Run

For single-phase 220 to 240 VAC/50 Hz


motor connections, use the brown wire
instead of the gray wire in the diagram.

6W

15W

Wiring for motors with fans (60 W, 90 W)


25W

40W

60W

Voltage

Color of lead wire 'B'

Single-phase 100 to 110 VAC

Brown

Single-phase 200 to 240 VAC

Yellow

90W

Note: For the connections of components other than the fan,


see the relevant wiring diagrams.

126

TM

Single
phase

Three
phase

Lead
wire

Overview

Terminal
box

Wiring diagram
Operation panel

Switching the motor speed among


multiple settings
If the motor speed must be adjusted to
multiple settings, you can connect VR1, VR2
and VR3 and use SWA, SWB, SWC, (etc.) to
switch the speed. The switching timing of the
switches should be made roughly equal to the
time for opening/closing the relay contact
(SW4).
VR1

VR2

Controlling the motor speed using


an external DC voltage

1K
1/4W

SW4

VR3 1

9
SWA

To set the motor speed using an external DC voltage


instead of an external speed control switch, connect
the DC power supply and controller as shown below.
(Be sure that the DC power supply output uses an AC
input and is insulated, and the polarity doesn't
change.)

VR1,2,3
SW1,2,3,4

SWB

SWC

20k 1/4W B type


DC20V 10mA

Caution
Socket-type controllers have one external
control switch. Purchase Sumitomo's external
speed control switch (EAVR20) separately if
needed.

(0~6V 10mA)

Wiring diagram of unit


Decreasing the starting time
When the set motor speed is low, a greater amount of
time elapses from when the RUN/STOP switch is set
to RUN, until the motor starts operating. If the amount
of time the motor takes to start during low-speed
operation is a problem, connect variable resistor VRT
(used to adjust the starting time) as shown below.
VR T

Red

6
4

External speed
control switch

Motor

SW2
Stop

Power
Condenser

VR T

2K 1/4W B type

SW2

DC20V 10mA

An external speed control switch can be used


to adjust the motor speed continuously. When
the switch is set to HIGH, the motor operates
at high speed.
When set to LOW, the motor operates at low
speed (or stops). The heavy line in the
diagram above carries the motor's operation
current.
The heavy unbroken lines in the diagram
indicate wires with a cross-sectional area of
about 0.75 mm2. The thin lines indicate wires
with a cross-sectional area of about 0.5 mm2.
For single-phase 220 to 240 VAC/50 Hz motor
connections, use the brown wire instead of the
gray wire in the diagram.

Caution
To stop the motor instantly, use the RUN/BRAKE
switch and the circuit's RUN/STOP switch together.
With the RUN/STOP switch in the STOP position,
adjust the VRT until just before the motor starts.

127

Gray

VR

10 11 1 2

Speed controller

White

Run

Black

MEMO

128

TM

Socket-type speed control motors. Induction moters


Socket-type speed control motors
Induction moters

Gear head and induction motor are sold separately.

Product sets consisting of special induction


motors, and socket-type speed controllers
that can adjust the motor speed
Speed controllers are compact and
multifunctional.
Controller, special motor and condenser must
be wired externally.
Speed range:
50 Hz: 90 to 1,400 r/min
60 Hz: 90 to 1,700 r/min
Motors have built-in tachogenerators (TG).
Motors can be stopped instantly using a builtin electronic brake function. (Optional
external braking resistor must be attached.)
Motor must be completely stopped before
motor operation direction can be switched.
Acceleration/deceleration time can be set, so
motor can be accelerated/decelerated
gradually (soft start, soft stop).
Time rating: Continuous
A single speed control switch can be used to
operate multiple controllers simultaneously at
the same speed setting.

TM

129

6W

P.130

15W

P.132

25W

P.134

40W

P.136

60W

P.138

90W

P.140

Overview

Induction

Socket-type speed control motors

60mm

Induction motors

Motor specification table

Reversible

Electromagnetic
brakes

Frame
size
mm sq

Terminal
boxes
Speed
controller
(Overview)

Controller Type Poles

Motor Type

(W)

A6HM06A

CAH90A

60

A6HM06C
A6HM06D

Speed controller
(Induction)
Speed
controller
(Reversible)

CAH90C
CAH90D

Brake Packs

1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

60
50
60
60
50

Speed range

(r/min)
90-1400
90-1700

Cont.

90-1700
90-1400
90-1700
90-1700

Cont.

90-1400

Cont.

Allowable torque
At 1200r/min
At 90r/min
(Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm)
0.045
0.030
0.45
0.036
0.36
0.025
0.045
0.45
0.045
0.45
0.030
0.036
0.36
0.025
0.045
0.45
0.045
0.45
0.028
0.056
0.56

Overheating Standard Condenser


pro(Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection
(F)
0.032
0.32
0.30
2.5
0.033
0.33
ZP
CE
0.25
0.039
0.39
0.30
0.032
0.32
0. 7
0.033
0.33
ZP
CE
0.25
0.039
0.39
0.045
0.45
0.7
0.28
ZP
CE
0.049
0.49

Gear head type:


Frequency

50Hz
60Hz

G6D

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque

Rating torque

Gear head type:


Frequency

50Hz
Technical
Information

60Hz
Overview

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

500
0.13
1.3
600
0.10
1.0

417
0.15
1.5
500
0.13
1.3

300
0.21
2.1
360
0.17
1.7

250
0.26
2.6
300
0.21
2.1

200
0.31
3.2
240
0.26
2.6

166
0.38
3.9
200
0.30
3.1

150
0.42
4.3
180
0.34
3.5

120
0.53
5.4
144
0.43
4.4

100
0.63
6.4
120
0.51
5.2

83
0.76
7.7
100
0.62
6.3

75
0.76
7.7
90
0.62
6.3

60
0.95
9.7
72
0.76
7.8

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
1.14
11.6
60
0.92
9.4

41
1.36
13.9
50
1.11
11.3

37
1.52
15.5
45
1.24
12.6

30
1.72
17.5
36
1.39
14.2

25
2.06
21.0
30
1.67
17.0

20
2.57
26.2
24
2.09
21.3

16
2.94
30.0
20
2.50
25.5

G6D

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed
Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

100 120 150 180 200


15
2.94
30.0
18
2.78
28.4

12
2.94
30.0
15
2.94
30.0

10
2.94
30.0
12
2.94
30.0

8
2.94
30.0
10
2.94
30.0

7.5
2.94
30.0
9
2.94
30.0

in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 30 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 1.96 Nm (20 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 30 and 40, and 2.94 Nm (30 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

15W

Condenser
25W
(8)

(4.5)

40W
#187

Motor type

A6HM06A
10

60W

A6HM06C
MARKING

90W

Starting torque

Gear head rating torque table

Options

6W

1ph200

(Hz)
50
60

Time
ratiang

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and impedance-protected (ZP) types.

Ouput speed
Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

(V)

1ph100
1ph110

Unit type

Socket type

Voltage Frequency

Output

A6HM06D

Voltage

Capacity

(V)
()
1ph100
2.5
1ph110
1ph200
0.7
1ph220
1ph220
0.7
1ph240

130

Condenser type

(mm) (mm) (mm)


DMF-25255

36

16

25

DMF-45704

36

16

25

DMF-45704

36

16

25

TM

Three
phase

Lead
wire

60mm

Terminal
box

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A6HM06
Gear head typeG6 D

147.8(157.8)
30(40)

75

32

Table1

60
+0.5

D
P.C.

NTROL MO
D CO
T
EE

70

TO

MO

10

46.7

24

S,

MI

Lt

d.

SU

59.5

OR

SP

8h7

6.5

0
0.015

10.8

HEA

VY IN D US

E
RI

(10)

4.5

,
22 30

(300)

Table1. Gear head length

Gear head output shaft detail

Length (mm)

G63D G618D
G620D G6200D

30
40

Weight(kg)
0.76

Motor
G63D
G618D
G620D
G640D
G650D
G6200D
Intermediate gear head
Gear head

0
0.1

12

Table2. Weight

Gear head size

32

0.24
0.30
0.33
0.18

Motor
(98.5)

TypeA6HM06

12.7

75

10.8

6.5

60
+0.5

D
P.C.

TO

S,

MI

Lt

d.

SU

54h7

46.7

59.5

70

0
0.030

NTROL MO
D CO
T
EE

OR

SP

MO

HEA

VY IN D US

TR

IE

4
(10)

4.5

,
22 30

Lead wires length 300mm


MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20
T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22

(300)

Intermediate gear head


Type: G6XH10
(38.7)
26

60

12.7

+0.5

70

0
0.030

D
P.C.

54h7

Single
phase

Related information
Selection
91
procedure:
p. P.91
4

4.5

Options:
Induction. p. 169
P.169
Standardspecifications:
115
p.P.115
Technical
175
information:
p.P.175

131

15

Overview

Induction

Socket-type speed control motors

70mm

Induction motors

Motor specification table

Reversible

Electromagnetic
brakes

Frame
size
mm sq

Terminal
boxes
Speed
controller
(Overview)

Unit type

Speed controller
(Induction)

Socket type

Speed
controller
(Reversible)
Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Brake Packs

Controller Type Poles

Motor Type

Voltage Frequency

Output
(W)

CAH90A

A7HM15A

(V)

1ph100

15

1ph110

70

CAH90C

A7HM15C

CAH90D

A7HM15D

1ph200

15

1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

15

(Hz)
(
50
60
60
50
60
60
50

Speed range

(r/min)
Cont.

Cont.

Cont.

90-1400
90-1700
90-1700
90-1400
90-1700
90-1700
90-1400

Allowable torque
OverStarting torque
heating Standard Condenser
At 1200r/min
At 90r/min
pro(Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection
(F)
0.062
0.62
0.100
1.00
0.075
0.75
0.030
0.30
5.0
0.055
0.55
TP
CE
0.085
0.85
0.066
0.66
0.062
0.62
0.100
1.00
0.030
0.055
0.30
0.55
1.2
0.075
0.75
TP
CE
0.066
0.66
0.085
0.85
0.090
0.90
0.065
0.65
0.035
0.35
0.9
TP
CE
0.110
1.10
0.078
0.78

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Gear head rating torque table


Gear head type:
Frequency

50Hz

G7K

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

Rating torque

Gear head type:


Frequency

Options

50Hz
Technical
Information

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

500
0.31
3.2
600
0.29
3.0

417
0.38
3.9
500
0.35
3.6

300
0.53
5.4
360
0.50
5.1

250
0.64
6.5
300
0.60
6.1

200
0.79
8.1
240
0.75
7.6

166
0.95
9.7
200
0.89
9.1

150
1.06
10.8
180
0.99
10.1

120
1.32
13.5
144
1.25
12.7

100
1.59
16.2
120
1.49
15.2

83
1.90
19.4
100
1.79
18.2

75
1.90
19.4
90
1.79
18.2

60
2.37
24.2
72
2.24
22.8

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
2.85
29.1
60
2.68
27.3

41
3.42
34.9
50
3.22
32.8

37
3.81
38.8
45
3.58
36.5

30
4.28
43.6
36
4.02
41.0

25
4.90
50.0
30
4.83
49.2

20
4.90
50.0
24
4.90
50.0

16
4.90
50.0
20
4.90
50.0

G7K

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

Overview

6W

Time
ratiang

15
4.90
50.0
18
4.90
50.0

12
4.90
50.0
15
4.90
50.0

10
4.90
50.0
12
4.90
50.0

8
4.90
50.0
10
4.90
50.0

7.5
4.90
50.0
9
4.90
50.0

in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 25 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 3.92 Nm (40 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 25 and 40, and 4.90 Nm (50 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

15W

Condenser
25W

(8)

40W

100 120 150 180 200

Motor type

Voltage

Capacity

(4.5)

60W
A7HM15A

MARKING

10

90W

A7HM15C

#187

A7HM15D

(V)
()
1100
5.0
1110
1200
1.2
1220
1220
0.9
1240

132

Condenser type

(mm) (mm) (mm)


DMF-25505

38

19

29

DMF-45125

36

16

25

DMF-45904

36

16

25

TM

Three
phase

Lead
wire

70mm

Terminal
box

15

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A7HM15
Gear head type G7 K
32(42)

80

32

Table1

70

10h7

0
0.015

154.8(164.8)
10.8

+0.5

82

NTROL MO
D CO
T
EE

d.

SU

Lt

TO

S,

MI

MO

HEA

VY IN D US

TR

15

30

46.7

69

OR

SP

D
P.C.

IE

(10)

5.5

22 30

(300)

Key size
25 +0.2

0
0.03

2.5

0.1
0

Table2. Weight

Table1. Gear head length


4

0
0.03

Gear head size

Length(mm)

G73K G718K
G720K G7200K

32
42

Weight(kg)
Motor
G73K
G718K
G720K
G740K
G750K
G7200K
Intermediate gear head

Gear head

25

0.03
0

10

32

Gear head output shaft detail

23

(104.2)

Motor

10.8

13.4

80

70

TypeA7HM15

P.C
.D

64h7

46.7

69
TO

S,

MI

Lt

d.

SU

MO

82 +0.5

0
0.030

NTROL MO
D CO
T
EE

OR

SP

HEA

VY IN D US

TR

IE

(10)

5.5

22 30

Lead wires length 300mm


MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20
T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22

(300)

Intermediate gear head


Type: G7XH10
(43.4)
30

13.4

70

+ 0.5

82

0
0.030

D
P.C.
64h7

Single
phase

Related information
4

Selection procedure: p. 91

5.5

Options: Induction. p. 169


Standard specifications: p. 115
Technical information: p. 175

133

1.12
0.38
0.47
0.52
0.32

25

Overview

Induction

Socket-type speed control motors

80mm

Induction motors

Motor specification table

Reversible

Electromagnetic
brakes

Frame
size
mm sq

Terminal
boxes

Controller Type Poles

Motor Type

Voltage Frequency

Output
(W)

CAH90A

A8HM25A

(V)

1ph100

25

1ph110
Speed
controller
(Overview)

Unit type

80

CAH90C

A8HM25C

CAH90D

A8HM25D

1ph200

25

1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

25

(Hz)
(
50
60
60
50
60
60
50

Speed range

Time
ratiang

(r/min)
90-1400
90-1700
90-1700
90-1400
90-1700
90-1700

90-1400

Allowable torque
OverStarting torque
heating Standard Condenser
At 1200r/min
At 90r/min
pro(Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection
(F)
0.170
0.140
0.170
0.170
0.140
0.170
0.170
0.200

1.70
1.40
1.70
1.70
1.40
1.70
1.70
2.00

0.050

0.50

0.050

0.50

0.050

0.50

0.085
0.075
0.093
0.085
0.075
0.093
0.100
0.130

0.85
0.75
0.93
0.85
0.75
0.93
1.00
1.30

TP

CE

6.0

TP

CE

1.5

TP

CE

1.5

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.

Speed controller
(Induction)

Socket type

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Gear head rating torque table


Gear head type:
Frequency

50Hz

G8K

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Brake Packs

60Hz

Rating torque

Gear head type:


Frequency

Options

50Hz
Technical
Information

Overview

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

500
0.52
5.3
600
0.43
4.4

417
0.63
6.4
500
0.51
5.2

300
0.87
8.9
360
0.72
7.3

250
1.05
10.7
300
0.85
8.7

200
1.31
13.4
240
1.07
10.9

166
1.57
16.0
200
1.28
13.1

150
1.74
17.8
180
1.43
14.6

120
2.19
22.3
144
1.78
18.2

100
2.62
26.7
120
2.15
21.9

83
3.15
32.1
100
2.57
26.2

75
3.15
32.1
90
2.58
26.3

60
3.94
40.2
72
3.22
32.9

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
4.72
48.2
60
3.86
39.4

41
5.66
57.8
50
4.64
47.3

37
6.29
64.2
45
5.16
52.6

30
7.12
72.6
36
5.82
59.4

25
7.84
80.0
30
6.99
71.3

20
7.84
80.0
24
7.84
80.0

16
7.84
80.0
20
7.84
80.0

G8K

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

100 120 150 180 200


15
7.84
80.0
18
7.84
80.0

12
7.84
80.0
15
7.84
80.0

10
7.84
80.0
12
7.84
80.0

8
7.84
80.0
10
7.84
80.0

7.5
7.84
80.0
9
7.84
80.0

in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.

6W

Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 25 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 5.88 Nm (60 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 25 and 40, and 7.84 Nm (80 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

15W

Condenser
25W

(8)

40W

Motor type
T

(4.5)

60W

A8HM25A
10

#187

90W

A8HM25D
H

MARKING

A8HM25C

Voltage

Capacity

(V)
()
1ph100
6.0
1ph110
1ph200
1.5
1ph220
1ph220
1.5
1ph240

134

Condenser type

(mm) (mm) (mm)


DMF-25605

38

19

29

DMF-45155

36

16

25

DMF-45155

36

16

25

TM

Three
phase

Lead
wire

80mm

Terminal
box

25

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A8HM25
Gear head type G8 K

Gear head output shaft detail

25

0
0.03

0.1
0

Table1. Gear head length

+0.2

0
0.03

Gear head size

Length (mm)

G83K G818K
G820K G8200K

32
42.5

Table2. Weight
Weight(kg)
Motor
G83K
G818K
G820K
G840K
G850K
G8200K
Intermediate gear head

Gear head

2.5

Key size

25

0.03
0

10

32

23

Motor
TypeA8HM25

(109.4)

13.6

85

10.8

80

2
+0.5

D
P.C.

SU

MO

ES

MI

,Lt

d.

79.5

0
0.030

NTROL M
OT

HEA

V Y IN D U

ST

94

73h7

D CO

46.7

EE

OR

SP

RI

5.5
,

(10)

22 30
Lead wires length 300mm
MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20
T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22

(300)

Intermediate gear head


Type: G8XH10
(45.6)
32

80

13.6
2

+0.5

94

0
0.030

P.C.D
73h7

Single
phase

Related information

5.5

Selection procedure: p. 91
Options: Induction. p. 169
Standard specifications: p. 115
Te chnical information: p. 175

135

1.60
0.43
0.57
0.61
0.43

40

Overview

Induction

Socket-type speed control motors

90mm

Induction motors

Motor specification table

Reversible

Electromagnetic
brakes

Frame
size
mm sq

Terminal
boxes

Controller Type Poles

Motor Type

Voltage Frequency

Output
(W)

A9HM40A

CAH90A

(V)

1ph100

40

1ph110
Speed
controller
(Overview)

90

A9HM40D

Unit type

CAH90C
CAH90D

1ph200

40

1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

40

50

(r/min)
Cont.

Cont.

Cont.

90-1400
90-1700
90-1700
90-1400
90-1700
90-1700
90-1400

Allowable torque
OverStarting torque
heating Standard Condenser
At 1200r/min
At 90r/min
pro(Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection
(F)
0.280
2.80
1.73
0.173
0.055
0.55
0.240
2.40
10.0
TP
CE
0.145
1.45
0.300
3.00
0.063
0.63
0.177
1.77
0.173
1.73
0.280
2.80
0.055
0.55
2.5
0.240
2.40
0.145
1.45
TP
CE
0.300
3.00
0.063
0.63
0.177
1.77
0.270
2.70
0.158
1.58
0.063
0.63
2.0
TP
CE
0.320
3.20
0.190
1.90

Gear head rating torque table


Gear head type:
Frequency

50Hz

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

G9AK

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Rating torque

Gear head type:

Brake Packs

Frequency
Options

50Hz
Technical
Information

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

Rating torque

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

Overview

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

500
0.81
8.3
600
0.67
6.8

417
0.97
9.9
500
0.80
8.2

300
1.35
13.8
360
1.11
11.3

250
1.62
16.5
300
1.33
13.6

200
2.03
20.7
240
1.67
17.0

166
2.43
24.8
200
2.00
20.4

150
2.70
27.5
180
2.23
22.7

120
3.37
34.4
144
2.78
28.4

100
4.05
41.3
120
3.33
34.0

83
4.86
49.6
100
4.00
40.8

75
4.86
49.6
90
4.01
40.9

60
6.09
62.1
72
5.01
51.1

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
7.30
74.5
60
6.01
61.3

41
8.76
89.4
50
7.21
73.6

37
9.73
99.3
45
8.02
81.8

G9AK

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed

Ouput speed

60Hz

6W

(Hz)
50
60
60
50
60
60

Speed range

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Speed controller
(Induction)

Socket type

A9HM40C

Time
ratiang

30
25
20
16
15
12
10
8
7.5
9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80
100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
36
30
24
20
18
15
12
10
9
9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80
100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0

=in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 9.80Nm(100kgfcm).
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

15W

Condenser
25W

(8)

40W

100 120 150 180 200

Motor type

Voltage

Capacity

(4.5)

60W
A9HM40A
10

A9HM40C

#187

A9HM40D

90W
MARKING

(V)
()
1100
10.0
1110
1200
2.5
1220
1220
2.0
1240

136

Condenser type

(mm) (mm) (mm)


DMF-251006

47

19

28

DMF-45255

47

19

28

DMF-45205

38

19

29

TM

Three
phase

Lead
wire

90mm

Terminal
box

40

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A9HM40
Gear head type G9A K
189.8(207.8)
105

32

42(60)
Table1

90
+0.5

NTROL M
OT

87.5

ES

MI

,Lt

d.

SU
OM

OH
TR
E A V Y INDUS

36

104

18

D CO

46.7

EE

D
P.C.

OR

SP

12h7

0
0.018

10.8

(10)

6.5
,

22 30

(300)

Key size
25 +0.2

Table1. Gear head length

0
0.03

0.1
0

0
0.03

Gear head size

Length(mm)

G9A3KG9A18K
G9A20KG9A200K

42
60

Table2. Weight
Motor
G9A3K
G9A18K
G9A20K
G9A40K
G9A50K
G9A200K
Intermediate gear head
Gear head

25

2.5

0.03
0

12

32

Gear head output shaft detail

23

18.5

105

10.8

TypeA9HM40

90

+0

d.
T

ES

MI

,Lt

83h7

OR

SU
OM

46.7

NTROL M
OT

87.5

D CO

OH
EAV

Y INDU

ST

.5

104

0
0.035

.D
P.C
EE

(134.3)

Motor

SP

RI

(10)

6.5
,

22 30

(300)

Lead wires length 300mm


MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20
T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22

Intermediate gear head


Type: G9AXH10
(55.5)
18.5

37

90

2
+0.5

0
0.035

104
P.C.D

83h7

Single
phase

6.5

Related information
Selection procedure: p. 91
Options: Induction. p. 169
Standard specifications: p. 115
Technical information: p. 175

137

Weight(kg)
2.42
0.73
1.03
1.13
0.60

60

Overview

Induction

Socket-type speed control motors

90mm

Induction motors

Motor specification table

Reversible

Electromagnetic
brakes

Frame
size
mm sq

Terminal
boxes

Controller Type Poles

Motor Type

Output
(W)

A9HM60AH

CAH90A

(V)

1ph100

60

1ph110

90

Speed
controller
(Overview)

A9HM60CH
A9HM60DH

CAH90C
CAH90D

4
4

1ph200

60

1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

60

Unit type

50

(r/min)
90-1400
90-1700
90-1700
90-1400
90-1700
90-1700

Cont.

Cont.

90-1400

Cont.

Allowable torque
At 1200r/min
At 90r/min
(Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm)
0.540
5.40
0.120
0.440
4.40
0.530
5.30
0.160
0.540
5.40
0.120
0.440
4.40
0.530
5.30
0.160
0.440
4.40
0.090
0.530
5.30

Gear head type:


Frequency

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

(Kgfcm) (Nm)
0.367
1.20
0.318
1.60
0.385
0.367
1.20
0.318
1.60
0.385
0.266
0.90
0.331

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Rating torque

Gear head type:

Brake Packs

Frequency
Options

50Hz
Technical
Information

Overview

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

500
1.20
12.2
600
0.95
9.7

417
1.43
14.6
500
1.15
11.7

300
1.99
20.3
360
1.59
16.2

250
2.38
24.3
300
1.90
19.4

200
2.99
30.4
240
2.38
24.3

166
3.58
36.5
200
2.86
29.2

150
3.97
40.5
180
3.18
32.4

120
4.47
45.6
144
3.58
36.5

100
5.37
54.8
120
4.29
43.8

83
6.44
65.7
100
5.16
52.6

75
7.15
73.0
90
5.72
58.4

60
8.09
82.5
72
6.47
66.0

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
9.70
99.0
60
7.76
79.2

41
11.66
119.0
50
9.31
95.0

37
12.94
132.0
45
10.39
106.0

30
16.17
165.0
36
12.94
132.0

25
19.40
198.0
30
15.48
158.0

20
19.60
200.0
24
17.35
177.0

16
19.60
200.0
20
19.60
200.0

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

100 120 150 180 200


15
19.60
200.0
18
19.60
200.0

Condenser
25W
W

(8)

40W

(4.5)

10

#187

MARKING

90W

12
19.60
200.0
15
19.60
200.0

10
19.60
200.0
12
19.60
200.0

= in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torgue is 19.60Nm(200kgfcm).
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

15W

60W

Overheating Standard Condenser


pro(Kgfcm) tection
(F)
3.67
20. 0
TP
CE
3.18
3.85
3.67
5.0
TP
CE
3.18
3.85
2.66
3.5
TP
CE
3.31

Starting torque

Gear head rating torque table

50Hz

6W

(Hz)
50
60
60
50
60
60

Speed range

Time
ratiang

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Speed controller
(Induction)

Socket type

Voltage Frequency

Motor type

Voltage

Capacity

(V)
()
1ph100
A9HM60AH
20.0
1ph110
1ph200
A9HM60CH
5.0
1ph220
1ph220
A9HM60DH
3.5
1ph240

138

Condenser type

(mm) (mm) (mm)


DMF-252006

58

36

39

DMF-45505

50

25

40

DMF-45355

48

21

33

8
19.60
200.0
10
19.60
200.0

7.5
19.60
200.0
9
19.60
200.0

TM

Three
phase

Lead
wire

90mm

Terminal
box

60

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A9 HM60 H
Gear head type G9B KH
263.3
65.5

159.8
73.8

38
0
0.018

86

90

15h7

+0.5

104

.D
P.C
90

18

34

(10)

4- 6.5
,
22 30

(300)

Key size

Gear head output shaft detail

Table1. Weight
Weight(kg)
2.93

27.5 +0.2

Tap
M510 Depth

0
0.03

0.1
0

15

27.5

0.03
0

38

Motor

0
0.03

G9B3KH
G9B10KH
G9B12.5KH
G9B20KH
G9B25KH
G9B60KH
G9B75KH
G9B200KH
Intermediate gear head

Gear head

25

1.21
1.30
1.40
1.45
0.65

Motor
180.8

TypeA9 HM60 H
73.8

90

21

159.8
86
7

4- 6.5

+0.5

104

83h7

90

0
0.035

.D
P.C

(10)

,
22 30

Lead wires length 300mm


MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20
T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22

(300)

Intermediate gear head


Type: G9BXH10H
(61)
40

90

21
2

+0
104

.5

0
0.035

.D
P.C

83h7

Single
phase

Related information
4- 6.5

Selection procedure: p. 91
Options: Induction. p. 169
Standard specifications: p. 115
Technical information: p. 175

139

90

Overview

Induction

Socket-type speed control motors

90mm

Induction motors

Motor specification table

Reversible

Electromagnetic
brakes

Frame
size
mm sq

Controller Type Poles

Motor Type

Voltage Frequency

(W)

A9HM90AH

Terminal
boxes

Output

CAH90A

90

(V)

1ph100
1ph110

90

Speed
controller
(Overview)

CAH90C

A9HM90CH

CAH90D

A9HM90DH

90

90

1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

(Hz)
50
60
60
50
60
60
50

Time
ratiang

Speed range

(r/min)
Cont.

Cont.

Cont.

90-1400
90-1700
90-1700
90-1400
90-1700
90-1700
90-1400

Allowable torque
At 1200r/min
At 90r/min
(Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm)
0.720
7.20
0.150
1.50
0.540
5.40
0.520
5.20
0.720
7.20
0.150
1.50
0.540
5.40
0.520
5.20
0.650
6.50
0.180
1.80
0.820
8.20

Overheating Standard Condenser


pro(Kgfcm) tection
(F)
4.31
TP
CE
24.0
3.71
4.38
4.31
7.0
3.71
TP
CE
4.38
3.95
TP
CE
5.0
4.89

Starting torque
(Nm)
0.431
0.371
0.438
0.431
0.371
0.438
0.395
0.489

Unit type

Speed controller
(Induction)

Socket type

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Gear head rating torque table


Gear head type:
Frequency

50Hz

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

G9BKH

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Brake Packs

Rating torque

Gear head type:


Frequency

Options

50Hz
Technical
Information

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

Overview

6W

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

500
1.78
18.2
600
1.43
14.6

417
2.15
21.9
500
1.72
17.5

300
2.98
30.4
360
2.38
24.3

250
3.58
36.5
300
2.86
29.2

200
4.47
45.6
240
3.58
36.5

166
5.36
54.7
200
4.68
43.7

150
5.96
60.8
180
4.76
48.6

120
6.70
68.4
144
5.37
54.8

100
8.05
82.1
120
6.44
65.7

83
9.66
98.6
100
7.72
78.8

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
14.60
149.0
60
11.66
119.0

41
17.44
178.0
50
14.01
143.0

37
19.40
198.0
45
15.48
158.0

30
19.60
200.0
36
19.40
198.0

25
19.60
200.0
30
19.60
200.0

20
19.60
200.0
24
19.60
200.0

16
19.60
200.0
20
19.60
200.0

Condenser
25W
W

(8)

40W

(4.5)

10

#187

MARKING

90W

25

75
60
10.78 12.15
110.0 124.0
90
72
8.59 9.70
87.6 99.0

100 120 150 180 200


15
19.60
200.0
18
19.60
200.0

12
19.60
200.0
15
19.60
200.0

10
19.60
200.0
12
19.60
200.0

in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torgue is 19.60Nm(200kgfcm).
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

15W

60W

20

G9BKH

Ouput speed

60Hz

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

Capacity
W
T
H
Condenser type
(V)
(
(mm) (mm) (mm)
1ph100
A9HM90AH
24.0 DMF-252406
58 36 39
1ph110
1ph200
A9HM90CH
7.0
DMF-45705
50 25 40
1ph220
1ph220
A9HM90DH
5.0
DMF-45505
50 25 40
1ph240
Motor type

Voltage

140

8
19.60
200.0
10
19.60
200.0

7.5
19.60
200.0
9
19.60
200.0

TM

Three
phase

Lead
wire

90mm

Terminal
box

90

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A9HM90 H
Gear head type G9B KH
278.3
65.5

174.8
73.8

38
0
0.018

101

90

15h7

+0.5

34

18

90

104

.D
P.C

4- 6.5

(10)

,
22 30

(300)

Key size

Gear head output shaft detail

Table1. Weight
Weight(kg)
3.53

0.1
0

27.5

Tap
M510 Depth

+0.2

0
0.03

15

27.5

0.03
0

38

Motor

0
0.03

G9B3KH
G9B10KH
G9B12.5KH
G9B20KH
G9B25KH
G9B60KH
G9B75KH
G9B200KH
Intermediate gear head

1.21

Gear head

25

Motor
TypeA9HM90 H

1.30
1.40
1.45
0.65

195.8
73.8

90

21

174.8
101
7

4- 6.5

+0.5

104

83h7

90

0
0.035

.D
P.C

(10)

,
22 30
Lead wires length 300mm
MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20
T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22

(300)

Intermediate gear head


Type: G9BXH10H
(61)
40

90

21
2

+0
104

.5

0
0.035

.D
P.C

83h7

Single
phase

Related information
Selection procedure: p. 91

4- 6.5

Options: Induction. p. 169


Standard specifications: p. 115
Technical information: p. 175

141

MEMO

142

TM

Soket-type speed controllers (Reversible moters)


Socket-type speed controllers
Rebersible motors

Gear head and reversible moter motor are sold separately.

Product sets consisting of special induction


motors, and socket-type speed controllers
that can adjust the motor speed
Speed controllers are compact and
multifunctional.
Controller, special motor and condenser must
be wired externally.
Speed range:
50 Hz: 90 to 1,400 r/min
60 Hz: 90 to 1,700 r/min
Motors have built-in tachogenerators (TG).
Motors can be stopped instantly using a builtin electronic brake function. (Optional
external braking resistor must be attached.)
Motor must be completely stopped before
motor operation direction can be switched.
Acceleration/deceleration time can be set, so
motor can be accelerated/decelerated
gradually (soft start, soft stop).
Time rating: Short-time (30minutes)
A single speed control switch can be used to
operate multiple controllers simultaneously at
the same speed setting.

TM

143

6W

P.144

15W

P.146

25W

P.148

40W

P.150

Overview

Induction

Socket-type speed control motors

60mm

Reversible motors

Motor specification table

Reversible

Electromagnetic
brakes

Frame
size Motor Type
mm sq

Terminal
boxes
Speed
controller
(Overview)

Unit type

Socket type

Controller Type Poles

Output Voltage Frequency


(W)

A6HR06A

CAH90A

(V)

1ph100
1ph110

60

A6HR06C
A6HR06D

CAH90C
CAH90D

1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

(Hz)
50
60
60
50
60
60
50

Speed range

Time
ratiang

30Min.

30Min.

30Min.

(r/min)
90-1400
90-1700
90-1700
90-1400
90-1700
90-1700
90-1400

Allowable torque
At 1200r/min
At 90r/min

Overheating Standard Condenser


pro(Kgfcm) tection
(F)
0.30
3.0
0.23
ZP CE
0.26
0.30
0. 8
0.23
ZP CE
0.26
0.28
0.7
ZP CE
0.40

Starting torque

(Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm)


(Kgfcm) (Nm)
0.036
0.36
0.032
0.32
0.030
0.028
0.28
0.025
0.25
0.023
0.036
0.36
0.032
0.32
0.026
0.36
0.32
0.036
0.032
0.030
0.028
0.28
0.025
0.25
0.023
0.036
0.36
0.032
0.32
0.026
0.030
0.30
0.030
0.30
0.028
0.045
0.45
0.033
0.33
0.040

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and impedance-protected (ZP) types.

Speed controller
(Reversible)

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Gear head rating torque table


Gear head type:
Frequency

50Hz

G6D

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Brake Packs

60Hz

Gear head type:


Frequency

Options

50Hz
Technical
Information

Overview

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

500
0.13
1.3
600
0.10
1.0

417
0.15
1.5
500
0.13
1.3

300
0.21
2.1
360
0.17
1.7

250
0.26
2.6
300
0.21
2.1

200
0.31
3.2
240
0.26
2.6

166
0.38
3.9
200
0.30
3.1

150
0.42
4.3
180
0.34
3.5

120
0.53
5.4
144
0.43
4.4

100
0.63
6.4
120
0.51
5.2

83
0.76
7.7
100
0.62
6.3

75
0.76
7.7
90
0.62
6.3

60
0.95
9.7
72
0.76
7.8

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
1.14
11.6
60
0.92
9.4

41
1.36
13.9
50
1.11
11.3

37
1.52
15.5
45
1.24
12.6

30
1.72
17.5
36
1.39
14.2

25
2.06
21.0
30
1.67
17.0

20
2.57
26.2
24
2.09
21.3

16
2.94
30.0
20
2.50
25.5

G6D

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

6W

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

Condenser
25W
W

(8)

40W

Motor type
T

(4.5)

A6HR06A

MARKING

10

#187

A6HR06C

90W

15
2.94
30.0
18
2.78
28.4

12
2.94
30.0
15
2.94
30.0

10
2.94
30.0
12
2.94
30.0

8
2.94
30.0
10
2.94
30.0

7.5
2.94
30.0
9
2.94
30.0

in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 30 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 1.96 Nm (20 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 30 and 40, and 2.94 Nm (30 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

15W

60W

100 120 150 180 200

A6HR06D

Voltage

Capacity

(V)
()
1ph100
3.0
1ph110
1ph200
0.8
1ph220
1ph220
0.7
1ph240

144

Condenser type

(mm) (mm) (mm)


DMF-25305

36

16

25

DMF-45804

36

16

25

DMF-45704

36

16

25

TM

Three
phase

Lead
wire

60mm

Terminal
box

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A6HR06
Gear head type G6 D
147.8(157.8)
30(40)

75

32

Table1

60
+0.5

D
P.C.

NTROL MO
D CO
T
EE

TO

HEA

VY IN D US

TR

10

59.5

24

46.7

S,

MI

Lt

d.

SU

MO

70

OR

SP

8h7

6.5

0
0.015

10.8

IE

(10)

4.5
,

22 30

(300)

Table1. Gear head length

Gear head output shaft detail

Table2. Weight

Gear head size

Length (mm)

G63D G618D
G620D G6200D

30
40

Weight(kg)
0.76

Motor
G63D
G618D
G620D
G640D
G650D
G6200D
Intermediate gear head
Gear head

12

0
0.1

32

0.24
0.30
0.33
0.18

(98.5)

Motor

12.7

75

10.8

TypeA6HR06

6.5

60
+0.5

D
P.C.

70

NTROL MO
D CO
T
EE

TO

0
0.030

S,

MI

Lt

d.

SU

54h7

46.7

59.5

OR

SP

MO

HEA

V Y IN D U S

TR

IE

4
(10)

4.5
,

Lead wires length 300mm


MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20
T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22

22 30

(300)

Intermediate gear head


Type: G6XH10
(38.7)
26

60

12.7

+0.5

70

0
0.030

D
P.C.

54h7

Single
phase

Related information

4.5

Selection procedure: p. 91
Options: Induction. p. 169
Standard specifications: p. 115
Technical information: p. 175

145

15

Overview

Induction

Socket-type speed control motors

70mm

Reversible motors

Motor specification table

Reversible

Electromagnetic
brakes

Frame
size Motor Type
mm sq

Terminal
boxes

Controller Type Poles

Output Voltage Frequency


(W)

CAH90A

A7HR15A

15

(V)

1ph100
1ph110

Speed
controller
(Overview)

Unit type

Socket type

70

CAH90C

A7HR15C

CAH90D

A7HR15D

15

15

1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

(Hz)
50
60
60
50
60
60
50

Speed range

Time
ratiang

(r/min)
30Min.

30Min.

30Min.

90-1400
90-1700
90-1700
90-1400
90-1700
90-1700
90-1400

Allowable
At 1200r/min
(Nm) (Kgfcm)
0.100
1.00
0.090
0.90
0.120
1.20
0.100
1.00
0.090
0.90
0.120
1.20
0.090
0.90
0.120
1.20

torque
At 90r/min
(Nm) (Kgfcm)
0.045

0.45

0.048

0.48

0.045

0.45

0.048

0.48

0.046

0.46

Overheating Standard Condenser


pro(Kgfcm) tection
(F)
0.80
0.57
6.0
TP
CE
0.75
0.80
1. 5
0.57
TP
CE
0.75
0.75
1. 2
TP
CE
0.90

Starting torque
(Nm)
0.080
0.057
0.075
0.080
0.057
0.075
0.075
0.090

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Speed controller
(Reversible)

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Gear head rating torque table


Gear head type:
Frequency

50Hz

G7K

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Brake Packs

60Hz

Rating torque

Gear head type:


Frequency

Options

50Hz
Technical
Information

Rating torque

Rating torque

Overview

6W

Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

500
0.31
3.2
600
0.29
3.0

417
0.38
3.9
500
0.35
3.6

300
0.53
5.4
360
0.50
5.1

250
0.64
6.5
300
0.60
6.1

200
0.79
8.1
240
0.75
7.6

166
0.95
9.7
200
0.89
9.1

150
1.06
10.8
180
0.99
10.1

120
1.32
13.5
144
1.25
12.7

100
1.59
16.2
120
1.49
15.2

83
1.90
19.4
100
1.79
18.2

75
1.90
19.4
90
1.79
18.2

60
2.37
24.2
72
2.24
22.8

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
2.85
29.1
60
2.68
27.3

41
3.42
34.9
50
3.22
32.8

37
3.81
38.8
45
3.58
36.5

30
4.28
43.6
36
4.02
41.0

25
4.90
50.0
30
4.83
49.2

20
4.90
50.0
24
4.90
50.0

16
4.90
50.0
20
4.90
50.0

G7K

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed

Ouput speed

60Hz

r/min

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

Condenser

(8)

40W

15
4.90
50.0
18
4.90
50.0

12
4.90
50.0
15
4.90
50.0

10
4.90
50.0
12
4.90
50.0

8
4.90
50.0
10
4.90
50.0

7.5
4.90
50.0
9
4.90
50.0

in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 25 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 3.92 Nm (40 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 25 and 40, and 4.90 Nm (50 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

15W

25W

100 120 150 180 200

Motor type
T

(4.5)

60W

A7HR15A

10

#187

90W

A7HR15C

A7HR15D
MARKING

Voltage

Capacity

(V)
()
1ph100
6.0
1ph110
1ph200
1.5
1ph220
1ph220
1.2
1ph240

146

Condenser type

(mm) (mm) (mm)


DMF-25605

38

19

29

DMF-45155

36

16

25

DMF-45125

36

16

25

TM

Three
phase

Lead
wire

70mm

Terminal
box

15

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A7HR15
Gear head type G7 K
32(42)

80

32

Table1

70

10h7

0
0.015

154.8(164.8)
10.8

+0.5

D
P.C.

82

d.

SU

Lt

TO

S,

MI

HEA

VY IN D US

TR

15

69

30

46.7

SP

OR

NTROL MO
D CO
T
EE

MO

IE

(10)

5.5

22 30

(300)

25

+0.2

Table1. Gear head length


4

2.5

0.1
0

0
0.03

Gear head size

Length(mm)

G73K G718K
G720K G7200K

32
42

Table2. Weight
Motor
G73K
G718K
G720K
G740K
G750K
G7200K
Intermediate gear head
Gear head

25

0.03
0

10

32

0
0.03

Key size

Gear head output shaft detail

23

(104.2)

Motor

10.8

70
7

P.C
.D

0
0.030

82 +0.5

TO

S,

MI

Lt

d.

SU

64h7

46.7

69

OR

NTROL MO
D CO
T
EE

MO

13.4

80

TypeA7HR15

SP

HEA

VY IN D US

TR

IE

(10)

5.5

22 30

Lead wires length 300mm


MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20
T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22

(300)

Intermediate gear head


Type: G7XH10
(43.4)
30

13.4

70

+ 0.5

82

0
0.030

D
P.C.

64h7

Single
phase

5.5

Related information
Selection procedure: p. 91
Options: Induction. p. 169
Standard specifications: p. 115
Technical information: p. 175

147

Weight(kg)
1.12
0.38
0.47
0.52
0.32

25

Overview

Induction

Socket-type speed control motors

80mm

Reversible motors

Motor specification table

Reversible

Electromagnetic
brakes

Frame
size Motor Type
mm sq

Terminal
boxes

Controller Type Poles

Output Voltage Frequency


(W)

A8HR25A

CAH90A

25

(V)

1ph100
1ph110

Speed
controller
(Overview)

Unit type

80

A8HR25C
A8HR25D

CAH90C
CAH90D

25

4
4

25

1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

(Hz)
(
50
60
60
50
60
60
50

Speed range

Time
ratiang

30Min.

30Min.
30Min.

((r/min)
90-1400
90-1700
90-1700
90-1400
90-1700
90-1700
90-1400

Allowable
At 1200r/min
(Nm) (Kgfcm)
0.230
2.30
0.200
2.00
0.230
2.30
0.230
2.30
0.200
2.00
0.260
2.60
0.220
2.20
0.260
2.60

torque
At 90r/min
(Nm) (Kgfcm)
0.070

0.70

0.076

0.76

0.070

0.70

0.076

0.76

0.072

0.72

Overheating Standard Condenser


pro(Nm) (Kgfcm) tection
(F)
Starting torque

0.135
0.110
0.140
0.135
0.110
0.140
0.135
0.190

1.35
1.10
1.40
1.35
1.10
1.40
1.35
1.90

TP

CE

10. 0

TP

CE

2. 5

TP

CE

2.0

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.

Socket type

The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Speed controller
(Reversible)

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Gear head rating torque table


Gear head type:
Frequency

50Hz

G8K

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Brake Packs

60Hz

Rating torque

Gear head type:


Frequency

Options

50Hz
Technical
Information

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

500
0.52
5.3
600
0.43
4.4

417
0.63
6.4
500
0.51
5.2

300
0.87
8.9
360
0.72
7.3

250
1.05
10.7
300
0.85
8.7

200
1.31
13.4
240
1.07
10.9

166
1.57
16.0
200
1.28
13.1

150
1.74
17.8
180
1.43
14.6

120
2.19
22.3
144
1.78
18.2

100
2.62
26.7
120
2.15
21.9

83
3.15
32.1
100
2.57
26.2

75
3.15
32.1
90
2.58
26.3

60
3.94
40.2
72
3.22
32.9

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
4.72
48.2
60
3.86
39.4

41
5.66
57.8
50
4.64
47.3

37
6.29
64.2
45
5.16
52.6

30
7.12
72.6
36
5.82
59.4

25
7.84
80.0
30
6.99
71.3

20
7.84
80.0
24
7.84
80.0

16
7.84
80.0
20
7.84
80.0

G8K

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

Overview

100 120 150 180 200


15
7.84
80.0
18
7.84
80.0

12
7.84
80.0
15
7.84
80.0

10
7.84
80.0
12
7.84
80.0

8
7.84
80.0
10
7.84
80.0

7.5
7.84
80.0
9
7.84
80.0

in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.

6W

Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 25 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 5.88 Nm (60 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 25 and 40, and 7.84 Nm (80 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

15W

Condenser
25W
(8)

40W

(4.5)

10

MARKING

90W

A8HR25A

#187

A8HR25C

60W

Motor type

A8HR25D

Voltage

Capacity

(V)
()
1ph100
10.0
1ph110
1ph200
2.5
1ph220
1ph220
2.0
1ph240

148

Condenser type

(mm) (mm) (mm)


DMF-251006

47

19

28

DMF-45255

47

19

28

DMF-45205

38

19

29

TM

Three
phase

Lead
wire

80mm

Terminal
box

25

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A8HR25
Gear head type G8 K
32(42.5)

32

80

10h7

Table1

0
0.015

159.8(170.3)
85

10.8

+0.5

94

34

d.

SU

,Lt
MO

ES

MI

HEA

V Y IN D U

ST

15

NTROL M
OT

46.7

D CO

79.5

EE

OR

SP

D
P.C.

RI

5.5
,

(10)

22 30

(300)

Key size

0.1
0

25

0
0.03

Gear head size

Length (mm)

G83K G818K
G820K G8200K

32
42.5

Table2. Weight
Weight(kg)
Motor
G83K
G818K
G820K
G840K
G850K
G8200K
Intermediate gear head
Gear head

+0.2

Table1. Gear head length

0
0.03

0.03
0

2.5

25

10

32

Gear head output shaft detail

23

Motor

(109.4)
13.6

85

10.8

TypeA8HR25

80

2
+0.5

D
P.C.

SU
T

MO

ES

MI

,Lt

d.

79.5

0
0.030

NTROL M
OT

HEA

V Y IN D U

ST

94

73h7

D CO

46.7

EE

OR

SP

RI

5.5
,

(10)

22 30
Lead wires length 300mm
MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20
T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22

(300)

Intermediate gear head


Type: G8XH10
(45.6)
32

80

13.6
2

+0.5

94

0
0.030

P.C.D
73h7

Single
phase

5.5

Related information
Selection procedure: p. 91
Options: Induction. p. 169
Standard specifications: p. 115
Te chnical information: p. 175

149

1.60
0.43
0.57
0.61
0.43

40

Overview

Induction

Socket-type speed control motors

90mm

Reversible motors

Motor specification table

Reversible

Electromagnetic
brakes

Frame
size Motor Type
mm sq

Terminal
boxes

Controller Type Poles

Output Voltage Frequency


(W)

A9HR40A

CAH90A

40

(V)

1ph100
1ph110

Speed
controller
(Overview)

90

A9HR40D

Unit type

Socket type

A9HR40C

CAH90C
CAH90D

40

40

1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

(Hz)
50
60
60
50
60
60
50

Allowable torque

Speed range

Time
ratiang

(r/min)
30Min.

30Min.
30Min.

90-1400
90-1700
90-1700
90-1400
90-1700
90-1700
90-1400

At 1200r/min
(Nm) (Kgfcm)
0.360
0.300
0.360
0.360
0.300
0.300
0.340
0.400

3.60
3.00
3.60
3.60
3.00
3.00
3.40
4.00

At 90r/min
(Nm) (Kgfcm)
0.080

0.80

0.084

0.84

0.080

0.80

0.084

0.84

0.083

0.83

Overheating Standard Condenser


pro(Nm) (Kgfcm) tection
(F)
Starting torque

0.235
0.200
0.270
0.235
0.200
0.270
0.200
0.280

2.35
2.00
2.70
2.35
2.00
2.70
2.00
2.80

TP

CE

15. 0

TP

CE

4. 0

TP

CE

3.0

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Speed controller
(Reversible)

Gear head rating torque table

Gear head type:


Frequency

50Hz

G9AK

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

60Hz

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

500
0.81
8.3
600
0.67
6.8

417
0.97
9.9
500
0.80
8.2

300
1.35
13.8
360
1.11
11.3

250
1.62
16.5
300
1.33
13.6

200
2.03
20.7
240
1.67
17.0

166
2.43
24.8
200
2.00
20.4

150
2.70
27.5
180
2.23
22.7

120
3.37
34.4
144
2.78
28.4

100
4.05
41.3
120
3.33
34.0

83
4.86
49.6
100
4.00
40.8

75
4.86
49.6
90
4.01
40.9

60
6.09
62.1
72
5.01
51.1

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
7.30
74.5
60
6.01
61.3

41
8.76
89.4
50
7.21
73.6

37
9.73
99.3
45
8.02
81.8

Brake Packs

Gear head type:


Frequency

Options

50Hz

Technical
Information

G9AK

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz
Overview

6W

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

=in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 9.80Nm(100kgfcm).
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

15W

Condenser
25W
(8)

(4.5)

40W

Motor type

A9HR40A

#187

10

60W

A9HR40C
MARKING

90W

100 120 150 180 200

30
25
20
16
15
12
10
8
7.5
9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80
100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
36
30
24
20
18
15
12
10
9
9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80
100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0

A9HR40D

Voltage

Capacity

(V)
()
1ph100
15.0
1ph110
1ph200
4.0
1ph220
1ph220
3.0
1ph240

150

Condenser type

(mm) (mm) (mm)


DMF-251506

50

25

40

DMF-45405

48

21

33

DMF-45305

47

19

28

TM

Three
phase

Lead
wire

90mm

Terminal
box

40

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A9 HR40
Gear head type G9A K
189.8(207.8)
42(60)

105

32

Table1

90
+0.5

NTROL M
OT

87.5

ES

MI

,Lt

d.

SU

OM

OH
EAV

Y INDU

ST

RI

104

18

D CO

36

46.7

EE

D
P.C.

OR

SP

12h7

0
0.018

10.8

(10)

6.5
,

22 30

(300)

32

25

0.1
0

0.2

0
0.03

0.03
0

2.5

Table2. Weight

Gear head size

Length(mm)

G9A3KG9A18K
G9A20KG9A200K

42
60

Motor
G9A3K
G9A18K
G9A20K
G9A40K
G9A50K
G9A200K
Intermediate gear head

10

Gear head

25

Table1. Gear head length

Key size
0
0.03

Gear head output shaft detail

23

10.8

105

18.5

TypeA9 HR40

90

.5
+0

d.
T

ES

MI

,Lt

83h7

OR

SU
OM

46.7

NTROL M
OT

87.5

D CO

OH
EAV

Y IND U

ST

104

0
0.035

.D
P.C
EE

(134.3)

Motor

SP

RI

(10)

6.5
,

22 30

(300)

Lead wires length 300mm


MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20
T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22

Intermediate gear head


Type: G9XH10
(55.5)
18.5

37

90

2
+0.5

0
0.035

104
P.C.D

83h7

Single
phase

6.5

Related information
Selection procedure: p. 91
Options: Induction. p. 169
Standard specifications: p. 115
Technical information: p. 175

151

Weight(kg)
2.42
0.73
1.03
1.13
0.60

MEMO

152

TM

Socket-type speed controllers(W/Electromagnetic brake motors)


W/Electromagnetic brake motors

Product sets consisting of special motor with


electromagnetic brake and socket-type speed
controllers that can adjust the motor speed.
Speed controllers are compact and multifunctional.
Controller, special motor and condenser must be
wired externally.
Speed range:
50 Hz: 90 to 1,400 r/min
60 Hz: 90 to 1,700 r/min
Motors have built-in tachogenerators (TG).
Motors can be stopped instantly using a built-in
electronic brake function. (Optional external braking
resistor must be attached.)
Motor must be completely stopped before motor
operation direction can be switched.
Acceleration/deceleration time can be set, so motor
can be accelerated/decelerated gradually (soft start,
soft stop).
Time rating: Short-time (30minutes)
External wiring is requited for condenser attachment
and electromagnetic brake comection.
A single speed control switch can be used to operate
multiple controllers simultaneously at the same
speed setting.

TM

153

6W

P.154

15W

P.156

25W

P.158

40W

P.160

Overview

Induction

Socket-type speed control motors

60mm

Electromagnetic brakes motors

Motor specification table

Reversible

Electromagnetic
brakes

Frame
size Motor Type
mm sq

Terminal
boxes

Controller Type Poles

Voltage Frequency

Output
(W)

A6HR06AB

CAH90A

(V)

1ph100
1ph110

Speed
controller
(Overview)

Unit type

Socket type

60

A6HR06CB
A6HR06DB

CAH90C
CAH90D

1ph200
1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

(Hz)
50
60
60
50
60
60
50

Allowable torque
OverStarting torque
heating Standard Condenser
At 1200r/min
At 90r/min
pro(Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection
(F)
0.050
0.50
0.039
0.39
0.030
0.036
0.36
3.0
0.038
0.38
0.30
ZP
CE
0.050
0.50
0.044
0.44
0.50
0.050
0.039
0.39
0. 8
0.038
0.38
0.030
0.036
0.36
0.30
ZP
CE
0.050
0.50
0.044
0.44
0.045
0.45
0.045
0.45
0.030
0.30
0.7
ZP
CE
0.056
0.56
0.049
0.49

Speed range

Time
ratiang

30min.

30min.
30min.

(r/min)
90-1400
90-1700
90-1700
90-1400
90-1700
90-1700
90-1400

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and impedance-protected (ZP) types.

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Speed controller
(Electro-magnetic brake)

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

Brake Packs

Gear head rating torque table

Gear head type:


Frequency

50Hz

Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

Rating torque

Gear head type:


Frequency

Options

50Hz
Technical
Information

Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

500
0.13
1.3
600
0.10
1.0

417
0.15
1.5
500
0.13
1.3

300
0.21
2.1
360
0.17
1.7

250
0.26
2.6
300
0.21
2.1

200
0.31
3.2
240
0.26
2.6

166
0.38
3.9
200
0.30
3.1

150
0.42
4.3
180
0.34
3.5

120
0.53
5.4
144
0.43
4.4

100
0.63
6.4
120
0.51
5.2

83
0.76
7.7
100
0.62
6.3

75
0.76
7.7
90
0.62
6.3

60
0.95
9.7
72
0.76
7.8

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
1.14
11.6
60
0.92
9.4

41
1.36
13.9
50
1.11
11.3

37
1.52
15.5
45
1.24
12.6

30
1.72
17.5
36
1.39
14.2

25
2.06
21.0
30
1.67
17.0

20
2.57
26.2
24
2.09
21.3

16
2.94
30.0
20
2.50
25.5

G6D

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed

Rating torque

Overview

6W

G6D

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

Condenser

25W
(8)

40W

(4.5)

10

#187

MARKING

90W

15
2.94
30.0
18
2.78
28.4

12
2.94
30.0
15
2.94
30.0

10
2.94
30.0
12
2.94
30.0

8
2.94
30.0
10
2.94
30.0

7.5
2.94
30.0
9
2.94
30.0

in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 30 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 1.96 Nm (20 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 30 and 40, and 2.94 Nm (30 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

15W

60W

100 120 150 180 200

Motor type

Voltage

Capacity

(V)
()
1ph100
A6HR06A
3.0
1ph110
1ph200
A6HR06C
0.8
1ph220
1ph220
A6HR06D
0.7
1ph240

154

Condenser type

(mm) (mm) (mm)


DMF-25305

36

16

25

DMF-45804

36

16

25

DMF-45704

36

16

25

TM

Three
phase

Lead
wire

60mm

Terminal
box

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A6HR06 B
Gear head type G6 D
184.8(194.8)
32(40)

112
43.5

32

Table1

68.5

60
+0.5

10

59

46.7

70

D
P.C.

NTROL MO
D CO
T
EE

OR

SP

8h7

6.5

0
0.015

10.8

24

TO

S,

MI

Lt

d.

SU
MO

HEA

VY IN D US

TR

IE

(10)

4.5
,

22 30

(300)

Gear head output shaft detail

Table1. Gear head length


Gear head size

Length (mm)

G63D G618D
G620D G6200D

30
40

Table2. Weight
Motor
G63D
G618D
G620D
G640D
G650D
G6200D
Intermediate gear head
Gear head

12

0
0.1

32

135.5
112

10.8

Motor

43.5

12.7
68.5
6.5

TypeA6HR06 B

60

+0.5

D
P.C.

54h7

46.7

59
TO

S,

MI

Lt

d.

SU

MO

HEA

V Y IN D U S

TR

70

0
0.030

NTROL MO
D CO
T
EE

OR

SP

IE

(10)

4.5
,

Lead wires length 300mm


MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20
T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22

22 30

(300)

Intermediate gear head


Type: G6XH10
(38.7)
26

60

12.7

+0.5

70

0
0.030

D
P.C.

54h7

Single
phase

Related information
4

4.5

Selection procedure: p. 91
Options: Induction. p. 169
Standard specifications: p. 115
Technical information: p. 175

155

Weight(kg)
1.00
0.24
0.30
0.33
0.18

15

Overview

Induction

Socket-type speed control motors

70mm

Electromagnetic brakes motors

Motor specification table

Reversible

Electromagnetic
brakes

Frame
size Motor Type
mm sq

Terminal
boxes

Controller Type Poles

CAH90A

A7HR15AB

Output

Voltage

Frequency

(W)

(V)

(Hz)
50
60
60
50
60
60

1ph100

15

1ph110
Speed
controller
(Overview)

Unit type

Socket type

70

CAH90C

A7HR15CB

CAH90D

A7HR15DB

1ph200

15

1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

15

50

Allowable torque
OverStarting torque
heating Standard Condenser
At 1200r/min
At 90r/min
pro(Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection
(F)

Speed range

Time
ratiang

(r/min)
30min.

30min.

30min.

90-1400
90-1700
90-1700
90-1400
90-1700
90-1700

0.110
0.085
0.110
0.110
0.085
0.110
0.100
0.120

90-1400

1.10
0.85
1.10
1.10
0.85
1.10
1.00
1.20

0.045

0.45

0.045

0.45

0.045

0.45

0.078
0.068
0.080
0.078
0.068
0.080
0.077
0.099

0.78
0.68
0.80
0.78
0.68
0.80
0.77
0.99

TP

CE

6.0

TP

CE

1. 5

TP

CE

1. 2

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Speed controller
(Electro-magnetic brake)

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

Brake Packs

Gear head rating torque table


Gear head type:
Frequency

50Hz
60Hz

Rating torque

Gear head type:


Frequency

50Hz
Technical
Information

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

500
0.31
3.2
600
0.29
3.0

417
0.38
3.9
500
0.35
3.6

300
0.53
5.4
360
0.50
5.1

250
0.64
6.5
300
0.60
6.1

200
0.79
8.1
240
0.75
7.6

166
0.95
9.7
200
0.89
9.1

150
1.06
10.8
180
0.99
10.1

120
1.32
13.5
144
1.25
12.7

100
1.59
16.2
120
1.49
15.2

83
1.90
19.4
100
1.79
18.2

75
1.90
19.4
90
1.79
18.2

60
2.37
24.2
72
2.24
22.8

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
2.85
29.1
60
2.68
27.3

41
3.42
34.9
50
3.22
32.8

37
3.81
38.8
45
3.58
36.5

30
4.28
43.6
36
4.02
41.0

25
4.90
50.0
30
4.83
49.2

20
4.90
50.0
24
4.90
50.0

16
4.90
50.0
20
4.90
50.0

G7K

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

6W

Rating torque
Ouput speed

Options

Overview

G7K

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

12
4.90
50.0
15
4.90
50.0

10
4.90
50.0
12
4.90
50.0

Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.

15W

Condenser
25W
W

(8)

40W

(4.5)

10

#187

MARKING

90W

15
4.90
50.0
18
4.90
50.0

8
4.90
50.0
10
4.90
50.0

7.5
4.90
50.0
9
4.90
50.0

in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 25 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 3.92 Nm (40 kgfcm) for
a reduction ratio between 25 and 40, and 4.90 Nm (50 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

60W

100 120 150 180 200

Motor type

Voltage

Capacity

(V)
()
1ph100
A7HR15A
6.0
1ph110
1ph200
A7HR15C
1.5
1ph220
1ph220
A7HR15D
1.2
1ph240

156

Condenser type

(mm) (mm) (mm)


DMF-25605

38

19

29

DMF-45155

36

16

25

DMF-45125

36

16

25

TM

Three
phase

Lead
wire

70mm

Terminal
box

15

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A7HR15 B
Gear head type G7 K
193.3(203.3)

Table1

70
+0.5

NTROL M
OT

30

46.7

69

82

D
P.C.

SU
T

MO

ES

MI

,Lt

d.

15

D CO

OR

EE

32

32(42)

72.5

10h7

46

0
0.015

118.5

10.8

SP

HEA

VY IN D U

ST

RI

5.5

(10)

22 30

(300)

Key size

32

0
0.03

0.03
0

0.1
0

Table1. Gear head length


4

Length(mm)

G73K G718K
G720K G7200K

32
42

Table2. Weight
Motor
G73K
G718K
G720K
G740K
G750K
G7200K
Intermediate gear head

Gear head

Gear head size

10

23

2.5

0.2

25

25

0
0.03

Gear head output shaft detail

Motor
TypeA7HR15 B

46

72.5

MO

ES

MI

,Lt

d.

SU
O

HEA

VY IN D U

ST

P.C
.D

82 +0.5

64h7

69

46.7

NTROL M
OT

70

13.4
2

0
0.030

OR

CO
ED

142.7
118.5

10.8

SP

RI

(10)

5.5
,

22 30
Lead wires length 300mm
MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20
T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22

(300)

Intermediate gear head


Type: G7XH10
(43.4)
30

13.4

70

+ 0.5

82

0
0.030

D
P.C.

64h7

Single
phase

Related information

5.5

Selection procedure: p. 91
Options: Induction. p. 169
Standard specifications: p. 115
Te chnical information: p. 175

157

Weight(kg)
1.35
0.38
0.47
0.52
0.32

25

Overview

Induction

Socket-type speed control motors

80mm

Electromagnetic brakes motors

Motor specification table

Reversible

Electromagnetic
brakes

Frame
size
mm sq

Terminal
boxes

Controller Type Poles

Motor Type

CAH90A

A8HR25AB

Output

Voltage

Frequency

(W)

(V)

(Hz)
50
60
60
50
60
60

1ph100

25

1ph110
Speed
controller
(Overview)

Unit type

80

CAH90C

A8HR25CB

CAH90D

A8HR25DB

1ph200

25

1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

25

50

Allowable torque
OverStarting torque
heating Standard Condenser
At 1200r/min
At 90r/min
pro(Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection
(F)

Speed range

Time
ratiang

(r/min)
30min.

30min.
30min.

90-1400
90-1700
90-1700
90-1400
90-1700
90-1700

0.220
0.160
0.200
0.220
0.160
0.200
0.210
0.250

90-1400

2.20
1.60
2.00
2.20
1.60
2.00
2.10
2.50

0.070

0.70

0.070

0.70

0.060

0.60

0.141
0.119
0.144
0.141
0.119
0.144
0.150
0.194

1.41
1.19
1.44
1.41
1.19
1.44
1.50
1.94

TP

CE

10.0

TP

CE

2.5

TP

CE

2.0

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.

Socket type

All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Speed controller
(Electro-magnetic brake)

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

Brake Packs

Gear head rating torque table


Gear head type:
Frequency

50Hz

G8K

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

Rating torque

Gear head type:


Frequency

Options

50Hz
Technical
Information

Overview

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

500
0.52
5.3
600
0.43
4.4

417
0.63
6.4
500
0.51
5.2

300
0.87
8.9
360
0.72
7.3

250
1.05
10.7
300
0.85
8.7

200
1.31
13.4
240
1.07
10.9

166
1.57
16.0
200
1.28
13.1

150
1.74
17.8
180
1.43
14.6

120
2.19
22.3
144
1.78
18.2

100
2.62
26.7
120
2.15
21.9

83
3.15
32.1
100
2.57
26.2

75
3.15
32.1
90
2.58
26.3

60
3.94
40.2
72
3.22
32.9

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
4.72
48.2
60
3.86
39.4

41
5.66
57.8
50
4.64
47.3

37
6.29
64.2
45
5.16
52.6

30
7.12
72.6
36
5.82
59.4

25
7.84
80.0
30
6.99
71.3

20
7.84
80.0
24
7.84
80.0

16
7.84
80.0
20
7.84
80.0

G8K

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

100 120 150 180 200


15
7.84
80.0
18
7.84
80.0

12
7.84
80.0
15
7.84
80.0

10
7.84
80.0
12
7.84
80.0

8
7.84
80.0
10
7.84
80.0

7.5
7.84
80.0
9
7.84
80.0

in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


Intermediate gear heads are for use with gear heads having a reduction ratio of 25 or more. When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 5.88 Nm (60 kgfcm) for

6W

a reduction ratio between 25 and 40, and 7.84 Nm (80 kgfcm) for a reduction ratio of 50 or more.
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

15W

Condenser
25W

(8)

40W

Motor type

Voltage

Capacity

(4.5)

60W

90W
MARKING

10

#187

(V)
()
1ph100
A8HR25A
10.0
1ph110
1ph200
A8HR25C
2.5
1ph220
1ph220
A8HR25D
2.0
1ph240

158

Condenser type

(mm) (mm) (mm)


DMF-251006

47

19

28

DMF-45255

47

19

28

DMF-45205

38

19

29

TM

Three
phase

Lead
wire

80mm

Terminal
box

25

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A8HR25 B
Gear head type G8 K

198.8(209.3)

10.8

124
32(42.5)

76.5

32

Table1

80
+0.5

NTROL M
OT

34

MO

46.7

ES

MI

,Lt

d.

SU
O

HEA

V Y IN D U

ST

94

15

D CO

79.5

EE

P.C.D

OR

SP

10 h7

0
0.015

47.5

RI

5.5
,

22 30

(10)

(300)

Key size
25 +0.2

Table2. Weight

Table1. Gear head length

0
0.03

0.1
0

0
0.03

Gear head size

Length (mm)

G83K G818K
G820K G8200K

32
42.5

Motor
G83K
G818K
G820K
G840K
G850K
G8200K
Intermediate gear head

Gear head

25

2.5

0.03
0

10

32

Gear head output shaft detail

23

(148.4)

Motor

10.8

TypeA8HR25 B

124
47.5

13.6

76.5

80

2
+0.5

0
0.030

94

MO

ES

MI

,Lt

d.

SU
O

P.C.D

73h7

NTROL M
OT

46.7

D CO

79.5

EE

OR

SP

HEA

V Y IN D U

ST

RI

5.5
,

(10)

22 30

Lead wires length 300mm


MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20
T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22

(300)

Intermediate gear head


Type: G8XH10
(45.6)
32

80

13.6
2

+0.5

0
0.030

94
P.C.D

73h7

Single
phase

Related information

5.5

Selection procedure: p. 91
Options: Induction. p. 169
Standard specifications: p. 115
Te chnical information: p. 175

159

Weight(kg)
2.00
0.43
0.57
0.61
0.43

40

Overview

Induction

Socket-type speed control motors

90mm

Electromagnetic brakes motors

Motor specification table

Reversible

Electromagnetic
brakes

Frame
size Motor Type
mm sq

Terminal
boxes

Controller Type Poles

Output
(W)

A9HR40AB

CAH90A

Voltage

Frequency

(V)

(Hz)

1ph100

40

1ph110
Speed
controller
(Overview)

90

A9HR40DB

Unit type

Socket type

A9HR40CB

CAH90C
CAH90D

1ph200

40

1ph220
1ph220
1ph240

40

50
60
60
50
60
60
50

Allowable torque
OverStarting torque
heating Standard Condenser
At 1200r/min
At 90r/min
pro(Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) (Nm) (Kgfcm) tection
(F)

Speed range

Time
ratiang

30min.

30min.
30min.

((r/min)
90-1400
90-1700
90-1700
90-1400
90-1700
90-1700

0.380
0.290
0.360
0.380
0.290
0.360
0.350
0.420

90-1400

3.80
2.90
3.60
3.80
2.90
3.60
3.50
4.20

0.090

0.90

0.090

0.90

0.090

0.90

0.274
0.242
0.297
0.274
0.242
0.297
0.249
0.310

2.74
2.42
2.97
2.74
2.42
2.97
2.49
3.10

TP

CE

15. 0

TP

CE

4. 0

TP

CE

3.0

The capacitor condenser depends on the voltage in use. Be sure to use the correct capacity for the voltage.
The use of an incorrect condenser capacity can cause malfunctions. To ensure that you order the correct model, check the voltage in use before ordering.
All the motor types in the table above are CE Mark and thermal protected (TP) is built in the coil.

Speed
controller
(Induction)
Speed
controller
(Reversible)

Speed controller
(Electro-magnetic brake)

Gear head rating torque table

Gear head type:


Frequency

50Hz

G9AK

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

3.6

7.5

10

12.5

15

18

20

25

500
0.81
8.3
600
0.67
6.8

417
0.97
9.9
500
0.80
8.2

300
1.35
13.8
360
1.11
11.3

250
1.62
16.5
300
1.33
13.6

200
2.03
20.7
240
1.67
17.0

166
2.43
24.8
200
2.00
20.4

150
2.70
27.5
180
2.23
22.7

120
3.37
34.4
144
2.78
28.4

100
4.05
41.3
120
3.33
34.0

83
4.86
49.6
100
4.00
40.8

75
4.86
49.6
90
4.01
40.9

60
6.09
62.1
72
5.01
51.1

30

36

40

50

60

75

90

50
7.30
74.5
60
6.01
61.3

41
8.76
89.4
50
7.21
73.6

37
9.73
99.3
45
8.02
81.8

Brake Packs

Gear head type:


Frequency

Options

50Hz

Technical
Information

G9AK

Reduction ratio
Ouput speed
Rating torque
Ouput speed

60Hz
Overview

6W

Rating torque

r/min
Nm
Kgfcm
r/min
Nm
Kgfcm

=in gear head type names indicates the reduction ratio.


When an intermediate gear head is used, the rating torque is 9.80Nm(100kgfcm).
Rotation direction in shaded boxes are in the same direction as the motor rotation. Direction in unshaded boxes are in the opposite direction as the motor rotation.
Rotation speed dont include motor slippage. The actual values will be between 2 and 20% lower, depending on the load.

15W

Condenser
25W
(8)

40W

Motor type

Voltage

Capacity

(4.5)

#187

90W

MARKING

10

60W

100 120 150 180 200

30
25
20
16
15
12
10
8
7.5
9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80
100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
36
30
24
20
18
15
12
10
9
9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80 9.80
100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0

(V)
()
1ph100
A9HR40A
15.0
1ph110
1ph200
A9HR40C
4.0
1ph220
1ph220
A9HR40D
3.0
1ph240

160

Condenser type

(mm) (mm) (mm)


DMF-251506

50

25

40

DMF-45405

48

21

33

DMF-45305

47

19

28

TM

Three
phase

Lead
wire

90mm

Terminal
box

40

Dimensions
Gear motors
Motor type A9HR40 B
Gear head type G9A K
230.3(248.3)
10.8

145.5
42(60)

96.5

32

Table1

90

46.7

d.

,Lt

36

ES

MI

MO

HEA

+0.5

NTROL M
OT

SU

104

V Y IN D U

18

D CO

86

EE

D
P.C.

OR

SP

12 h7

0
0.018

49

I
TR

6.5

(10)

22 30

(300)

Key size
25 +0.2

0
0.03

0.1
0

0
0.03

Gear head size

Length(mm)

G9A3KG9A18K
G9A20KG9A200K

42
60

Motor
G9A3K
G9A18K
G9A20K
G9A40K
G9A50K
G9A200K
Intermediate gear head

Gear head

25

2.5

0.03
0

12

37

Table2. Weight

Table1. Gear head length

Gear head output shaft detail

23

174.8

Motor

18.5

96.5

49

TypeA9HR40 B

90
+0

ST

86
T

MO

ES

MI

,Lt

d.

SU

83h7

HEA

46.7

NTROL M
OT

OR

D CO

V Y IN D U

.5

104

0
0.035

.D
P.C
EE

145.5

10.8

SP

RI

(10)

6.5
,

22 30
Lead wires length 300mm
MOTOR:UL3266 AWG NO. 20
T.G. : UL1007 AWG NO.22

(300)

Intermediate gear head


Type: G9XH10
(55.5)
37
18.5
2

90

.D
P.C

104

+0.5

83h7

0
0.035

Single
phase

Related information

4- 6.5

Selection procedure: p. 91
Options: Induction. p. 169
Standard specifications: p. 115
Technical information: p. 175

161

Weight(kg)
2.87
0.73
1.03
1.13
0.60

MEMO

162

TM

Brake packs
Brake packs
Sumitomos brake packs are non contact types that
can instantly stop induction motors or reversible
motors by electronic braking.
To control a motor using brake packs, a DC power
supply for the signal is required (12~14DVDC, 0.1A or
larger).

TM

Overview

P.164

Specification, Dimensions

P.165

Panel display and switches, Motors, System configurations

P.166

Input signal and motor operation, Coutions

P.167

163

Overview

Overview

Brake Packs

Induction

Reversible

Electromagnetic
brakes

Terminal
boxes
Speed
controller
(Overview)

Overview
pack (Characteristics)
of brake
1. Brake pack characteristics
Sumitomos brake packs are non contact types that can instantly stop induction motors or reversible motors by electronic
braking. The motor alone can be stopped in less than about 0.1 second. A braking current is applied to the motor for about 0.4
second, then the motors input power supply is automatically shut off. Unlike electromagnetic brakes, brake packs dont store
torque. Since they have no parts to generate mechanical friction, they have long lives. To control a motor using brake packs, a
DC power supply for the signal is required (12~14DVDC, 0.1A or larger).

2. Using brake packs


Unit type

Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)
Speed
controller
(Reversible)

Brake packs

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Options

Technical
Information

1) Switching the motors operation direction


Before switching the motors operation direction, always check that the motor has completely stopped. For an instant stop, the
braking current is applied for about 0.4 second. If you try to switch the motors operation direction during this time interval, the
relay contacts generate a large spark, shortening the product life. Dont try to switch the motors operation direction in the 0.5second interval after an instant motor stop.
2) Fuses
When connecting a fuse to the power unit, check the motors braking current value to select the proper fuse capacity. The
motors braking current value is given in the specifications table.
3) Motor temperature rise and continuous operation time
The motors instant stop operation works properly when the brake pack is used with a short motor operation cycle. However, the
shorter the operation cycle is made, the more the motor temperature rises, and the shorter the amount of continuous operation
time possible. This problem occurs because the current applied when the motor brakes or starts is several times the amount
during rated operation, increasing the temperature rise.
When using a short motor operation cycle, be sure the surface temperature of the motor case doesnt exceed 90 C.
4) Preventing noise
Brake packs come with a noise filter built into the power line. Components such as thyristors may malfunction when the
equipment is used in areas of loud external noise. Vibrations may also be generated when the motor stops. Noise sources
include equipment such as high-power motors, solenoids and electric welding equipment. To counteract external noise, attach a
noise filter to the brake packs power line as shown below.
When using a brake pack to stop the motor instantly, the braking current is phase-controlled, so some radio noise is generated.
This noise wont significantly affect other equipment, but it can be effectively eliminated by connecting a noise filter as shown
below.

Overview

L1
C3

C1

Connected to
brake packs
power terminals.

Dimensions

C5

C5

C2

Panel display

C4
L2

Wiring diagram

3. Cautions for use of brake packs


1) Wiring cautions
Use the sockets for connections. Dont solder anything to the main units pins directly. When connecting sockets, check the
terminal numbers. Before inserting the controller into the sockets groove, turn off the power and check the pin numbers. When
connecting a noise filter, install the brake pack as close as possible to it, and be sure to connect it to the ground terminal. The
RUN/BRAKE signal line should be short, and kept as far from motor lead lines and other power lines as possible.
2) Operation cautions
Dont let the surface temperature of the motor case exceed 90 C during operation with a load. Turn the power OFF when the
motor is not in use for extended periods. Dont start or stop the motor by turning the AC power supply ON/OFF, as surge voltage
from the switch may cause product damage.

164

TM

Overview
1ph

3ph

Brake packs (Standard specifications, wiring diagram)


Brake pack main unit
48

BASA
BRAKE PACK

CCW

6-40W

FREE

9
2

60-90W

32

48

110V 60Hz

CW

10
11

2-2.2

64

4.2

13.5

2.5

83

Socket

BASA, BASC and BASD are non contact brake packs


for use with induction motors or reversible motors.

4.5

35.4

70 MAX

2- 4.5

50 MAX

Item
Voltage
Frequency
Applicable
motors

Input signals

Ambient temperature

31.2 MAX

BASA

BASC

BASD

Signal-phase 100V Signal-phase 110V Signal-phase 200V Signal-phase 220V


50/60Hz

60Hz

50/60Hz

60Hz

Single-phase 220240V
50Hz

Induction motors, Reversible motors


(6 ~ 90W)
Photocoupler input
1224VDC (10%),
CW/CCW/FREE

-10 to +40 C

Ambient humidity

85% max. (no condensation)

Insulation
resistance

At least 100M when measured with a DC500V megger between the brake packs
power terminal and signal input terminal, at normal temperature and humidity when the
brake pack has reached its rated operation.

Insulation
with stand voltage

No malfunction when a 1500V, 50/60Hz current is applied between the brake packs
power terminal and signal input terminal for 1 minute at normal temperature and
humidity when the brake pack has reached its rated operation.

165

Overview

Overview

Brake packs

Induction

Reversible

Overview
packs (Panel display, wiring diagram)
of brake

Electromagnetic
brakes

Panel
Terminal
boxes
Speed
controller
(Overview)

Unit type

display and switches

Input signal display

Type

CW

Lights when CW signal is input.

CCW

Lights when CCW signal is input.

FREE

Lights when FREE signal is input.

BASA

CCW

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

6090W

1ph 100V

BASC

1ph 200V

BASD

1ph 220V240V

Revercible motors 6W90W


Induction motors 6W90W
Revercible motors 6W90W

110V 60Hz

6-40W

Induction motors 6W90W


Revercible motors 6W90W

60-90W

Set to the 640W position when a


6, 15, 25 or 40W motor is connected.

640W
6090W

BASA

FREE

Motor output switches

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Applicable motors
Induction motors 6W90W

BRAKE PACK

CW

Socket type

Voltage

Set to the 6090W position when a


60 or 90W motor is connected.

640W

The switch is set to the 6090W position at shipment.

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Brake packs

System configuration

Options

The non contact brake packs control the motor's RUN/STOP status in
response to signals input from the external controller.
External controller

Cautions for use


Frequent instant motor stops and starts will increase the
temperature rise of the brake pack and motor. Use the
operation cycle figures below. keep the surface temperature
of the motor case exceed 90 during operation.

Socket
Power
BA
SA
BR

CW

Technical
Information

Overview

Dimensions

CC
FR

Motor output

Operation cycle

6 ~ 25W

At least 2 seconds

40 ~ 90W

At least 4 seconds

AK

E PA
CK
110

EE

6-40
60-9

V 60H

Power switch(Circuit protection)

0W

Condenser

A 2-second cycle means the motor runs for 1 second and stops for 1 second.
A 4-second cycle means the motor runs for 2 seconds and stops for 2 seconds.

Motor

Panel display

CCW
CW

Wiring diagram

Capacity of protective equipment


When the motor is stopped instantly, a large half-wave rectification current is output for between roughly 0.2 and 0.4 second. When
connecting a protective element (circuit protector) to the line that carries this braking current, refer to the table below to select the
proper circuit protector capacity.

Brake current (Peak)


Motor output

100V 50Hz

100V 60Hz

200V 50Hz

200V 60Hz

220/240V 50Hz

6W

1.2

1.2

0.5

0.4

0.6

15W

3.1

3.1

1.7

1.5

1.7

25W

7.4

7.4

3.4

3.2

3.5

40W

12.2

12.2

5.4

4.2

6.6

60W

14.2

11.6

8.1

6.2

8.4

90W

17.4

16.4

10.4

8.0

10.6

166

TM

Overview
1ph

3ph

Overview of brake packs (Wiring diagram)


Brake packs BASA, BASC
15~90W Induction motor with lead wire
(except 220~240V/50HZ)

Input signal and motor operation

ON

clockwise. When turned OFF, the motor stops instantly. Induction

Power

10

SW1

motors operate using the CW operation input. When connected as

White

3
9
1

1) Clockwise (CW) operation input (induction motors)


When the CW operation input is turned ON, the motor shaft rotates

OFF

shown in the diagram, the motor operates in the clockwise direction. To

Gray
Induction
Motor

Black
Brown

operate the motor counterclockwise, switch the gray and brown motor
lead wires (the white and brown wires for a 220 to 240V/50Hz motor).

Orenge

2) Counterclockwise (CCW) operation input (reversible motors)

Condenser

7
8
4

When the CCW operation input is turned ON, the motor shaft rotates

+1224V
CW Operation Input

counterclockwise. When turned OFF, the motor stops instantly. If the

Brake release input

CW and CCW operation inputs are both turned ON at the same time,
CW is given priority.

GND

3) Brake release input (induction motors, reversible motors)

PIN NO.

When the brake release input is turned ON, the electronic brake wont

Brake packs BASA, BASC


6W Induction motor with lead wire
(except 220~240V/50HZ)
6~90W Induction motor with terminal box
(except 220~240V/50HZ)

operate. If the CW or CCW input is turned OFF in this condition, the

OFF

motor stops naturally after losing its inertia. If the brake release input is
turned OFF, the electronic brake will operate. If the CW or CCW input is
turned OFF in this condition, the motor stops instantly.

Wiring connection cautions

ON
Power

10

SW1

3
9

White

Gray

4
3

Use the shortest possible distance when wiring the motor and brake
pack, and brake pack and external controller.
Induction
Motor

Black

Use wires with a cross-sectional area of at least 0.75mm for the

Brown

motor wiring and AC power wiring.

Condenser

7
8
4

+1224V

Dont bundle the motor wiring/AC power wiring (terminal Nos. 1, 2, 3,

CW Operation Input

9 and 10) with the signal wiring (terminal Nos. 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8).

Brake release input

Install the two sets of wiring at least 10cm apart.

GND

Dont solder anything to the brake packs terminal pins directly.

PIN NO.

Turn the power OFF before inserting the brake pack into the socket.

Brake pack BASA, BASC


6~90W Reversible motor

Insert the brake pack securely.

Always ground the terminal of pin No. 6. if motor operation will include
instant stops.
OFF

ON
Power

10

SW1

3
9
1

White(White)*

Gray(Brown)*

Black(Black)*

Reversible
motor

Condenser

7
8
5
4

+1224V
CW operation input
CCW operation input
Brake

GND

PIN NO.
*(

)in case of BASD 1ph 220240V

167

Overview

Overview

Brake packs

Induction

Reversible

Electromagnetic
brakes

Overview of brake packs (Wiring diagram)


Brake packs BASD
6~90W Induction motor(220~240V/50HZ)
with lead wire & terminal box

6~90W Reversible motor(220~240V/50HZ)


with lead wire & terminal box

Terminal
boxes
Power

Power

Speed
controller
(Overview)
White

White

Brown

Unit type

Brown

Induction
Motor

Black

Black

Socket type
Condenser

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Condenser

CW Operation Input

CW Operation Input
CCW Operation Input

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

Brake release input

Brake release input

Brake packs

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Brake

Run
SW1

Options

Technical
Information

CW
operation input
CCW
operation input
Brake

Stop Run

Stop

Reverse
Brake

Run

Natural stop

Stop

Run

ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
CW

Motor
Overview

Brake

CCW

CW

CW
CCW

CW
CCW

Dimensions

Panel display

Wiring diagram

168

Stop

Reversible
Motor

TM

Options

TM

Mounting plate for motors & gear heads

P.170

Extension cable

P.172

CR circuits for surge voltage absorber

P.172

External speed control switch

P.173

External resistor for braking

P.173

169

Overview

Option

Induction

Reversible

Options.
plate for motor & gear head
Mounting

Electromagnetic
brakes

Terminal
boxes
Speed
controller
(Overview)

The mounting plate is the adapter used to secure the Astero gear motor to the floor or other surface parallel to the
output shaft.
To attach the mounting plate and gear motor, use the bolts, nuts and washers provided with the gear head. No screws
are provided for attaching the plate to your machinery, so should be obtained separately.

Unit type

Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)
Speed
controller
(Reversible)
Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

60mm sq. flange motor(6w) & gear head

82
7.5

38

Weight

33

Type

15

Options

4.5

4R8

25

Brake Packs

5
R1

Material

Aluminum
4-M4*
68

61

0
0.2

0.5

38

42

50

0.3

68.5

70

54

Technical
Information

26

Mounting
plate

50

100

Others

70mm sq. flange motor(15w) & gear head

92
7.5

44

4-

R8

4.5

Weight

Material

Aluminum

16

30

37

Type

5
R1

4-M5*
78

71

0
0.2

64

0.5

43

30

48

60

0.3

78.5

82

110

170

55

TM

Option
Options. Mounting plate for motor & gear head
80mm sq. flange motor(25w) & gear head

102
8.5

50

Weight

Material

Aluminum

35

16

Type

43

5.5

4R1
0

5
R1

4-M5*
90

81

0
0.2

73

0.5

48

32

55

69

0.3

88.5

94

60

120

90mm sq. flange motor(40w) & gear head

112
9.5

56

Weight

Material

Aluminum

17

40

Type

47

6.5

4R1
0

5
R1

4-M6*
100

91

0
0.2

83

0.5

53

35
9

61

79

0.3

98.5

104

65

130

90mm sq. flange motor(60w,90w) & gear head

128
9.5

50

4-

R1

6.5

Weight

Material

Aluminum

17

40

43

Type

5
R1

4-M6*
112

92

0
0.2

0.5

66

30

74

112

80

0.3

83

104

146

171

65

Overview

Option

Induction

Reversible

Options.
cable
Extersion

Electromagnetic
brakes

Terminal
boxes

Special extension cable used to connect unit-type speed controllers to the induction motors used with them.
The special 0.5 m wire that comes with the controller main unit can also be used to extend the range.

Speed
controller
(Overview)

Dimensions
L

Unit type

Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)
Speed
controller
(Reversible)

(Length)
.
.
.
.

Type

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Options

Brake Packs

Options.
for surge voltage absorber
CR Circuits

Options for socket-type speed controllers. Used to protect relay and switch contacts when using a speed controller for
motor braking or operation direction switching.
See the socket-type speed controller wiring diagram for more information.
Dimensions

Technical
Information

10

Mounting
plate

Others

Type

Voltage

Resistance Condenser

AC250V .
AC500V .

26
36

Dimension

16.5
8.5
200
25
16
200

172

Lead wires

TM

Option

Options. External speed control switch

An option for socket-type speed controllers.


Since socket-type speed controllers come with an external speed control switch, this option is only needed for
applications requiring more than one speed control switch, such as multiple-speed operation.

Dimensions
40MIN
13

20

M4*P0.7 L6
Set screw

0.4
0.2

40
10

40

24

24

40

0.5

12.5

0
R3

Type

Specification
20k,1/4W,B type

3.2

0.2

9.5

0.2

Volume
Resistor

Graduation plate40mm sq
0.2

Insulation plate40mm sq

Insulation plate

Options. External resistor for braking

An option for socket-type speed controllers.


Used for controller-driven instant braking. See the socket-type speed controller wiring diagram for more information.

D
A

Resistance Raiting power

10
10
Type

77

14

Dimension (mm)

26
67
3.5

173

Controller

type

2.2

Time to use

Braking

MEMO

174

TM

Technical Information

Gear head and motor are sold separately.

TM

Technical Information: Motors


1. Ratings

P. 176

2. Torque and motor speed

P. 176

3. Ambient temperature

P. 177

4. Measuring the motor temperature rise

P. 177

5. Overheating protectors

P. 178

6. Making ground connections

P. 178

7. Compliance of Sumitomo products with standards in each country

P. 178

8. Power requirements in each countries

P. 179

Technical Information: Gear Heads


9. Gear head size

P. 180

10. Reduction ratio

P. 180

11. Maximum allowable torque

P. 180

12. Service factor

P. 180

13. Gear head transmission efficiency

P. 180

14. Shaft radial load and thrust load

P. 181

15. Combining motors and gear heads

P. 181

16. Combining motors and intermediate gear heads

P. 181

17. Gear head shaft rotation speed and direction

P. 182

18. Attaching a motor and gear head

P. 182

19. Affixing a load transmission mechanism

P. 182

175

Overview

Technical
Information

Motors

Induction

Electromagnetic
brakes

Terminal
boxes
Speed
controller
(Overview)

Unit type

Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)

Technical Information: Motors


1. Ratings
Motors are designed for a pre-determined temperature rise range. The operation limit
guaranteed within this range is called the rating. Ratings are either continuous ratings
or short-time ratings. Ratings determine the operation limit for a given torgue, as well
as values such as voltage, current, motor speed and frequency. (These values are
known as the rating torque, rated voltage, rated current, rated motor speed, and rated
frequency.)
1) Continuous rating
A continuous rating specifies that the motor can operate continuously without
problems, at the rating torque and within the specified temperature rise range.
2) Short-time rating
A short-time rating specifies that the motor can operate without problems for a
specified amount of time at the rating torque and within the specified temperature rise
range.

2. Torque and motor speed


A motor's torque is the rotational force needed to turn its load. Torque is expressed in
units of Nm or kgfcm.

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

1) Starting torque (Fig.1-)


The rotational force the motor generates at the instant it starts. Also called startup
torque. If a load larger than this rotational force is applied to the motor, the motor can't
operate.

Technical Information

Options

Motor with
electromagnetic brake
Variable-speed
Induction motor
Reversible motor
Motor with
electromagnetic brake

2) Stopping torque (Fig.1-)


The maximum rotational force the motor can generate. If a load larger than the
stopping torque is applied to the motor during operation, the motor stops.
3) Rating torque (Fig.1-)
The torque generated when a current of the rating voltage and frequency is applied to
the motor, and the motor continually generates the rating output. The torque
generated when the motor operates at the rating motor speed.
4) Synchronous motor speed (Fig.1-)
The motor speed when the motor's slippage is 0. The synchronous motor speed,
number of motor poles, and power frequency are related by the formula below.

NS =

120
P

Ns : Synchronous motor speed (r/min)


P : Number of motor poles
: Power frequency (Hz)
120 : Constant

[r/min]

Example: When the power frequency is 60 Hz, and the number of motor poles is 4

NS =

120 60
4

Time rating
Continuous
Short-time (30 minutes)
Single-phase: Short-time
(30 minutes)
3-phase: Continuous
Continuous
Short-time (30 minutes)
Short-time (30 minutes)

Fig1. Motor speed-Torque characteristics

Speed
controller
(Reversible)

Brake Packs

Table 1. Time ratings


Motor type
Constant-speed
Induction motor
Reversible motor

= 1800

[r/min]

5) No-load motor speed (Fig.1-)


The motor speed when no load is applied. For induction motors and reversible
motors, this value is about 20 to 80 r/min less than the synchronous motor speed.
6) Rated motor speed (Fig.1 -)
The motor speed when the rated torque is applied to the motor and it generates the
rated output. The optimum speed for operation.
7) Slippage
When a load is applied to the motor, the motor speed becomes lower than the
synchronous motor speed. The slippage indicates how much the motor speed has
dropped from the synchronous motor speed, relative to the value of the synchronous
motor speed. It is expressed by the formula below.

176

Torque(Nm)

Reversible

Motor speed r/min

TM

Technical
Information

Technical Information: Motors


Ns : Synchronous motor speed (r/min)
N : Motor speed with load (r/min)
S : Slippage

or

Example: When slippage (S) is 0.1 for a 4-pole, 60 Hz induction motor

8) Stored torque
The torque generated when an electromagnetic brake or simple built-in brake operates (engages)
and the load is stored. Also known as static friction torque.
9) Allowable torque
The maximum torque that can be used when the motor operates. Determined by the rated torque
of the motor itself, the temperature rise, and the torque of the combined gear heads.
10) Overrun
The amount of motor shaft rotation from the instant the motor's power is shut off until the motor
comes to a complete stop. Expressed as an angle (number of rotations).

3. Ambient temperature
Motors should be used in an ambient temperature of -10 to +40. If the motor is used above the
upper-limit ambient temperature, the temperature rise generated by motor operation will add to the
ambient temperature, causing coil insulation deterioration and significantly reducing the life of the
ball bearings. If used below the lower-limit ambient temperature, the viscosity of the gear head
lubrication grease and ball bearing grease will increase, causing greater frictional torque and
making the motor difficult or impossible to start.

4. Measuring the motor temperature rise


Attach a thermocouple to the center of the motor case, operate the motor and measure the
temperature when it has become stable. The difference between this value and the ambient
temperature is known as the temperature rise. Generally, the coil is the highest-temperature motor
part. The coil's maximum allowable temperature is specified according to the type of insulation
material used. The formula for calculating the coil temperature rise is given below.

R1:
R2:
T1:
Ta:
234.5:

Coil resistance before temperature rise was measured


Coil resistance when temperature has become stable
Ambient temperature when R1 was measured
Ambient temperature when R2 was measured
Temperature coefficient of copper wire

Cautions
The motor's temperature rise will increase if the motor is often started/stopped, its operation
direction is often changed, or it is often stopped instantly using a brake pack or similar
component.
During motor operation, the surface temperature of the motor case becomes quite high, and in
some cases it can reach nearly 90!!C. This temperature rise is normal. To avoid accidents,

177

Overview

Technical
Information

Motors

Induction

Technical Information: Motors


Reversible

Electromagnetic
brakes

Terminal
boxes
Speed
controller
(Overview)

Unit type

Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)
Speed
controller
(Reversible)
Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

5. Overheating protectors
Motors with UL or CE-mark certification come with equipment to protect against overheating when the motor
becomes overloaded or stops unexpectedly during operation. Motors of 70, 80 and 90 mm attachment
sizes come with thermal protectors. 60 mm motors come with impedance protection.
1) Motors with thermal protectors
A thermal protector (TP: a device to protect against excessive temperatures) is built into the motor's coil unit.
Thermal protectors use a bimetallic strip to detect heat. If the coil reaches an abnormally high temperature, the circuit
is released. The thermal protectors used in Sumitomo's motors are the auto-restore type that restore the circuit if the
temperature subsequently drops back to within the normal range. Motors with built-in thermal protectors display 'TP'
on the name plate. (Thermal protector operation temperatures: Release120 5, Restore77 5 )
2) Motors with impedance protectiors
Motors with impedance protection have larger coil resistances and are designed so that if the motor becomes
immobilized, the current (input) is limited to a low value so that the coil temperature doesn't rise above the maximum
allowable value. The allowable temperature for an immobilized UL type A motor is 150 (Sumitomo's UL-certified
motors are type A). Motors with impedance protectiors display 'ZP' on the name plate.

6. Making ground connections


Fig 2. Ground connections

Brake Packs

Technical Information

Options

For motors with lead wires or terminal boxes, connect the ground
terminal and fixing bolt in the attachment hole near the ground
display. When connecting the ground terminal, remove the paint
on the housing surface under the fixing bolt. Note that the ground
will be less effective if not enough paint is removed.

Fixing bolts

Ground

Ground
Lead wires

Lead wires

Ground wires
(0.75mm green wire with yellow band)

7. Compliance of Sumitomo products with standards in each country


EC directives, CE Marking
The CE Mark is placed on products that comply with EC directives. It certifies the product's quality and safety,
to guarantee that the product can be freely distributed to any country in the EU (European Union).

Directives for mechanical productsEC directives


There are three directives applying to normal mechanical products.
Table 2. EC directives
Description
EC directive

Applies to

Description of directive

Items assembled from parts and containing


moving parts (mainly industrial machinery)

Specifies essential conditions for machinery


safety. Machinery incorporating mainly
electrical hazards must also comply with
requirements for low voltage.

Low Voltage Directive Products driven by a 50 to 1,000 VAC or 75


to 1,500 VDC power supply

Only products in compliance with standards


may be sold.

All types of products that could generate


Electromagnetic
Compatibility Directive signal interference (electromagnetic
radiation), or with functions that could be
interfered with ambient signals.

EMI: Must not generate electromagnetic


interference to outside.
EMS: Must be able to withstand
electromagnetic interference from outside.

Machinery Directive

178

TM

Technical
Information

Technical Information: Motors


Compliance of Astero gear motors with EC directives and CE Marking
Astero gear motors are CE Mark-compliant, and comply with the EC directives
pertaining to induction motors: The Machinery Directive (issued January 1995),
and Low Voltage Directive (issued January 1997, CE Mark added). The
Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive (issued January 1996) doesn't apply to
induction motors.

CE Marking displayed
on name plate

ULUnderwriters Laboratoriesstandard
Underwriters Laboratories is a private US testing institute that conducts scientific studies, research and
experimentation in the areas of safety, fires and disasters, and has created an institutional safety
standard for hazard prevention. While UL certification is not required throughout the US, some states
and cities do require it, and UL-standard products are more trusted by US consumers.
Differences of UL-standard products
Terminal symbols
UL mark on name plate
Motors can only be manufactured or altered in certified plants.

8. Power requirements in each countries

Europe

Oceania

Asia

North
America

Table. Power requirements in different countries


Frequency
Voltage(1-phase)
Country/Area
50Hz/60Hz
100V200V
Japam
America
60Hz
115V230V
Canada
60Hz
120V347V
Korea
60Hz
110V220V
Taiwan
60Hz
110V220V
Houg Kong
50Hz
200V220V
China
50Hz
220V
Philippines
60Hz
220V
Thailand
50Hz
220V
Singapore
50Hz
230V
Malaysia
50Hz
240V
Indonesia
50Hz
220V
India
50Hz
240V
Bangladesh
50Hz
230V
Australia
50Hz
240V
Guam
60Hz
120V
New Zealand
50Hz
230V
Austria
50Hz
230V
Belgium
50Hz
230V
Bulgaria
50Hz
220V
Denmark
50Hz
230V
Finland
50Hz
230V
France
50Hz
230V
Germany
50Hz
230V
Greece
50Hz
230V
Hungary
50Hz
220V
Italy
50Hz
220V
Luxembourg
50Hz
230V
Netheriands
50Hz
230V
Norway
50Hz
220V230V
Portugal
50Hz
230V
Romania
50Hz
220V
Spain
50Hz
127V220V
Sweden
50Hz
230V400V
Switzerland
50Hz
230V
United Kingdom 50Hz
230V

Voltage(3-phase)
200V400V
230V
208V240V600V
220V380V
200V220V380V
346V380V
220V380V
380V
220V380V
415V
415V
380V
240V415V
400V
415V
240V480V
230V415V
400V
400V
380V
400V
400V
400V
400V
400V
380V
380V
400V
400V
380V
400V480V
380V
220V380V
400V690V
400V
400V

Note:
The voltages above may vary in different regions or cities within the same country.
Single-phase 115 V is the standard voltage in the US and Canada, but 120 V is generally displayed.

179

Overview

Induction

Technical
Information

Gear heads

Technical
Gear heads
Information:

Reversible

9. Gear head size

Terminal
boxes
Speed
controller
(Overview)

Unit type

Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)
Speed
controller
(Reversible)
Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Brake Packs

Technical Information

Options

Gear heads come in four sizes: 60, 70, 80 and 90 mm.

10. Reduction ratio


The ratio by which the gear head reduces the motor speed.
Example: If the motor's output speed (Nm) is 1,500 r/min, and the gear head's output speed (Ng) is 50 r/min, the
speed reduction ratio (i) is 1,500/50 = 30. For compatibility with 50 and 60 Hz areas, two sets of gear head reduction
ratios are available: 3, 5, 7.5, 12.5, 15... and 3.6, 6, 9, 15, 18... (1.2 times larger than the first set). The reason the
second set of ratios are 1.2 times the first set is that a synchronous motor speed of 1,500 RPM in a 50 Hz area
would be 1,800 RPM in a 60 Hz area, a ratio of 1.2.
Example: If a gear head output speed of 500 r/min is required, the following speed reduction
ratio should be used:
In 50 Hz area: 3
In 60 Hz area: 3.6
Naturally, all gear heads can be used in both 50 and 60 Hz areas.
There are 24 reduction ratios (ranging from 3 to 200) for gear heads attached to motors. If you need a reduction ratio
over 200, use an intermediate gear head with a speed reduction ratio of 10.
Fig3. Maximum allowable torque of gear heads

11. Maximum allowable torque


The maximum load torque that can be applied to the gear head.
Determined by the mechanical strength of the gears, shaft, casing,
bearings and other components used in the gear head, so varies
according to the gear head size, reduction ratio and type. Fig.3
shows the relationship between the gear head's reduction ratio and
maximum allowable torque.

Torque

Electromagnetic
brakes

Reduction ratio

12. Service factor

Used when determining the gear head's life and radial load. See Table 4 for more information.
For example, with a uniform load for 8 hours a day, the service factor is 1.0, and the gear head's life is 5,000 hours.
Note: All Astero gear head models use ball bearings.
Table 4. Example service factors and loads
Load type
Load example
Continuous load in one direction
Uniform load
Moderate shock load Frequent starts/stops
Shock load
Instant changes of motor direction

Service factor
1.0
1.5
2.0

13. Gear head transmission efficiency


When a gear head is connected to a motor, losses are generated by factors such as the heat,
noise, vibrations and lubricant agitation generated by the gear head. The loss ratio
subtracted from 100% is the gear head transmission efficiency. The transmission efficiency
varies depending on the number of speed reduction gears in the gear head. In case of
single reduction, the transmission efficiency is 90%, in case double reduction, it's 81%, and
in case of triple reduction It's 73%. Table 5 shows the relationship between the speed
reduction ratio and transmission efficiency.
Table 5. Gear head transmission efficiency
3 3.6 5
G6D
G7K
G8K
G9AK
G9BKH

6 7.5 9
81%

10 12.5 15 18 20 25 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200


73%

66%
59%

180

Int.
Gear heads
59%

TM

Technical
Information

Technical Information: Gear heads


14. Shaft radial load and thrust load
The shaft radial load is the load that operates orthogonally to the direction of the gear head's
output shaft. The allowable shaft radial load is the maximum shaft radial load that can be
applied to the gear head. The shaft radial load is expressed by the formula below.

PrP CfS.F.RN
Table 6. Load connection factor(Cf)
Drive method
Chain, sprocket
Gear
Pulley

Cf
1.0
1.25
1.5

Pr : Shaft radial load (N)


Pl : Actual torque transmitted by gear head's output shaft (N!!m)
Cf : Load connection factor (see Table 6)
S.F. : Service factor (see Table 4)
R : Radius of gear, pulley or other drive component (m)
Fig.4 Gear head
Shaft radial load
Thrust load

Note that if the gear head is used in excess of the shaft radial load allowable value shown in Table 7, the
bearings could quickly become damaged, the output shaft could bend, and fatigue damage could result from
repeated loads. When attaching gears that create thrust load (such as helical gears) on gear head output shaft,
make sure the shaft radial load and thrust load don't exceed their allowable values. Table 7 shows the
allowable values for radial and thrust loads.
Table 7. Allowable radial loads, allowable thrust loads
Max allowable
Allowable
Model
Reduction ratio torque()
radial load()
60
0.100.60
318
G6D
150
0.602.90
20200
100
0.301.80
318
G7K
200
2.004.90
20200
120
0.202.50
318
G8K
240
2.907.80
20200
290
0.403.90
318
G9AK
360
3.909.80
20200
440
0.803.90
310
510
3.907.80
12.520
G9BKH
2560
4.9019.60
590
75200

Allowable
thrust load()
30
40
50
100
150

15. Combining motors and gear heads


The number after the first letter of the model name indicates the size. Only motors and gear
heads for which this number is the same can be combined. The last letter of the model name
indicates the heat treatment. Only motors and gear heads for which this letter is the same

Example: Motor and gear head combination


Motor
a) A8M25A

Gear head
G8K

b)

Size

Motor
A9M60AH

Gear head
G9BKH
Size

indicates the reduction ratio.

Heat treatment symbol

16. Combining motors and intermediate gear heads


By using an intermediate gear head between the motor and gear head, the gear head's reduction ratio is
increased by a factor of 10. However, even though the speed reduction ratio is increased, the gear head's
allowable torque is a constant value that can't be exceeded.

181

Overview

Technical
Information

Gear heads

Induction

Reversible

Technical Information: Gear Heads


17. Gear head shaft rotation speed and direction

Electromagnetic
brakes

Terminal
boxes
Speed
controller
(Overview)

Unit type

Socket type

Speed
controller
(Induction)
Speed
controller
(Reversible)

The rotation speed when a motor and gear head are combined without an intermediate gear head is expressed
by the formula below.
Ng : Gear head's rotation speed (r/min)
Nm : Motor speed (r/min)
[r/min]
g
m
: Reduction ratio

N =N

The rotation direction of the gear head's output shaft can be the same direction as the motor shaft, or the opposite
direction, depending on the reduction ratio. See Table 8 for more information. For an intermediate gear head,
the rotation direction is the same as the motor shaft's rotation direction.
Table.Rotation direction of the gear head's output
3 3.6

6 7.5

9 10 12.5 15 18 20 25 30 36 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200

G
G7
G8
G9
G9

Same direction as motor shaft

Speed controller (Electromagnetic brake)

Opposite direction of motor shaft


Fig 5. Attaching a motor and gear head

Brake Packs

Technical Information

Options

18. Attaching a motor and gear head


To attach a motor and gear head, align the contact surface
as shown in Fig5, and turn the gear head gradually.
When making the attachment, don't apply excessive force to
the motor shaft, or knock the motor shaft on the inside of
the gear head. The gears could be damaged,
causing abnormal noise and lowering the product life.
Name plates

19. Set screw


Model
G
G6H10
G7
G7H10
G8
G8H10
G9
G9AH10
G9
G9BH10H

Reduction ratio
3 18
20200
10
3 18
20200
10
3 18
20200
10
3 18
20200
10
3200
10

Set screw size


M4P0.7Length 50mm
M4P0.7Length 60mm
M4P0.7Length 90mm
M5P0.8Length 55mm
M5P0.8Length 65mm
M5P0.8Length100mm
M5P0.8Length 55mm
M5P0.8Length 65mm
M5P0.8Length100mm
M6P1.0Length 75mm
M6P1.0Length 85mm
M6P1.0Length122mm
M6P1.0Length 95mm
M6P1.0Length130mm

20. Affixing a load transmission mechanism


To affix a load transmission mechanism onto the gear head
output shaft, a D-cut has been provided for 60 mm flange
sizes, and a key way has been provided for other sizes. For
a D-cut shaft, affix the load transmission mechanism using
bolts.
For a key way shaft, cut another key way on the load
transmission mechanism, and use the key provided to affix
the mechanism. Avoid knocking the components when
affixing the transmission mechanism to the gear head shaft.
The gear head could get damaged, shortening the product
life.
182

You might also like